Radio Parameter Manual

ZXG10 BSSBase Station Subsystem

Radio Parameters Manual(Volume III)

Version 6.20

ZTE CORPORATION ZTE Plaza, Keji Road South, Hi-Tech Industrial Park, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P. R. China 518057 Tel: (86) 755 26771900 800-9830-9830 Fax: (86) 755 26772236 URL: http://support.zte.com.cn E-mail: [email protected]

http://support.zte.com.cn/

mailto:[email protected]

LEGAL INFORMATION Copyright © 2006 ZTE CORPORATION. The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or distribution of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by contractual confidentiality obligations. All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE CORPORATION or of their respective owners. This document is provided “as is”, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions are disclaimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title or non-infringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the use of or reliance on the information contained herein. ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications covering the subject matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE CORPORATION and its licensee, the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter herein. ZTE CORPORATION reserves the right to upgrade or make technical change to this product without further notice. Users may visit ZTE technical support website http://ensupport.zte.com.cn to inquire related information. The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.

Revision History

Date Revision No. Serial No. Reason for Issue

Apr 24, 2009 R1.0 sjzl20092067 First edition

ZTE CORPORATION Values Your Comments & Suggestions! Your opinion is of great value and will help us improve the quality of our product documentation and offer better services to our customers.

Please fax to (86) 755-26772236 or mail to Technical Delivery Department, ZTE University, Dameisha, Yantian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, P. R. China 518083.

Thank you for your cooperation!

Document Name

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio Parameters Manual (Volume III)

Product Version V6.20 Document Revision Number R1.0

Serial No. sjzl20092067 Equipment Installation Date

Presentation: (Introductions, Procedures, Illustrations, Completeness, Level of Detail, Organization, Appearance)

Good Fair Average Poor Bad N/A

Accessibility: (Contents, Index, Headings, Numbering, Glossary)


Your evaluation of this documentation

Intelligibility: (Language, Vocabulary, Readability & Clarity, Technical Accuracy, Content)


Your suggestions for improvement of this documentation

Please check the suggestions which you feel can improve this documentation: Improve the overview/introduction Make it more concise/brief

Improve the Contents Add more step-by-step procedures/tutorials

Improve the organization Add more troubleshooting information

Include more figures Make it less technical

Add more examples Add more/better quick reference aids

Add more detail Improve the index

Other suggestions

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

# Please feel free to write any comments on an attached sheet.

If you wish to be contacted regarding your comments, please complete the following:

Name Company

Postcode Address

Telephone E-mail

This page is intentionally blank.

Contents

About This Manual ............................................................ i

Purpose................................................................................ i Intended Audience ................................................................. i Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge .............................................. i What Is in This Manual ........................................................... i Related Documentation.......................................................... ii Conventions......................................................................... ii How to Get in Touch............................................................. iv

Chapter1........................................................................... 1

Cell Object Parameters....................................................1

TRX Parameters ..............................................................1 TRX Parameters....................................................................1 Channel Information Parameters .............................................9 IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS............................................. 16 Carrier Panel Parameters ..................................................... 19 Power Control Parameters .................................................... 23 Power Survey..................................................................... 26 Power Adjust Threshold ....................................................... 34 GPRS Power Control ............................................................ 49

Handover Control Parameters ......................................... 53 Handover Pretreatment........................................................ 54 Handover Threshold ............................................................ 65 Handover Condition............................................................. 77 Handover Control................................................................ 83 Others............................................................................... 93 Handover Algorithm .......................................................... 101 Subcell Parameters ........................................................... 116

UTRAN Handover Control Parameters............................. 121 Basic properties 1 ............................................................. 121 Basic properties 2 ............................................................. 127

UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ..................................... 136 Basic properties 1.............................................................. 136 Basic properties 2.............................................................. 144 GPRS Parameters 1 ........................................................... 160 GPRS Parameters 2 ........................................................... 173 Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters.................................. 184 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters ............... 185 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ..................................... 200 Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ................................... 212 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters .... 215 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ........................... 222 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters......................... 226 Frequency Hopping System Parameters ................................ 230

Chapter 2......................................................................235

Module Parameters......................................................235

Operation Control Parameters ............................................. 235 FUC Parameters ................................................................ 236 Handover parameters of BCCH and SD ................................. 241 Other Parameters.............................................................. 249 IBS Parameters................................................................. 258

Appendix A...................................................................263

Abbreviations...............................................................263

Appendix B ...................................................................267

Value of Flow control Policy ........................................267

Appendix C ...................................................................269

Value of Power.............................................................269

Appendix D...................................................................271

Value of Cell Layer Num...............................................271

Appendix E ...................................................................273

Correlation between Parameter Interface Display and Database Value ............................................................273

BSC Global Resource Parameters Interface ..................... 273 Basic Property Parameters.................................................. 273

Radio Basic Property Parameters ......................................... 276 Subcell Parameters ........................................................... 281 Subcell Object Parameters ................................................. 292

Appendix F ...................................................................299

Figures..........................................................................299

Tables...........................................................................301

Index............................................................................313


Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION i

About This Manual

In this manual, ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) is mentioned as ZXG10 BSS for short.

Purpose

Purpose of this manual is to provide complete information about ZXG10 BSS, including:

Working Principles

Structures

Networking Modes and System Configuration

Intended Audience

This document is intended for network maintenance technicians and engineers.

Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge

To use this document effectively, users should have a general understanding of networking and network interfaces. Familiarity with the following is helpful:

ZXG10 system and its various components

Interfaces on the network

Operating procedures

What Is in This Manual

This manual contains the following sections:


ii Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

T AB L E 1 - M AN U AL S U M M AR Y

Section Summary

Chapter 1, Cell Object Parameters

Describes cell object parameters.

Chapter 2, Module Parameters

Describes module parameters.

Appendix A, Abbreviations

Lists all the abbreviations used in this manual.

Appendix B, Value of Flow control Policy

The table of flow control policy.

Appendix C, Value of Power

The table of power value.

Appendix D, Value of Cell Layer Num

The table of cell layer num value.

Appendix E

Correlation between Parameter Interface Display and Database Value

Describes Correlation between Parameter Interface Display and Database Value.

Appendix F

Figures and Tables

Lists all the figures and tables appeared in this manual.

Index Lists all the index appeared in this manual.

Related Documentation

The following documents are related to this manual:

ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20) Base Station Controller Documentation Guide

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Alarm Handling Manual

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Notification Handling Manual

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem OMM Software Installation Manual

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Configuration Manual (Initial Configuration Guide)

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Configuration Manual (Function Configuration Guide)

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem MML Command Manual

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio Parameters Manual (Volume I)

About This Manual

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION iii

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio Parameters Manual (Volume II)

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Diagnostic Test)

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Signaling Tracing)

ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20) Base Station Controller Performance Counter Manual - Volume I

ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20) Base Station Controller Performance Counter Manual - Volume II

ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20) Base Station Controller Performance Counter Manual - Volume III

Conventions

ZTE documents employ the following typographical conventions.

T AB L E 2 - TY P O G R AP H I C A L C O N V E N T I O N S

Typeface Meaning

Italics References to other Manuals and documents.

“Quotes” Links on screens.

Bold Menus, menu options, function names, input fields, radio button names, check boxes, drop-down lists, dialog box names, window names.

CAPS Keys on the keyboard and buttons on screens and company name.

Constant width Text that you type, program code, files and directory names, and function names.

[ ] Optional parameters.

{ } Mandatory parameters.

| Select one of the parameters that are delimited by it.

Note: Provides additional information about a certain topic.

Checkpoint: Indicates that a particular step needs to be checked before proceeding further.

Tip: Indicates a suggestion or hint to make things easier or more productive for the reader.

Typographical Conventions


iv Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

T AB L E 3 - M O U S E OP E R AT I O N C O N V E N T I O N S

Typeface Meaning

Click Refers to clicking the primary mouse button (usually the left mouse button) once.

Double-click Refers to quickly clicking the primary mouse button (usually the left mouse button) twice.

Right-click Refers to clicking the secondary mouse button (usually the right mouse button) once.

Drag Refers to pressing and holding a mouse button and moving the mouse.

How to Get in Touch

The following sections provide information on how to obtain support for the documentation and the software.

If you have problems, questions, comments, or suggestions regarding your product, contact us by e-mail at [email protected]. You can also call our customer support center at (86) 755 26771900 and (86) 800-9830-9830.

ZTE welcomes your comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness of this document. For further questions, comments, or suggestions on the documentation, you can contact us by e-mail at [email protected]; or you can fax your comments and suggestions to (86) 755 26772236. You can also browse our website at http://support.zte.com.cn, which contains various interesting subjects like documentation, knowledge base, forum and service request.

Mouse Operation

Conventions

Customer Support

Documentation Support

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 1

C h a p t e r 1

Cell Object Parameters

This chapter describes cell object parameters, including power control, handover, and reselection parameters.

TRX Parameters TRX parameters are divided into two sub-interfaces. If the site is IP access point, TRX information interface will add [IP information] sub-interface.

TRX Parameters

The interface of TRX Parameters is as shown in Figure 1.


2 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

F I G U R E 1 - TRX P AR AM E T E R S

TRX ID (TrxId)

T AB L E 4 - TRX ID

Full name TRX ID

Abbreviation TrxId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description TRX number in the cell. According to GSM specifications, one cell can have 64 carriers at most.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range 1 ~ 60

Unit None

Default Sort in order.

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Chapter 1 - Cell Object Parameters


SubCell ID (SubCellId)

T AB L E 5 - S U B C E L L ID

Full name SubCell ID

Abbreviation SubCellId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

If it is cell with dual frequencies, this parameter describes the subCell of the dual-frequency cell in which the TRX is; if it is not dual-frequency cell, this parameter is ‘First Subcell’. It is unmodifiable after being created.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range

When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No, value range is the first subcell;

When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is Yes, value range is the first and the second subcell.

Unit None

Default First Subcell

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-05-002 Concentric Circle Technology

ZGF05-09-006 Co-BCCH/Common BCCH

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TRX Type (TrxType)

T AB L E 6 - TRX TY P E

Full name TRX Type

Abbreviation TrxType

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Common TRX is suitable for common cell. After adding the function of supporting extended cell, a third type of TRX is added -- Expand TRX, realizing large coverage range.

In common cell, TRX Type shall be configured as Normal TRX;

When subcell is not supported under extended cell, TRX Type shall be configured as Extended TRX; when subcell is supported under extended cell, subcell 1 shall be configured as Extended TRX, and no special requirements for subcell 2.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range Common TRX, Expand TRX

Unit None

Default Common TRX

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-13-001 Extended Cell Coverage

Relevant parameters

Ts No.

Related interfaces

--

Priority (TrxPriority)

T AB L E 7 - P R I O R I T Y

Full name Assign Priority of the Trx

Abbreviation TrxPriority

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes priorities for allocating carriers of the same type. 1 represents the highest priority. Select channels on carriers with high priority when allocating channels.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range 1 ~ 5

Unit None

Default

When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is No, default value is 3;

When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is Yes, default value is 1;



Relevant Functions

ZGF05-09-009 Enhancement on Channel Allocation

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BCCH carrier frequency (IsBcchMark)

T AB L E 8 - C A R R I E R F R E Q U E N C Y

Full name BCCH carrier frequency

Abbreviation IsBcchMark

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description One and only one BCCH carrier frequency must be configured in a cell.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

Priority (TrxPriority)

Support Fhs

Related interfaces

--

Static power level (PwRreduction)

T AB L E 9 - S T AT I C P O W E R L E V E L

Full name Static power level

Abbreviation PwRreduction

3GPP Name static RF power step

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.005 V5.14.0



Description

This parameter represents the static power level of transceiver. Usually a static power control is added on the basis of TRX transmission power specified by Static power level. Namely, a restriction is added based on the maximum transmission power, thus to get the actual maximum transmission power Pn of the TRX. The dynamic power control is implemented based on the maximum transmission power Pn.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range

Max output power, Max output power - 2 dB, Max output power - 4 dB, Max output power - 6 dB, Max output power - 8 dB, Max output power - 10 dB, Max output power - 12 dB, Max output power + 1.5 dB, Max output power + 1 dB, Max output power + 0.5 dB

Unit None

Default Max output power

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-06-001 Static BTS Power Control

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power level (PowerClass)

T AB L E 10 - PO W E R L E V E L

Full name Power level

Abbreviation PowerClass

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter can configure power level of carrier, which can convert this value to actual power value, used to calculate path loss and CI value in measurement report.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range 1 ~ 8

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support Fhs

T AB L E 11 - SU P P O R T FH S

Full name Support Fhs

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name hopping

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter indicates if frequency-hopping is supported. When this parameter is configured as Yes, "Frequency" parameter is blocked, and "frequency-hopping" parameter is added.

Note: S8001 only has a frequency, and doesn't support frequency-hopping.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range

When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is No, default value is Yes/No;

When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is Yes, default value is No;

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-12-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

ZGF05-12-005 Baseband Frequency Hopping

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Frequency

T AB L E 12 - FR E Q U E N C Y

Full name Frequency

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description Select the frequency point of this transceiver.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range

Frequency band is GSM900: 1~124;

Frequency band is EXT900: 0~124, 975~1023

Frequency band is DCS1800: 512~885;

Frequency band is PCS1800: 512~810;

Frequency band is GSM850: 128~251;

Unit None

Default Based on the set frequency

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)

Related interfaces

--

ARFCN List

T AB L E 13 - ARFCN L I S T

Full name ARFCN List

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Selectable ARFCN list.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range Configured "Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)"

Unit None

Default Configured "Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)"

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Channel Information Parameters

Channel information interface is shown in Figure 2.

F I G U R E 2 - CH AN N E L I N F O R M AT I O N P AR AM E T E R S

Ts No.

T AB L E 14 - TS N O .

Full name Ts No.

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Number to identify timeslot.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range

When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Normal TRX", eight timeslot numbers are displayed on the interface, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7;

When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Extended TRX", four timeslot numbers are displayed on the interface, such as 0, 2, 4, and 6;

Unit None



Default Same as value range

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TsChannelComb

T AB L E 15 - TS C H AN N E L C O M B

Full name TsChannelComb

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines combined types of timeslot channel. Correlation with the following several parameters is as follows:

CBC supported (SmsCbUsed).

If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is No, that is, CBC is not supported, the system automatically final all timeslot channel combinations in the cell.If CBC channel exists, it is changed to SDCCH.

If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is Yes, that is, CBC is supported, the system automatically find all timeslot channel combinations in the cell.If a non-BCCH channel is found for a carrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH.

GPRS service supported (PsSupport)

If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is No, that is, GPRS is not supported, the system automatically change all timeslot channels whose type is PS in the cell to TCH.

Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)

When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "a basic physical channel used by CCCH, along with SDCCH". In channel information parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination shall be one of these two combined channels: BCCH+SDCCH/4 and BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH.



When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "a basic physical channel used by CCCH, regardless of SDCCH". In channel information parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination shall be one of these two combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.

When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "two basic physical channels used by CCCH, regardless of SDCCH". In channel information parameters, timeslot 0 and 2 channel combination shall be these two combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.

When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "three basic physical channels used by CCCH, regardless of SDCCH". In channel information parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel combination shall be these two combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.

When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "four basic physical channels used by CCCH, regardless of SDCCH". In channel information parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel combination shall be these two combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range

TCH/F;

TCH/H (0，1)+FACCH/H (0，1)+SACCH/TH (0，1);

TCH/H ( 0, 0)+FACCH/H (0, 1)+SACCH/TH (0, 1)+TCH/H (0, 1);

SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8;

FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH;

BCCH+SDCCH/4;

BCCH+CCCH;

BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH;

SDCCH+CBCH;

PBCCH+ PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;

PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;



PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;

Unit None

Default TCH/F

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-06-006 EDGE on BCCH-TRX Configurable

ZGF06-06-003 GPRS-only (without voice) Timeslots Configurable

ZGF06-06-005 Voice-only Timeslots Configurable

ZGF06-04-001 PBCCH, PPCH, PAGCH, PRACH

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TSC

T AB L E 16 - TSC

Full name TSC

Abbreviation TSC

3GPP Name TSC

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.002 V5.13.0

Description

This parameter represents Training Serial Code (TSC) of the timeslot. There are eight types of TSC, with low mutual dependency. It is used for reference of delay compensation for adaptive balance circuit at receiving side. For the timeslot where BCCH is, this parameter must be equal to BCC of the cell.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



MAIO

T AB L E 17 - MAIO

Full name MAIO

Abbreviation MAIO

3GPP Name Mobile Allocation Index Offset

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

During communication, the carrier number adopted on air interface is an element of the MA set. Mobile Allocation Index (MAI) (0 ≤ MAI ≤ n-1) is a variable for determining a definite element in the MA set. According to the FH algorithm in GSM 05.02 specification, MAI is function of the following aspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or Reduced TDMA Frame Number (RFN), frequency Hopping Serial Number (HSN), and Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset of MAI and is used for preventing several channels to contend for the same carrier at the same moment. Generally, several basic FH units (timeslot or TDMA frame) constitute an FH group. They have the same MA and HSN and the only difference among them is MAIO. Thus the same MA and HSN are put in FHS/MA table. When the FH group corresponding to the timeslot has no frequency hopping, MAIO of the timeslot is invalid.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions



ZGF05-12-003 Flexible MAIO Management

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Dynamic ts

T AB L E 18 - D Y N AM I C T S

Full name Dynamic ts

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description YES: Representing dynamic timeslot; NO: Representing fixedly configured timeslot.

Management Object

TS1 number

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Ps Service Preference property

T AB L E 19 - PS S E R V I C E P R E F E R E N C E P R O P E R T Y

Full name Ps Service Preference property

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Indicate whether to do channel packet service preference or the type to do service preference

Management Object

TRX

Value Range No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference, EDGE specialty

Unit None

Default No preference

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-10-001 Flexible Priority Handling of Packet Data Channel

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



PDCH Priority

T AB L E 20 - PDCH P R I O R I T Y

Full name PDCH Priority

Abbreviation PDCHPrecedence

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This timeslot is used as PDTCH firstly. It only dynamically configure timeslot.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TSC

T AB L E 21 - TSC

Full name TSC

Abbreviation TSC

3GPP Name training sequence Code

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.002 V5.13.0

Description It is training serial code. TSC value in BCCH channel shall be same as BSS value.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

PDCH

T AB L E 22 - PDCH

Full name PDCH

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It is same as the property of "PDCH Priority" parameter. It is only shortcut method, uniformly configuring 8 timeslots for carrier.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS

IP information interface is as shown in Figure 3.



F I G U R E 3 - IP I N F O R M AT I O N P AR AM E T E R S

Bipb Unit

T AB L E 23 - B I P B U N I T

Full name Bipb Unit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It is corresponding with the board position in physical configuration

Management Object

TRX

Value Range Depends on the actual configuration of BIPB unit.

Unit None

Default Depends on the actual configuration.

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



DspSunit

T AB L E 24 - D S P S U N I T

Full name DspSunit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It corresponds to the DSP supporting IP in BIPB board configured by physical mode.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range Determined by user configured DSP quantity

Unit None

Default Minimum DSP number configured by user

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

DspMarkSeq

T AB L E 25 - D S P M AR K S E Q

Full name DspMarkSeq

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Mark sequence of carrier on DSP, DSP channel number will be calculated based on this mark by service. If VTCD board, each DSP can mark (configure) up to 16 carriers; If VTCD/2 board, it can configure 28 carriers.

Management Object

--

Value Range 0 ~ 15 ；0 ~ 27

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PortNo

T AB L E 26 - PO R T N O

Full name PortNo

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name

3GPP reference

Description IP access. Port number shall be allocated for each carrier, and the number will be determined by the port actually configured.

Management Object

TRX

Value Range 1 ~ 3072

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

Relevant parameters

Related interfaces

--

Carrier Panel Parameters

Carrier panel parameters are as shown in Figure 4.



F I G U R E 4 - CAR R I E R P AN E L P AR AM E T E R S

Working Modes

T AB L E 27 - WO R K I N G M O D E S

Full name Working modes

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It describes working modes of carrier, including single or double carriers, which determines 4 lines of multiplexer is used or DPCT/DDT is used.

Management Object

BTS rack



Value Range

Under double carrier mode, no 4 lines of multiplexer, no DPCT or DDT configured;

Under single carrier mode, only 4 lines of multiplexer is configured;

Under single carrier mode, 4 lines of multiplexer + DPCT;

Under single carrier mode, 4 lines of multiplexer + DDT;

Under single carrier mode, no 4 lines of multiplexer, no DPCT or DDT configured;

Unit None

Default Under double carrier mode, no 4 lines of multiplexer, no DPCT or DDT configured;

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Delayed transmitting number

T AB L E 28 - D E L AY E D T R AN S M I T T I N G N U M B E R

Full name Delayed transmitting number

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It defines the symbol used on delayed transmitting.

When parameter working mode is "under single carrier mode, 4 lines of multiplexer + DDT", this parameter is valid.

Management Object

BTS rack

Value Range 1 ~ 15

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

Working Modes

Related interfaces

--



Use IRC

T AB L E 29 - U S E IRC

Full name Use IRC

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It determines whether to use IRC.

Not checked: don't use IRC

Checked: use IRC

Management Object

BTS rack

Value Range Not checked, checked

Unit None

Default Not checked

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Carrier support antenna jumping

T AB L E 30 - C AR R I E R S U P P O R T AN T E N N A J U M P I N G

Full name Carrier support antenna jumping

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It describes whether the carrier supports antenna jumping. Only when working mode is double carrier mode, this parameter is valid.

No: indicates antenna jumping is not supported;

Yes: indicates antenna jumping is supported;

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

Working Modes

Related interfaces

--

Power Control Parameters

There are four sub-interfaces for basic power control. If the cell supports GPRS, there is another sub-interface ‘GPRS Power Control’.

Power control

The interface of power control parameters is shown in Figure 5.

F I G U R E 5 - P O W E R C O N T R O L P AR AM E T E R S



Uplink rapid power control indication (UlRapidPcInd)

T AB L E 31 - U P L I N K R AP I D P O W E R C O N T R O L I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Uplink rapid power control indication

Abbreviation UIRapidPcInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter determines the availability of the rapid power control process. Rapid power control process is an optional process of BSC. It reduces the interference of the whole BSS radio system and satisfies the dynamic power control requirement for rapid moving MS.

The power control range in each rapid power control process is not a fixed value but an integral multiple of the power control step size (increment or decrement). This parameter determines the availability of the rapid power control process.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-07-002 Dynamic MS Power Control

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink rapid power control indication (DlRapidPcInd)

T AB L E 32 - D O W N L I N K R AP I D P O W E R C O N T R O L I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Downlink rapid power control indication

Abbreviation DIRapidPcInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter determines the availability of the rapid power control process. Rapid power control process is an optional process of BSC. It reduces the interference of the whole BSS radio system and satisfies the dynamic power control requirement for rapid moving MS.

The power control range in each rapid power control process is not a fixed value but an integral multiple of the power control step size (increment or decrement). This parameter determines the availability of the rapid power control process.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-07-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power control PwrDecrLimit

T AB L E 33 - PO W E R C O N T R O L P W R D E C R L I M I T

Full name Power control PwrDecrLimit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is set for preventing MS from call drop due to fast power control. It corresponds to different quality level. For example, PwrDecrLimit [0] determines the maximum power decrease limit for calls with receiving quality level 0 (Bit Error rate (BER) <0.2%). This parameter is valid for both uplink and downlink.

This parameter is an array of eight elements, with element length of one byte. PwrDecrLimit [n] determines the maximum power decrease limit available for calls with quality level n. The value range of each element is 0 ~ 38 dB.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 38

Unit None



Default [24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power Survey

The interface of power measurement parameters is shown in Figure 6.

F I G U R E 6 - P O W E R M E AS U R E M E N T P AR AM E T E R S

Report period of measurement for power control (PwrCtrlReportPrd, SACCH double frame)

T AB L E 34 - R E P O R T P E R I O D O F M E AS U R E M E N T F O R P O W E R C O N T R O L

Full name Report period of measurement for power control

Abbreviation PwrCtrlReportPrd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Power control is performed at BTS side and BSC implements relevant performance statistics. BTS uses this parameter to decide the periodicity to send the preprocessed power measurement to BSC as an input for power control analysis. This parameter is in the unit of SACCH double frame.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 254



Unit SACCH multiframe

Default 240

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink power level Sample count (PcUlLevWindow)

T AB L E 35 - U P L I N K P O W E R L E V E L

Full name Uplink power level

Abbreviation PcUlLevWindow

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

In GSM system, BSC determines whether to perform power control according to measurement data. BSC uses the average value of measurement data to avoid adverse influences caused by abrupt changes in measurement data due to complex radio transmission.

BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window size for the average value of uplink signal strength, i.e. to calculate the average value of the number of used samples.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight)

T AB L E 36 - U P L I N K L E V E L W E I G H T

Full name Uplink level Weight



Abbreviation PcUlLevWeight

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Speech data is unavailable for silent period during conversation. GSM specifications recommend Discontinuous Transmission Mode (DTX) to control optimal usage of network resources during such silent periods.

BTS reports two types of measurement data to BSC when using DTX mode. One is the average value of measurement results of all timeslots within a measurement period in non-DTX mode. The other is the average value of measurement results of some specific timeslots within a measurement period in DTX mode. BSC selects one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value.

The first type of measurement data is more accurate since it is the average value of measurement results of all timeslots. The second type of measurement data is less accurate since it is the average value of measurement results of some timeslots. Thus BSC should use different weights for the two types of data when averaging the measurement results.

This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement data when averaging uplink signal strength for power control. Weight for the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink power level Sample count (PcdlLevWindow)

T AB L E 37 - D O W N L I N K P O W E R L E V E L

Full name Downlink power level

Abbreviation PcdlLevWindow



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window size for the average value of downlink signal strength, i.e. to calculate the average value of the number of used samples.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink level Weight (PcdlLevWeight)

T AB L E 38 - D O W N L I N K L E V E L W E I G H T

Full name Downlink level Weight

Abbreviation PcdlLevWeight

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement data when averaging downlink signal strength for power control. Weight for the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink quality level (PcUlIQualWindow)

T AB L E 39 - U P L I N K Q U AL I T Y L E V E L

Full name Uplink quality level

Abbreviation PcUlIQualWindow

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description


BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window size for the average value of uplink signal quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of the number of used samples.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink quality Weight (PcUlIQualWeight)

T AB L E 40 - U P L I N K Q U AL I T Y W E I G H T

Full name Uplink quality Weight

Abbreviation PcUlIQualWeight

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement data when averaging uplink signal quality for power control. Weight for the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink quality level (PcDlIQualWindow)

T AB L E 41 - D O W N L I N K Q U AL I T Y L E V E L

Full name Downlink quality level

Abbreviation PcDlIQualWindow

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description


BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window size for the average value of downlink signal quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of the number of used samples.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink quality Weight (PcDlIQualWeight)

T AB L E 42 - D O W N L I N K Q U AL I T Y W E I G H T

Full name Downlink quality Weight

Abbreviation PcDlIQualWeight

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement data when averaging downlink signal quality for power control. Weight for the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power Adjust Threshold

The interface of power adjust threshold parameters is shown in Figure 7.



F I G U R E 7 - PO W E R AD J U S T TH R E S H O L D PAR AM E T E R S

Increase uplink level Threshold (PCULINCLLEVTHSThs), Value P (PCULINCLLEVTHSP), and Value N (PCULINCLLEVTHSN)

T AB L E 43 - I N C R E AS E U P L I N K L E V E L TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E P , AN D V AL U E N

Full name Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Abbreviation PCULINCLLEVTHSThs / PCULINCLLEVTHSP / PCULINCLLEVTHSN



Full name Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

According to GSM specifications, power control decisions depend upon received average value series of uplink signal strength. Uplink receiving intensity is one of the factors which may lead to MS (uplink) power increase. The decision process is as follows: If P out of N recent uplink signal strength averages are less than the related threshold, transmission power of MS (uplink) should be increased, because the uplink signals are too weak.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Increase uplink level can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Threshold: 0 ~ 63; Value P: 1 ~ 31; Value N: 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default [22, 3, 4]

Relevant Functions


ZGF05-17-009 AMR Power Control

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Increase downlink level Threshold (PCDLINCLLEVTHSThs), Value P (PCDLINCLLEVTHSP), and Value N (PCDLINCLLEVTHSN)

T AB L E 44 - I N C R E AS E D O W N L I N K L E V E L TH R E S H O L D , VAL U E P , AN D V AL U E N

Full name Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Abbreviation PCDLINCLLEVTHSThs / PCDLINCLLEVTHSP / PCDLINCLLEVTHSN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Full name Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Description

According to GSM specifications, power control decisions depend upon received average value series of uplink signal strength.

The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal strength, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold value, increase BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the downlink signal quality.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Increase downlink level can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None

Default [26, 3, 4]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Decrease uplink level Threshold (PCULREDLEVTHSThs), Value P (PCULREDLEVTHSP), and Value N (PCULREDLEVTHSN)

T AB L E 45 - D E C R E AS E U P L I N K L E V E L TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E P , AN D V A L U E N

Full name Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Abbreviation PCULREDLEVTHSThs / PCULREDLEVTHSP / PCULREDLEVTHSN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission power to improve the uplink signal strength.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Decrease uplink level can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None

Default [30, 3, 4]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Decrease downlink level Threshold (PCDLREDLEVTHSThs), Value P (PCDLREDLEVTHSP), and Value N (PCDLREDLEVTHSN)

T AB L E 46 - D E C R E AS E D O W N L I N K L E V E L TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E P , AN D V AL U E N

Full name Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Abbreviation PCDLREDLEVTHSThs / PCDLREDLEVTHSP / PCDLREDLEVTHSN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal strength, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the downlink signal strength.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Decrease downlink level can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None

Default [34, 3, 4]



Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Increase uplink quality Threshold (PCULINCLQUALTHSThs), Value P (PCULINCLQUALTHSP), and Value N (PCULINCLQUALTHSN)

T AB L E 47 - I N C R E AS E U P L I N K Q U AL I T Y TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E P , AN D V AL U E N

Full name Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Abbreviation PCULINCLQUALTHSThs / PCULINCLQUALTHSP / PCULINCLQUALTHSN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal quality, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, increase MS (uplink) transmission power to improve the uplink signal quality.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Increase uplink quality can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None

Default [2, 3, 4]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Increase downlink quality Threshold (PCDLINCLQUALTHSThs), Value P



(PCDLINCLQUALTHSP), and Value N (PCDLINCLQUALTHSN)

T AB L E 48 - I N C R E AS E D O W N L I N K Q U AL I T Y TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E P , AN D V AL U E N

Full name Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Abbreviation PCDLINCLQUALTHSThs / PCDLINCLQUALTHSP / PCDLINCLQUALTHSN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal quality, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, increase BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the downlink signal quality.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Increase downlink quality can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None

Default [2, 3, 4]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PCULREDQUALTHSThs), Value P (PCULREDQUALTHSP), and Value N (PCULREDQUALTHSN)

T AB L E 49 - D E C R E AS E U P L I N K Q U AL I T Y T H R E S H O L D , VAL U E P , AN D V AL U E N

Full name Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Abbreviation PCULREDQUALTHSThs / PCULREDQUALTHSP / PCULREDQUALTHSN



Full name Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal quality, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission power to improve the uplink signal quality.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Decrease uplink quality can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None

Default [0, 3, 4]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PCDLREDQUALTHSThs), Value P (PCDLREDQUALTHSP), and Value N (PCDLREDQUALTHSN)

T AB L E 50 - D E C R E AS E D O W N L I N K Q U AL I T Y TH R E S H O L D, V AL U E P , AN D V AL U E N

Full name Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Abbreviation PCDLREDQUALTHSThs / PCDLREDQUALTHSP / PCDLREDQUALTHSN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Full name Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal quality, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold value, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the downlink signal quality.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Decrease downlink quality can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None

Default [0, 3, 4]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Others

The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 8 .



F I G U R E 8 OT H E R P AR AM E T E R S

FR Power increasing step (db) (PWRINCSTEP_0)

T AB L E 51 - FR P O W E R I N C R E AS I N G S T E P (D B )

Full name This parameter defines FR Power increasing step.

Abbreviation PWRINCSTEP

3GPP Name Pow_Incr_Step

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description It describes increase step, the value of each power control variation. It applies to both uplink and downlink directions.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Power increase step can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Value range is 2, 4, and 6.

Unit dB

Default It can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR. 2 by default.

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



FR Power decreasing step (db) (PWRREDSTEP_0)

T AB L E 52 - FR P O W E R D E C R E AS I N G S T E P

Full name FR Power decreasing step.

Abbreviation PWRREDSTEP

3GPP Name Pow_Red_Step

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description It describes decrease step, the value of each power control variation. It applies to both uplink and downlink directions.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Power decrease step can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Value range is 2 and 4.

Unit dB


Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink power control allowed (PwrControlUl)

T AB L E 53 - U P L I N K P O W E R C O N T R O L AL L O W E D

Full name Uplink power control

Abbreviation PwrControlUl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines to enable or disable MS uplink power control in the cell. This power control is only effective to TCH/F.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default Yes

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink power control allowed (PwrControlDl)

T AB L E 54 - D O W N L I N K P O W E R C O N T R O L AL L O W E D

Full name Downlink power control

Abbreviation PwrControlDl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to enable or disable BTS downlink power control in the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX power level of MS (MSTXPWRMAX)

T AB L E 55 - MAX P O W E R L E V E L O F MS

Full name MS Max. TxPwr

Abbreviation MSTXPWRMAX

3GPP Name MS_TXPWR_MAX

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

In the communication between MS and BTS, the transmission power is controlled by the network. The network sets the power of MS by power command, which is transmitted on SACCH (SACCH carries the power command with 2-header bytes information, one is power control byte and the other one is timing advance byte).

MS sets the specified output transmission power according to the power control header extracted from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible output power even if the power command sends maximum output power. During BSC power control, this parameter determines the maximum transmission power available for MS in the cell. BSC also uses it to calculate PBGT value.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range MAX power level of MS can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Value range is 0 ~ 31.

Unit None

Default It can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR. Default value is 0, 5, 0, 0.

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN power level of MS (MSTXPWRMIN)

T AB L E 56 - MIN P O W E R L E V E L O F MS

Full name MS Min. TxPwr

Abbreviation MSTXPWRMIN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Full name MS Min. TxPwr

Abbreviation MSTXPWRMIN

Description


MS sets the specified output transmission power according to the power control header extracted from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible output power even if the power command sends maximum output power. During BSC power control, this parameter determines the minimum transmission power (that is, lower limit of power control) available for MS in the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range MIN power level of MS can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None

Default It can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR. Default value is 0, 16, 0, 11.

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN power level of BS (BSTXPWRMIN)

T AB L E 57 - MIN P O W E R L E V E L O F BS

Full name BS Min. TxPwr

Abbreviation BSTXPWRMIN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter controls the transmission power during communication between MS and BTS. SACCH carries the command with 2 header bytes information (power control byte and timing advance byte) from BSC to BTS. During BSC control, this parameter determines the minimum transmission power (that is, lower limit of power control) available for BTS in the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

MIN power level of BS can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


The maximum power level of BTS is Pn.

0: Pn;

1: Pn-2 dB;

……

15: Pn-30 dB

Unit None


Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN interval of power control (PCMININTERVAL)

T AB L E 58 - MIN I N T E R V AL O F P O W E R C O N T R O L

Full name MIN interval of power control

Abbreviation PCMININTERVAL

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter specifies the minimum interval of power control. Usually, MS still sends two measurement reports with the original power to BSC after enabling the power control. Signal level information contained in the reports is inaccurate and can be ignored (information such as adjacent cell information is still valid). Thus a minimum interval of power control is needed and signal level information during the interval can be ignored.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range MIN interval of power control can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.




Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Power Control

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure 9.

F I G U R E 9 - GPRS P O W E R C O N T R O L P AR AM E T E R S



Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)

T AB L E 59 RE C E I V E P O W E R S T R E N G T H F R O M MS NE E D E D

Full name Receive Power Strength from MS Needed

Abbreviation SS_BTS

3GPP Name SSb

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used to control open loop uplink power control. MS uses ΓCH parameter for calculating uplink transmission power, based on the following formula:

ΓCH = Γ0 –PBTS -SSb –48

This parameter decides the SSb parameter.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: -110 dBm;

1: -109 dBm;

……

63: -47 dBm

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl)

T AB L E 60 - U P L I N K P O W E R C O N T R O L S T R AT E G Y

Full name Uplink Power Control Policy

Abbreviation UlPwCtrl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter determines GPRS uplink power control strategy, including the following four modes: uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-loop control, based on quality control.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control, Control based on quality

Unit None

Default No control

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink power control strategy (DiPwCtrl)

T AB L E 61 - D O W N L I N K P O W E R C O N T R O L S T R AT E G Y

Full name Downlink Power Control policy

Abbreviation DlPwCtrl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter determines GPRS downlink power control strategy, including the following four modes: uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-loop control, based on quality control.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control, Control based on quality

Unit None

Default No control

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink power control mode (PwCtrlMode)

T AB L E 62 - D O W N L I N K P O W E R C O N T R O L M O D E

Full name Downlink Power Control Mode

Abbreviation PwCtrlMode



3GPP Name BTS_PWR_CTRL_MODE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter determines the BTS downlink power control mode. BTS has two power control modes: A and B. Mode A can be used for any assignment mode and mode B can only be used for fixed assignment mode.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range A, B

Unit None

Default A

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power control level (PwCtrlLev)

T AB L E 63 - PO W E R C O N T R O L LE V E L

Full name Power Control Level

Abbreviation PwCtrlLev

3GPP Name Power control level

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter determines GPRS power control precision, which describes nominal output power and power control precision (dB) sent by MS under each power control level.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode (P0)

T AB L E 64 - PO W E R D E S C E N D I N G O F PDCH T O BCCH I N A M O D E

Full name Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode

Abbreviation P0

3GPP Name P0

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is an optional downlink power control parameter contained in assignment message. MS uses power control if this parameter exists. During the packet transmission mode, P0 value shall not be changed unless re-assignment or new assignment is established and the assignment does not contain the PDCH(s) of any previous assignment.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 15

0: P0=0 dB;

1: P0=2 dB;

……

15: P0=30 dB

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover Control Parameters There are seven sub-interfaces for handover control.



Handover Pretreatment

The interface of handover protreatment parameters is shown in Figure 10.

F I G U R E 10 - HA N D O V E R P R E T R E AT M E N T PAR AM E T E R S

Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAllowed)

T AB L E 65 - N U M B E R O F Z E R O AL L O W E D I N AV

Full name Number of zero allowed in AV

Abbreviation ZeroAllowed

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

According to GSM specifications, MS can report to BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the measurement results might not be consecutive. For cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm, the measurement data are not reported. BSC marks measurement data of such adjacent cells as zero.

This parameter gives flexibility in measurement data averaging. However, excessive occurrences of zero indicate that the adjacent cells are of poor signal strength.

If the number of zeroes in used for average calculation exceeds Number of zero allowed in AV, then measurement average equals to sum of reported values divided by Neighboring cell .

If the number of zeroes in used for average calculation does not exceed Number of zero allowed in AV, then the measurement average equals to sum of reported values divided by (Neighboring cell - number of zeroes)

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink power level (HoUlLevWindow)

T AB L E 66 - U P L I N K P O W E R L E V E L

Full name Uplink power level

Abbreviation HoUlLevWindow

3GPP Name N1..N8,P1..P8

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

In GSM system, BSC uses the power level measurement data to manage and control handover decisions. BSC uses average values instead of original values of measurement data for handover decisions. It helps prevent negative impact on network performance caused by abrupt changes in measurement data.

This parameter is the window size (number of sample values) used to calculate average value of uplink signal intensity.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink level Weight (HoUlLevWeight)

T AB L E 67 - U P L I N K L E V E L W E I G H T

Full name Uplink level Weight

Abbreviation HoUlLevWeight

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement data when averaging uplink signal strength for handover. Weight for the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink power level (HoDlLevWindow)

T AB L E 68 - D O W N L I N K P O W E R L E V E L

Full name Downlink power level

Abbreviation HoDlLevWindow


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description


This parameter represents the window size (number of sample values) used to calculate average value of downlink signal intensity.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink level Weight (HoDlLevWeight)

T AB L E 69 - D O W N L I N K L E V E L W E I G H T

Full name Downlink level Weight

Abbreviation HoDlLevWeight

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement data when averaging downlink signal strength for handover. Weight for the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink quality level (HoUlQualWindow)

T AB L E 70 - U P L I N K Q U AL I T Y L E V E L

Full name Uplink quality level

Abbreviation HoUlQualWindow


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description


This parameter represents the window size (number of sample values) used to calculate average value of uplink signal quality.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight)

T AB L E 71 - U P L I N K Q U AL I T Y W E I G H T

Full name Uplink quality Weight

Abbreviation HoUlQualWeight

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement data when averaging uplink signal quality for handover. Weight for the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink quality level (HoDlQualWindow)

T AB L E 72 - D O W N L I N K Q U AL I T Y L E V E L

Full name Downlink quality level

Abbreviation HoDlQualWindow


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description


This parameter represents the window size (number of sample values) used to calculate average value of downlink signal quality..

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight)

T AB L E 73 - D O W N L I N K Q U AL I T Y W E I G H T

Full name Downlink quality Weight

Abbreviation HoDlQualWeight

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement data when averaging downlink signal quality for handover. Weight for the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Distance (Distance)

T AB L E 74 - D I S T AN C E

Full name Distance

Abbreviation Distance

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description


This parameter represents the window size (number of sample values) used to calculate average value of distance (timing advance) between MS and BTS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Neighboring cell (NCell)

T AB L E 75 - N E I G H B O R I N G C E L L

Full name Neighboring cell

Abbreviation NCell

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


This parameter represents the window size (number of sample values) used to calculate average value of signal intensity for adjacent cells.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 4



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover Threshold

The interface of handover threshold parameters is shown in Figure 11.

F I G U R E 11 - HA N D O V E R TH R E S H O L D P AR A M E T E R S

Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs), Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P (HoUlLevP)

T AB L E 76 - U P L I N K R E C E I V E L E V E L TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E N , V AL U E P

Full name Uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoUlLevThs / HoUlLevN / HoUlLevP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength.

The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold value, perform handover to improve the uplink signal strength.

Parameter "HoUlLevThs" defines the related threshold, parameter "HoUlLevN" defines the related N value, and parameter “HoUlLevP” defines the related P value. If this handover condition is met, an internal handover is usually performed in the cell.

Usually the value of “HoUlLevThs” should be less than the threshold for uplink power control (increase). That is, perform power control first. If power control does not work, perform handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 63;

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [15, 3, 2]

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-02-001 Basic Handover

ZGF05-02-002 Basic Handover Decision Criteria

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs), Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P (HoDlLevP)

T AB L E 77 - D O W N L I N K R E C E I V E L E V E L TH R E S H O L D , VAL U E N , V AL U E P

Full name Downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoDlLevThs / HoDlLevN / HoDlLevP

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal strength, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold value, perform handover to improve the downlink signal strength.

Parameter “HoDlLevThs” defines the related threshold, parameter “HoDlLevN” defines the related N value, and parameter “HoDlLevP” defines the related P value.

Usually the value of “HoDlLevThs” should be less than the threshold for downlink power control (increase). That is, perform power control first. If power control does not work, perform handover. This parameter can be set to 15 by default (i.e. -96 dBm ~ -95 dBm), which is 3 dB larger than the minimum access level value (RxLevAccessMin) of the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 63;

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [15, 3, 2]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs), Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P (HoUlQualP)

T AB L E 78 - U P L I N K R E C E I V E Q U AL I T Y TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E N , V AL U E P

Full name Uplink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoUlQualThs / HoUlQualN / HoUlQualP



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal quality, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, perform handover to improve the uplink signal quality.

Parameter “HoUlQualThs” defines the related threshold, parameter “HoUlQualN” defines the related N value, and parameter “HoUlQualP” defines the related P value.

Usually the value of “HoUlQualThs” should be greater than the threshold for uplink power control (increase). That is, perform power control first. If power control does not work, perform handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 7;

0: BER<0.2%;

1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%;

……；

6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%;

7: 12.8%<BER

Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [4, 3, 2]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink receive quality Threshold (HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN), Value P (HoDlQualP)

T AB L E 79 - D O W N L I N K R E C E I V E Q U AL I T Y TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E N , V AL U E P

Full name Downlink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P



Abbreviation HoDlQualThs / HoDlQualN / HoDlQualP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal quality, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, perform handover to improve the downlink signal quality.

Parameter “HoDlQualThs” defines the related threshold, parameter “HoDlQualN” defines the related N value, and parameter “HoDlQualP” defines the related P value.

In general, the Downlink receive quality Threshold should be larger than downlink power control (increase) threshold, i.e. perform power control first, then perform handover if power control fails.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 7;

0: BER<0.2%;

1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%;

……

6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%;

7: 12.8%<BER

Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [4, 3, 2]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Intra-handover Uplink receive level Threshold (IntraHoUlLevThs), Value N (IntraHoUlLevN), Value P (IntraHoUlLevP)

T AB L E 80 - I N T R A-H A N D O V E R U P L I N K R E C E I V E L E V E L TH R E S H O L D , VAL U E N , V AL U E P

Full name Intra-handover uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation IntraHoUlLevThs / IntraHoUlLevN / IntraHoUlLevP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, then perform handover. The handover is due to strong uplink co-frequency interference.

Parameter "IntraHoUlLevThs" defines the related threshold, parameter "IntraHoUlLevN" defines the related N value, and parameter "IntraHoUlLevP" defines the related P value. If this handover condition is met, an internal handover is usually performed in the cell.

Usually the value of "IntraHoUlLevThs" should be more than the threshold for uplink power control (decrease).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 63;

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [35, 3, 2]

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Intra-handover downlink receive level Threshold (IntraHoDlLevThs), Value N (IntraHoDlLevN), Value P (IntraHoDlLevP)

T AB L E 81 - I N T R A-H AN D O V E R D O W N L I N K R E C E I V E L E V E L TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E N , V AL U E P

Full name Intra-handover downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation IntraHoDlLevThs / IntraHoDlLevN / IntraHoDlLevP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal strength, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, then perform handover. The handover is due to strong downlink co-frequency interference.

Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs" defines the related threshold, parameter "IntraHoDlLevN" defines the related N value, and parameter "IntraHoDlLevP" defines the related P value. If this handover condition is met, an internal handover is usually performed in the cell.

Usually the value of "IntraHoDlLevThs" should be less than (or equal to) the threshold for uplink power control (decrease).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 63;

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [40, 3, 2]



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N (GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)

T AB L E 82 - GO O D C / I TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E N , V AL U E P

Full name Good C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation GoodCiThs / GoodCiN / GoodCiP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

If system adopts concentric technology, then handover decisions also depend upon good Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special layer TRX frequency.

The decision process is as follows: If the paging is on common layer TRX frequency and P of the latest N C/I values raise above the good C/I threshold, then perform handover from common layer TRX frequency to special layer TRX frequency.

Parameter "GoodCiThs" defines the related threshold, parameter "GoodCiN" defines the related N value, and parameter “GoodCiP” defines the related P value.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 255;

0: -127 dB;

1: -126 dB;

……

255: 128 dB

Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [133, 3, 2]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN), Value P (BadCiP)

T AB L E 83 - B AD C / I TH R E S H O L D , V AL U E N , V AL U E P

Full name Bad C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation BadCiThs / BadCiN / BadCiP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

If system adopts concentric technology, then handover decisions also depend upon good Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special layer TRX frequency.

The decision process is as follows: If the paging is on special layer TRX frequency and P of the latest N C/I values fall below the bad C/I threshold, then perform handover from special layer TRX frequency to common layer TRX frequency.

Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the related threshold, parameter "BadCiN" defines the related N value, and parameter "BadCiP" defines the related P value.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 255;

0: -127 dB;

1: -126 dB;

……

255: 128 dB

Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [130, 3, 2]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / Value N (RapidHoN)

T AB L E 84 - R AP I D H AN D O V E R TH R E S H O L D / V AL U E N

Full name Rapid handover Threshold / Value N

Abbreviation RapidHoThs / RapidHoN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

During fast fading handover, some parameters shall be used. If the measured signal intensity of a call is less than rapid handover threshold, then it triggers handover of existing cell to most probable candidate cell.

RapidHoN counter defines the minimum times for which the measured signal intensity of a call is less than the threshold.

"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is, -96dBm ~ -95dBm) by default, the same as the level threshold of ordinary handover. Parameter "RapidHoN" should be set to ensure that rapid handover is faster than the ordinary signal level handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 63;

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Value_N: 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default [10, 2]

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-02-007 Handover between Macro- and Micro-cells

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Macro-micro handover Threshold (MacroMicroHoThs) / Value N (MacroMicroHoN)

T AB L E 85 - MAC R O -M I C R O H AN D O V E R TH R E S H O L D / V AL U E N

Full name Macro-micro handover Threshold / Value N

Abbreviation MacroMicroHoThs / MacroMicroHoN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

During macro-micro handover, some parameters shall be used. Tha is, a signal strength threshold and a counter value.

Macro-micro handover threshold is a value of signal intensity threshold. If the measured signal intensity of an adjacent micro cell is higher than MacroMicroHoThs (threshold value) for certain times, then it triggers handover to the adjacent micro-cell. In this way, it could move slow moving MS into micro cell layer. The times can be determined by MacroMicroHoN parameter in each adjacent cell.

Macro-micro handover threshold value N (MacroMicroHoN) is a counter value that is related to a given adjacent micro cell. When the measured values of the signal strength of this adjacent micro cell are consecutively more than the "MacroMicroHoThs" value for "MacroMicroHoN" times, the call can be handed over to this adjacent micro cell. In this way, it could move slow moving MS into micro cell layer. This parameter describes the counter value that shall be used while this cell is used as micro-cell.

The setting of parameter "MacroMicroHoN" in the local micro cell is related to the local cell size and the standard used in measuring the MS moving speed.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 62;

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

Value_N: 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default [20, 2]

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Distance handover value N (DistanceN) / Value P (DistanceP)

T AB L E 86 - D I S T AN C E H AN D O V E R V AL U E N / V AL U E P

Full name Distance handover value N/value P

Abbreviation DistanceN / DistanceP


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of TA (distance), if P of the N values rises above relevant threshold value, then perform handover. The handover is due to MS being out of the cell service range.

Parameter "DistanceN" defines the relevant N value, and parameter "DistanceP" defines the relevant P value.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [3, 2]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P (PBGTHoP)

T AB L E 87 - PBGT H AN D O V E R V AL U E N /V AL U E P

Full name PBGT handover Value N/Value P

Abbreviation PBGTHoN / PBGTHoP




3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

Value_N and Value_P in PBGT handover. In PBGT handover, if there are P values of PBGT in N PBGT satisfying the handover determination condition, the PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Value N: 1 ~ 31;

Value P: 1 ~31

Unit None

Default [3, 2]

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover Condition

The interface of handover condition parameters is shown in Figure 12.

F I G U R E 12 - HA N D O V E R C O N D I T I O N P AR AM E T E R S

Max Time Advance Threshold between MS and BTS (DistanceThs)

T AB L E 88 - MAX T I M E AD V A N C E TH R E S H O L D B E T W E E N MS AN D BTS

Full name Max Time Advance Threshold between MS and BTS



Abbreviation DistanceThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of TA (distance), if P of the N values rises above relevant threshold value, then perform handover. The handover is due to MS being out of the cell service range.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Common cell: 0 ~ 63; Extended cell: 0 ~ 219

Unit None

Default 63

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN interval between inter-cell handover (HoMinInterval, s)

T AB L E 89 - MIN I N T E R V AL B E T W E E N I N T E R -C E L L H AN D O V E R

Full name MIN interval between inter-cell handover

Abbreviation HoMinInterval

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter specifies the interval value for which MS waits before the actual inter-cell handover occurs. Such a timer is more predominant for MS at the boundary regions between two cells, where inter-cell handovers occur frequently. This parameter helps restrict frequent inter-cell handover and guarantees call quality.

Inter-cell handover takes place when the timer exceeds the defined interval value from the last inter-cell handover of MS. This parameter affects only the inter-cell handover, but not common intra-cell or inter-cell concentric handover. In addition, micro-cell has its own handover policy, so this parameter is only effective for macro-cell layer and its above layer.

For macro-cell, the default value can be 5; for micro-cell, the default value can only be 0.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~31

Unit s

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality (LayerPriority)

T AB L E 90 - PR I O R L AY E R S E L E C T I N G P AR AM E T E R O N S I G N AL L E V E L / Q U A L I T Y

Full name Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality

Abbreviation LayerPripority

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter decides the priority to select and sequence the candidate cells for handover. Received signal level and signal quality decides the candidate cells for handover. Three options are available:

First hand over to adjacent cells at the upper layer of the local cell, then to those at the same layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;

First hand over to adjacent cells at the same layer of the local cell, then to those at the upper layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;

All adjacent cells are treated in the same way.

This parameter determines to select one of above three methods. During handover control process, this parameter has higher priority than normal adjacent cells.

Value range:

1 (UPPER_LAYER): adjacent cell at above layer first, same layer next,other adjacent cells finally;

2 (SAME_LAYER): adjacent cell at same layer first, above layer next, other adjacent cells finally;

3 (ALL_LAYER): all adjacent cells are same.

For micro-cell, option 1 is selected. When call in micro-cell is handed over due to signal quality or signal strength, first handover to macro-cell layer. Macro cell adopts option 2.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Layer adapting to PBGT handover (PbgtHolayer)

T AB L E 91 - LAY E R AD AP T I N G T O PBGT H A N D O V E R (P B G T H O L AY E R )

Full name Hierarchy that can apply standard PBGT HO

Abbreviation PbgtHoLayer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter controls PBGT handover in multi-layer and dual-band network applications

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~15

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions



ZGF05-05-001 Multi-layer Cell Structure

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Synchronization (HoPatternInd1)

T AB L E 92 - SY N C H R O N I Z AT I O N

Full name Synchronization

Abbreviation HoPatternInd1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description TA of the destination cell is same as that of the source cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-02-003 Handover Mode

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Asynchronization (HoPatternInd2)

T AB L E 93 - AS Y N C H R O N I Z AT I O N

Full name Asynchronization


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description TA of the destination cell is unknown.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd3)

T AB L E 94 - PS E U D O -S Y N C H R O N I Z AT I O N

Full name Pseudo-synchronization


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description MS is able to calculate TA of the destination cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Pre-synchronization (HoPatternInd4)

T AB L E 95 - PR E -S Y N C H R O N I Z AT I O N

Full name Pre-synchronization


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines the TA available for BSC.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover Control

The interface of handover control parameters is shown in Figure 13.



F I G U R E 13 - HA N D O V E R C O N T R O L P AR AM E T E R S

Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl1)

T AB L E 96 - AL L O W SDCCH H AN D O V E R

Full name Allow SDCCH handover

Abbreviation HoControl1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines if allow SDCCH handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-02-010 SDCCH/SDCCH Handover

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to uplink interference (HoControl2)

T AB L E 97 - AL L O W I N T E R -C E L L H AN D O V E R AT T E M P T D U E T O U P L I N K I N T E R F E R E N C E

Full name Allow intra-cell handover due to uplink interference


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines if allow inter-cell handover attempt due to uplink interference.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to downlink interference (HoControl3)

T AB L E 98 - AL L O W I N T E R -C E L L H AN D O V E R AT T E M P T D U E T O D O W N L I N K I N T E R F E R E N C E

Full name Allow intra-cell handover due to downlink interference


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow inter-cell handover attempt due to downlink interference.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow handover due to distance (HoControl4)

T AB L E 99 - AL L O W H AN D O V E R D U E T O D I S T AN C E

Full name Allow handover due to distance


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow handover due to distance..

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow standard PBGT handover (HoControl5)

T AB L E 100 - AL L O W S T AN D AR D PBGT H A N D O V E R

Full name Allow standard PBGT handover


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow standard PBGT handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow automatic handover based on traffic (HoControl6)

T AB L E 101 - AL L O W AU T O M AT I C H AN D O V E R B AS E D O N T R AF F I C

Full name Allow automatic handover based on traffic


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow automatic handover based on traffic.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow handover based on direction (HoControl7)

T AB L E 102 - AL L O W H AN D O V E R B AS E D O N D I R E C T I O N

Full name Allow handover based on direction


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow handover based on direction.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Allow handover based on homocentric circularity (HoControl8)

T AB L E 103 - AL L O W H AN D O V E R B AS E D O N H O M O C E N T R I C C I R C U L AR I T Y

Full name Allow handover based on homocentric circularity


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow handover based on homocentric circularity.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink interference (HoControl9)

T AB L E 104 - AL L O W I N T R A-C E L L H AN D O V E R I N S U P E R TRX C H AN N E L D U E T O D O W N L I N K I N T E R F E R E N C E

Full name Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink interference




3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink interference.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference (HoControl10)

T AB L E 105 - AL L O W I N T R A- C E L L H AN D O V E R I N S U P E R TRX C H AN N E L D U E T O U P L I N K I N T E R F E R E N C E

Full name Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT (HoControl11)

T AB L E 106 - AL L O W AD J AC E N T C E L L S H AN D O V E R I N S U P E R TRX C H AN N E L D U E T O PBGT

Full name Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority (HoControl12)

T AB L E 107 - AL L O W D Y N A M I C AD J U S T M E N T O F H AN D O V E R P R I O R I T Y

Full name Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No



Relevant Functions

ZGF05-02-008 Dynamic Handover Priority Algorithm

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow rapid handover (HoControl13)

T AB L E 108 - AL L O W R AP I D H AN D O V E R

Full name Allow rapid handover


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow rapid handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow Macro-Micro delay handover (HoControl14)

T AB L E 109 - AL L O W M AC R O -M I C R O D E L A Y H A N D O V E R

Full name Allow macro-micro delay handover


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow Macro-Micro delay handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow Micro-Macro delay handover (HoControl15)

T AB L E 110 - AL L O W M I C R O-M A C R O D E L A Y H AN D O V E R

Full name Allow Micro-Macro delay handover


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow Micro-Macro delay handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow internal handover based on TA (HoControl16)

T AB L E 111 - AL L O W I N T E R N AL H AN D O V E R B AS E D O N TA

Full name Allow internal handover based on TA


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow internal handover based on TA.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow force transfer handover (HoControl17)

T AB L E 112 - AL L O W F O R C E T R AN S F E R H A N D O V E R

Full name Allow force transfer handover


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to allow forced transfer handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-02-009 Directed-Shift Handover

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Others

The interface of others parameters is shown in Figure 14.



F I G U R E 14 - OT H E R P AR AM E T E R S

Penalty time for handover failure (HoFailPenaltyTime)

T AB L E 113 - P E N AL T Y T I M E F O R H AN D O V E R F AI L U R E

Full name Penalty time for handover failure

Abbreviation HoFailPenaltyTime

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines the penalty time for destination cell if MS fails to handover to the destination cell. During the penalty time, inter-cell handover within BSC will not occur. This parameter determines penality duration.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 7

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-02-006 Enhanced Handover Algorithm

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOffset)

T AB L E 114 - D I F F E R E N C E O F D Y N AM I C P R I O R I T Y

Full name Difference of dynamic priority

Abbreviation DynPrioOffset

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines a tolerable dynamic priority difference between the destination cell and local cell during a handover when using direction-based handover algorithm. During handover, if the first cell’s dynamic handover priority is higher than that of the second cell but the second cell is in MS moving direction, then the direction-based handover algorithm works if the difference between the two cells’ handover priorities is within the tolerable difference. MS is handover to the second cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PBGT difference (PbgtOffset)

T AB L E 115 - PBGT D I F F E R E N C E

Full name PBGT difference

Abbreviation PbgtOffset

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter defines a tolerable power budget difference between destination cell and the local cell during a handover. During handover, if the first cell’s PBGT is higher than that of the second cell but the second cell is in MS moving direction, then the direction-based handover algorithm works if the difference between the two cells’ PBGTs is within the tolerable difference. MS is handover to the second cell. This parameter indicates this allowable difference.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit dB

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Layer control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoLayrCtl)

T AB L E 116 - L AY E R C O N T R O L V AL U E F O R H AN D O V E R O N T R AF F I C

Full name Layer control value for handover on traffic

Abbreviation TrafficHoLayrCtl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Layer selecting parameter on service quality handover. This parameter, together with Frequency control value for handover on traffic, decides the adjacent cell’s frequency band and layer selected during traffic handover.

When traffic handover condition is satisfied, as for the layer relation, four choices are available for call selection and candidate cell arrangement. This parameter decides which choice should be selected. When implementing traffic-based handover control in traffic process, this parameter has higher priority than that of adjacent cells.

The values are as follows:

0: N, Not defined;

1: SAME, Adjacent cell and this cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover is possible);

2: UPPER, Adjacent cell is upper layer of this cell (when this cell is micro-cell);

3: LOWER, Adjacent cell is lower layer of this cell (when this cell is macro-cell)

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Frequency control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoFreqrCtl)

T AB L E 117 - FR E Q U E N C Y C O N T R O L V AL U E F O R H AN D O V E R O N T R AF F I C

Full name Frequency control value for handover on traffic

Abbreviation TrafficHoFreqrCtl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter defines the control value of layer for traffic handover, i.e. which frequency band should be handover to.

0: GSM900 frequency band P-GSM (ARFCN = 1 ~ 124)

1: EXT900 frequency band E-GSM (ARFCN = 0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)

2: DCS1800 frequency band DCS1800 (ARFCN = 512 ~ 885)

PCS1900 frequency band PCS1900 (ARFCN = 512 ~ 810)

GSM850 frequency band (ARFCN = 128 ~ 251)

Management Object

Cell

Value Range GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, PCS1900, GSM850

Unit None

Default GSM900

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs, %)

T AB L E 118 - TH R E S H O L D O F T R AF F I C F O R H AN D O V E R

Full name Threshold of traffic for handover

Abbreviation TrafficThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

If TCH occupation rate of a cell is greater than this parameter value (number of occupied TCH channels / number of total TCH channels, not including blocked idle channels), then it indicates the cell is too busy, and traffic handover is triggered for the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %



Default 70

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Lag time for PBGT between different layers (PbgtHoParam_0)

T AB L E 119 - L AG T I M E F O R PBGT B E T W E E N D I F F E R E N T L AY E R S

Full name Lag time for PBGT between different layers

Abbreviation PbgtHoParam_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

To more effectively control traffic distribution in the cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision, add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at different layers within certain duration, which is lag time for PBGT between different layers.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit Seconds

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Level offset for PBGT to up layer (PbgtHoParam_1)

T AB L E 120 - LE V E L O F F S E T F O R PBGT T O U P L AY E R

Full name Level offset for PBGT to up layer


3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

To more effectively control traffic distribution in the cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision, add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at upper layer within certain duration.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit --

Default 24

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Level offset for PBGT to low layer (PbgtHoParam_2)

T AB L E 121- LE V E L O F F S E T F O R PBGT T O L O W L AY E R

Full name Level offset for PBGT to low layer


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

To more effectively control traffic distribution in the cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision, add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at lower layer within certain duration.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~48

Unit --

Default 24

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Handover Algorithm

The interface of handover algorithm parameters is shown in Figure 15.

F I G U R E 15 - HAN D O V E R AL G O R I T H M P AR A M E T E R S

Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs)

T AB L E 122 - TR AF F I C H AN D O V E R T H R E S H O L D

Full name Traffic handover threshold

Abbreviation TrafficLevThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used for traffic handover. For the original handover condition that adjacent cell’s level must be higher than that of this cell, modify it so that adjacent cell’s level must be higher than this threshold. In this way, traffic handover can be improved greatly. This threshold must be less than the PBGT threshold in reverse direction. Otherwise, it may result in toggle handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit None

Default 24



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOffset)

T AB L E 123 - LE V E L O F F S E T D U R I N G P E N AL T Y

Full name Level offset during penalty

Abbreviation PenaltyLevOffset

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is used to perform an offset on the downlink level of this cell in the penalty period.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSetUl)

T AB L E 124 - U P L I N K I N T E R F E R E N C E Q U AL I T Y O F F S E T

Full name Uplink interference quality offset

Abbreviation QOffSetUl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Check the relation between level and quality to judge whether there is any interference in service judgment channel when handover occurs in the cell.

Restriction condition: RXQUAL – ul ≥ QoffSetUl + FQSS (RXLEV_UL+ SOffSetUl), or, RXQUAL - dl ≥ QoffSetDl + FQSS (RXLEV_DL+ SOffSetDl), RXQUAL - xx is uplink/downlink quality, QoffSetxx is uplink/downlink quality offset, RXLEV_XX is uplink/downlink level, SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level offset.

After interference is confirmed, when service party requests channel from database, which shall tell original occupation condition of database, then the database select proper channels based on this information.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 2

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl)

T AB L E 125 - U P L I N K I N T E R F E R E N C E L E V E L O F F S E T

Full name Uplink interference level offset

Abbreviation SOffSetUl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink interference quality offset (QOffsetDl)

T AB L E 126 - D O W N L I N K I N T E R F E R E N C E Q U AL I T Y O F F S E T

Full name Downlink interference quality offset

Abbreviation QOffSetDl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 2

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Downlink interference level offset (SOffSetDl)

T AB L E 127 - D O W N L I N K I N T E R F E R E N C E L E V E L O F F S E T

Full name Downlink interference level offset

Abbreviation SOffSetDl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description




Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxIHo)

T AB L E 128 - IN V AL I D I N T R A-H AN D O V E R T I M E

Full name Invalid intra-handover time

Abbreviation TMaxIHo

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

If MS performs handover continuously in the cell, it indicates great interference in this position and no appropriate channel is available.

In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform handover within a certain time. The judgment method is as follows: If handover occurs within the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous handover is considered to have no influence on interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1 and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.

If the counter value reaches the value of MAX count of invalid intra-handover parameter, then it indicates not to attempt handover within a certain period. Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 16

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX count of invalid intra-handover (MaxIHo)

T AB L E 129 - M AX C O U N T O F I N V AL I D I N T R A-H A N D O V E R

Full name MAX count of invalid intra-handover

Abbreviation MaxIHo

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

If MS performs handover continuously in the cell, it indicates great interference in this position and no appropriate channel is available.

In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform handover within a certain time. The judgment method is as follows: If handover occurs within the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous handover is considered to have no influence on interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1 and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.

If the counter value reaches the value of MAX count of invalid intra-handover parameter, then it indicates not to attempt handover within a certain period. Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX path loss threshold on force handover (MaxLossThs)

T AB L E 130- MAX P AT H L O S S T H R E S H O L D O N F O R C E H AN D O V E R

Full name MAX path loss threshold on force handover

Abbreviation MaxLossThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Directed transfer is only for one designated cell and it is restricted by a tolerable level difference. This level difference is lower than PBGT handover threshold in reverse direction, thus to avoid oscillating handover.

Directed transfer does not result in destination cell congestion. Therefore, transfer reserved resource threshold is set. Perform forced transfer when the destination cell resource is less than the threshold.

Select users with small path loss and small TA as transferred users. Users are transferred when their path loss is less than this parameter and TA is less than the MAX time advance threshold on force handover parameter. This algorithm applies to cases such as dual-frequency networking, 900M cell and 1800M cell share the same site address.

Users decide only by path loss when MAX time advance threshold on force handover is 63 and only by TA when MAX path loss threshold on force handover is 150.

The N value of force handover parameter and P value of force handover parameter are used for decision in actual situations. In other words, handover conditions are met if P of N measurement reports satisfy requirement.

Path loss L = BS_TXPWR - AV_RXLEV_DL

BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the carrier where occupied timeslot locates. It depends on the carrier’s maximum transmission power, static attenuation power, and power control. AV_RXLEV_DL is the downlink-receiving level.

Therefore, forced handover should meet the following requirements:

Level of destination cell must be higher than local cell by maximum level difference;

Available resource of destination cell must be higher than transfer reserved resource threshold;

Path loss L must be less than MAX path loss threshold on force handover and TA must be less than MAX time advance threshold on force handover;

Destination cell is forced transfer cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 150

Unit None

Default 110

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX time advance threshold on force handover (MaxTaThs)

T AB L E 131 - M AX T I M E AD V AN C E T H R E S H O L D O N F O R C E H AN D O V E R

Full name MAX time advance threshold on force handover

Abbreviation MaxTAThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description













Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

N value of force handover (HoForceN)

T AB L E 132 - N V AL U E O F F O R C E H AN D O V E R

Full name N value of force handover

Abbreviation HoForceN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description













Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

P value of force handover (HoForceP)

T AB L E 133 -P V AL U E O F F O R C E H AN D O V E R

Full name P value of force handover

Abbreviation HoForceP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description













Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Subcell Parameters

The interface of subcell parameters is shown in Figure 16.

F I G U R E 16 - SU B C E L L P AR A M E T E R S

Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset)

T AB L E 134 - D U AL B AN D P O W E R O F F S E T

Full name Power compensation between frequencies.

Abbreviation DuleBandOffset

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It indicates the value to compensate power in the second cell in dual band cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 50

Unit dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax)

T AB L E 135 - TH E MAX O F P AT H L O S S

Full name The MAX of path loss

Abbreviation PathLossMax

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating threshold parameters while subcell 2 do path loss handover decision for subcell 1.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 150

Unit dB

Default 126

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin)

T AB L E 136 - TH E MIN O F P AT H L O S S

Full name The MIN of path loss

Abbreviation PathLossMin

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

One of the subcell handover parameters, the minimum path loss. If byPathLoss≤PathLossMin and TA≤SubCellTAMin, the second subcell channel will be selected first, use RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL interface of DBS to apply channel; if byPathLoss＞PathLossMin or TA＞SubCellTAMin, only the channel of the first subcell is available, use RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL interface of DBS to apply channel.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 150

Unit dB



Default 120

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax)

T AB L E 137 - TH E MAX O F T I M E AD V AN C E

Full name The MAX of time advance

Abbreviation SubCellTAMax

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating threshold parameters while subcell 2 does TA handover decision for subcell 1.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin)

T AB L E 138 - TH E MIN O F T I M E AD V AN C E

Full name The MIN of time advance

Abbreviation SubCellTAMin

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating threshold parameters while subcell 1 does TA handover decision for subcell 2.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

N value of subcell handover (SubCellN)

T AB L E 139 -1 N V AL U E O F S U B C E L L H AN D O V E R

Full name N value of subcell handover

Abbreviation SubCellN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as follows: For the latest N value of subcell handover sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell handover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy the condition, then perform handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

P value of subcell handover (SubcellP)

T AB L E 140 - P V AL U E O F S U B C E L L H AN D O V E R

Full name P value of subcell handover



Abbreviation SubCellP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as follows: For the latest N value of subcell handover sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell handover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy the condition, then perform handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl18)

T AB L E 141 - S U B C E L L H AN D O V E R AL G O R I T H M

Full name Subcell handover algorithm


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter defines two handover modes of subcell handover algorithm: Concentric Handover; Handover based on path loss and TA.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Concentric handover, Handover based on path loss and TA

Unit None

Default Concentric handover

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

UTRAN Handover Control Parameters Basic properties 1

The interface of basic property 1 parameters is as shown in Figure 17.

F I G U R E 17 -BASIC PROPERTY 1 P AR AMETERS

Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover failure (HoFailPenalTmUTRAN)

T AB L E 142 - P U N I S H M E N T P E R I O D O F UTR AN C E L L W H E N H AN D O V E R F AI L U R E

Full name Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover failure

Abbreviation HoFailPenalTmUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines a protection period to prevent immediate handover after handover failure. Its unit time is the period of measurement or pretreatment measurement report.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 7

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Slide window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP average value to be zero (HoWindowUTRAN)

T AB L E 143 - S L I D E W I N D O W S I Z E F O R C AL C U L AT I N G E C /N O O R RSCP A V E R AG E V A L U E T O B E Z E R O

Full name Slide window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP average value to be zero

Abbreviation HoWindowUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

In GSM system, BSC uses the power level measurement data to manage and control handover decisions. BSC uses average values instead of original values of measurement data for handover decisions. It helps prevent negative impact on network performance caused by abrupt changes in measurement data. Average on measurement value in UTRAN adjacent cell also shall be required.

HoWindowUTRAN of Ec/No or RSCP average is the window size to calculate Ec/No or RSCP average in adjacent UTRAN cell, that is, sample count used through average calculation.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Number that measurement value allowed to be zero (ZeroAllowedUTRAN)

T AB L E 144- N U M B E R T H AT M E AS U R E M E N T V AL U E AL L O W E D T O B E Z E R O

Full name Number that measurement value allowed to be zero

Abbreviation ZeroAllowedUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specifications, MS can report to BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the measurement results might not be consecutive. For cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm, the measurement data are not reported.

This parameter gives flexibility in measurement data averaging. However, excessive occurrences of zero indicate that the adjacent cells are of poor signal strength. If the number of zeroes in used for average calculation exceeds Number of zero allowed in AV, then measurement average equals to sum of reported values divided by Neighboring cell .

If the number of zeroes in used for average calculation does not exceed Number of zero allowed in AV, then the measurement average equals to sum of reported values divided by (Neighboring cell - number of zeroes)

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

T AB L E 145 - UTR AN H A N D O V E R

Full name UTRAN handover

Abbreviation ServiceHo



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

Section 48.008

Description

This parameter indicates UTRAN handover priority control. MSC sends Service Handover parameter to BSC through ASSIGNMENT REQUEST and HANDOVER REQUEST messages. Service Handover parameter has three values, including prefer to UTRAN handover, not prefer to UTRAN handover, disallow to UTRAN handover, taking actions on handover decision on subsequent BSC. ServiceHo can be configured as the default value used while MSC doesn't deliver Service Handover parameter, or configured as BSC forcedly using the mode set by ServiceHo, but don't use Service Handover parameter delivered by MSC.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Handover to UTRAN first; Not Handover to UTRAN first; Not allow to Handover to UTRAN; According to MSC, default handover to UTRAN first; According to MSC, default not handover to UTRAN first; According to MSC, default not allowed to handover to UTRAN.

Unit None

Default According to MSC, default handover to UTRAN first

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

FDD/TDD handover (FDD/TDDPrio)

T AB L E 146 - FDD/TDD H A N D O V E R

Full name FDD/TDD handover

Abbreviation FDDTDDPrio

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates the priority control of FDD/TDD handover. When FDD adjacent cell and TDD adjacent cell exist together, to control selection sequence of target cell, we use FDDTDDPrio parameter to show whether to prefer to FDD cell handover or TDD cell handover.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range Handover to FDD cell should be preferred; Handover to TDD cell should be preferred.

Unit None

Default Handover to FDD cell should be preferred.

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Threshold for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsFDD)

T AB L E 147 - TH R E S H O L D F O R L O AD S H A R I N G

Full name Threshold for load sharing

Abbreviation LoadHoRSCPThsFDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstly you shall configure a traffic handover threshold and inter-system handover switch. This parameter is used to handover decision in 3G cell after traffic is overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.

This parameter value shall be lower than HoRSCPThsFDD.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 35

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G for load sharing (LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)

T AB L E 148 - E C /N O T H R E S H O L D W H E N H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O 3G F O R L O AD S H AR I N G

Full name Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G for load sharing

Abbreviation LoadHoEcNoThsFDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstly you shall configure a traffic handover threshold and inter-system handover switch. This parameter is used to handover decision in 3G cell after traffic is overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of LoadHoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.

This parameter value shall be lower than HoEcNoThsFDD.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 49

Unit None

Default 25

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsTDD)

T AB L E 149 - RSCP T H R E S H O L D W H E N H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O TDD F O R L O AD S H AR I N G

Full name RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD for load sharing

Abbreviation LoadHoRSCPThsTDD

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstly you shall configure a traffic handover threshold and inter-system handover switch. This parameter is used to handover decision in 3G cell after traffic is overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_TDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.

This parameter value shall be lower than HoRSCPThsFDD.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 35

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Basic properties 2

The interface of basic property 2 parameters is as shown in Figure 18 .



F I G U R E 18 - BASIC PROPERTY 2 P AR AMETERS

Inter system handover supported (InterSysRdCtrl)

T AB L E 150 - IN T E R S Y S T E M H A N D O V E R S U P P O R T E D

Full name Inter system handover supported

Abbreviation InterSysHoCtrl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether intersystem handover within BSC is allowed. This parameters determines whether BSC can issue handover of 3G system.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed (InterSysHoCtrl)

T AB L E 151 - D I R E C T E D R E T R Y T O UTRAN C E L L AL L O W E D

Full name Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed

Abbreviation InterSysRdCtrl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter determines if allow directed retry to UTRAN cell. When no service channel is allocated in this cell, you can try redirected to adjacent cell under allowed case by corresponding function switch. If this parameter is configured as Yes, it can be redirected to 3G adjacent cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-02-005 Directed Retry

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold (HoRSCPThsFDD)

T AB L E 152 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN FDD RSCP TH R E S H O L D

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold

Abbreviation HoRSCPThsFDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter defines a threshold value for handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell for handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 35

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N (HoRSCP_N_FDD)

T AB L E 153 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN FDD RSCP V AL U E N

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N

Abbreviation HoRSCP_N_FDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P (HoRSCP_P_FDD)

T AB L E 154 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN FDD RSCP V AL U E P

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P

Abbreviation HoRSCP_P_FDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)

T AB L E 155 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN FDD E C /N O TH R E S H O L D

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold

Abbreviation HoEcNoThsFDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter defines a threshold value for handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD Ec/No average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to HoEc/No_THS_FDD, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell for handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 49

Unit None

Default 25

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N (HoEcNo_N_FDD)

T AB L E 156 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN FDD E C /N O V AL U E N

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N

Abbreviation HoEcNo_N_FDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P (HoEcNo_P_FDD)

T AB L E 157 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN FDD E C /N O V AL U E P

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P

Abbreviation HoEcNo_P_FDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold (HoRSCPThsTDD)

T AB L E 158 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN TDD RSCP TH R E S H O L D

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold

Abbreviation HoRSCPThsTDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter defines a threshold value for handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC at least HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger than or equal to the sume of HoRSCPThsTDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell for handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 35

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N (HoRSCP_N_TDD)

T AB L E 159 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN TDD RSCP V AL U E N

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N

Abbreviation HoRSCP_N_TDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 4



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P (HoRSCP_P_TDD)

T AB L E 160 - H AN D O V E R F R O M GSM T O UTR AN TDD RSCP V AL U E P

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P

Abbreviation HoRSCP_P_TDD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



UTRAN Cell Control Parameters Basic properties 1


F I G U R E 19 - BASIC PROPERTY 1 P AR AMETERS

Channel location of si2quater broadcast (SI2QuaterPos)

T AB L E 161 - C H AN N E L L O C AT I O N O F S I 2 Q U AT E R B R O A D C AS T

Full name Channel location of si2quater broadcast

Abbreviation SI2QuaterPos

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It indicates channel location of si2quater broadcast.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0, 1

0: Broadcast on normal BCCH block;

1: Broadcast on extended BCCH block (AGCH_BLOCK reservation value will be 1)

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CS measurement type reported by UE (ReportTypeCS)

T AB L E 162 - CS M E AS U R E M E N T T Y P E R E P O R T E D B Y UE

Full name CS measurement type reported by UE

Abbreviation ReportTypeCS

3GPP Name REPORT_TYPE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description It indicates enhanced measurement report for UE or measurement report message.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: Adopts ‘enhanced measurement report’ message, if at least one BSIC is configured for each frequency in BA list; otherwise, adopt ‘enhanced measurement report’ message, otherwise using normal measurement report.

1: Adopts ‘normal measurement report’ message

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection (Qsearch_I)

T AB L E 163 - M E AS U R E M E N T T H R E S H O L D O F UE P E R F O R M I N G UTRAN C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N

Full name Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection

Abbreviation Qsearch_I

3GPP reference

Qsearch_I

3GPP Name 3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter indicates the measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection. UE starts UTRAN reselection cell measurement when average receiving level RLA_C of this cell is lower than (parameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter value: 8 ~ 15) the threshold.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm;

7: Indicates always;

8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L = -78 + 4*(n-8) dBm;

15: Indicates never

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Threshold when UE performs search under specialized mode (Qsearch_C)

T AB L E 164 - TH R E S H O L D W H E N UE P E R F O R M S S E AR C H U N D E R S P E C I A L I Z E D M O D E

Full name Threshold when UE performs search under specialized mode

Abbreviation Qsearch_C

3GPP Name Qsearch_C

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter defines a threshold. When average receiving level RLA_C of the cell falls below (parameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter value: 8 ~ 15) this threshold, UE searches the UTRAN adjacent cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm;

7: Indicates always;

8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L = -78 + 4*(n-8) dBm;

15: Indicates never

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE receiving qsearch_C (QsearchCInit)

T AB L E 165 - IN I T I AL P AR AM E T E R I N S T E AD O F Q S E AR C H _ C B E F O R E UE R E C E I V I N G Q S E AR C H _C

Full name Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE receiving qsearch_C

Abbreviation QsearchCInit

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is used to search and measure the cell data while MS doesn't recieve Qsearch_C on SACCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: Indicates Qsearch_I parameter;

1: Indicates always measuring

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report (SvrBandRprtCS)

T AB L E 166 - CS N U M B E R O F S AM E F R E Q U E N C Y AD J AC E N T C E L L S I N R E P O R T

Full name CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report

Abbreviation SvrBandRprtCS

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells with the same frequency band as in serving cell, which are included in the measurement report or the strongest cell list.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)

T AB L E 167 - CS C L AS S O F R E P O R T E D Q U AN T I T I E S O F UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L S

Full name CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells

Abbreviation FDDrepQntCS

3GPP Name FDD_REP_QUANT

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report measurement.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scramble of UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is dBm;

1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power to thermal noise of CPICH scramble of UTRAN cell, the unit is dB.

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_Qmin)

T AB L E 168 - M IN E C/N O O F UTR AN R E S E L E C T I N G C E L L

Full name MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_Qmin

3GPP Name FDD_Qmin



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter indicates the minimum value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell when it reselects adjacent cell. The value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell should be larger than the value defined by this parameter in order to reselect the adjacent cell. Value range: 0 ~ 7, indicating (–20 + n) dBm.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report (FDDMulRatarrptCS)

T AB L E 169 - CS MAX N U M B E R O F UTRAN/FDD AD J AC E N T C E L L S I N M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T

Full name CS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report

Abbreviation FDDMulRatarrptCS

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available, the vacancies are used for TDD cells).

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)

T AB L E 170 - FDD R E S E L E C T I O N O F F S E T

Full name FDD reselection offset

Abbreviation FDD_Qoffset

3GPP Name FDD_Qoffset

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used to reselect the UTRAN adjacent cell if the following requirements are satisfied:

Received signal code power (RSCP) of this adjacent cell is higher than average receiving level RLA_C of this cell.

RSCP of the adjacent cell is higher than RLA_C of all adjacent GSM cells by at least FDD_Qoffset (FDD reselection offset) for more than 5 seconds. FDD_Qoffset of the cell increases by 5 dB if the cell is reselected 15 seconds earlier.

Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this adjacent cell is larger than or equal to designated FDD_Qmin (minimum value of code-noise ratio of UTRAN reselected cell).

If more than one UTRAN cell meets above conditions, then select the cell which has the largest RSCP.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

Unit None

Default 8

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Require UE to send UTRAN classmark change message early (ECSC_3G)

T AB L E 171 - R E Q U I R E UE T O S E N D UTRAN C L AS S M A R K C H AN G E M E S S A G E E A R L Y

Full name Require UE to send UTRAN classmark change message early

Abbreviation ECSC_3G

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It indicates whether requiring UE to send UTRAN classmark change message early

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Yes/No

NO: Not allowed to send ‘UTRAN class mark change’ message

YES: Require UE to send ‘UTRAN class mark change’ message early

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Basic properties 2




F I G U R E 20 -BASIC PROPERTY 2 P AR AMETERS

CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell (ReportRateCS)

T AB L E 172 CS M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T I N G R AT E O F AD J AC E N T C E L L

Full name CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

Abbreviation ReportRateCS

3GPP Name REPORTING_RATE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description It indicates frequency of measurement reports in adjacent cell, refer to "CS adjacent cell report priority".

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: Normal;

1: Low

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



CS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtCS)

T AB L E 173 - CS M U L T I B AN D R E P O R T I N D I C AT I O N

Full name CS Multiband report indication

Abbreviation MulBndRprtCS

3GPP Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description This parameter is to control the number of reports of different adjacent cells except the serving cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3

0: MS reports the survey results of six known and allowed adjacent cells with the strongest NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless of which frequency band adjacent cells are in.

1: MS reports the measurement result of one adjacent cell with strongest signal in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list (excluding frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining locations, MS reports the adjacent cells in the frequency band of local cell. If there are still more locations remaining, MS reports the second strongest adjacent cell, regardless of their frequency bands.

2: MS reports the measurement result of two adjacent cells with strongest signal in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list (excluding frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining locations, MS reports the adjacent cells in the frequency band of local cell. If there are still more locations remaining, MS reports the second strongest adjacent cell, regardless of their frequency bands.

3: MS reports the measurement result of three adjacent cells with strongest signal in the frequency bands in adjacent cells list (excluding frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining locations, MS reports the adjacent cells in the frequency band of local cell. If there are still more locations remaining, MS reports the second strongest adjacent cell, regardless of their frequency bands.



Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value (ScaleOrdCS)

T AB L E 174 - CS O F F S E T W H I C H I S AD D E D W H E N UE R E P O R T S R X L E V V AL U E

Full name CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value

Abbreviation ScaleOrdCS

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines the added offset when UE reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity of a certain GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then when mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will maps n+ ScaleOrdCS to the original value corresponding to n.It applies only in the case that ‘enhanced measurement report’ message is used.

If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this parameter. UE includes the SCALE value when it reports ‘enhance measurement report’ message. SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses the value of cell that reports the best signal level.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2

0: 0 dB;

1: 10 dB;

2: Automatic, determined by UE

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset)

T AB L E 175 - TDD R E S E L E C T I O N O F F S E T

Full name TDD reselection offset

Abbreviation TDD_Qoffset

3GPP Name TDD_Qoffset

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM adjacent cells.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

Unit None

Default 8

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in measurement report (TDDMulRatRrptCS)

T AB L E 176 - CS MAX N U M B E R O F UTRAN/TDD AD J AC E N T C E L L S I N M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T

Full name CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in measurement report

Abbreviation TDDMulRatRrptCS

3GPP Name XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells included in measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDD technology is supported, remained part is given to FDD cell).



Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CS UE report invalid cell level allowed (InvldBSICRprtCS)

T AB L E 177 - CS UE R E P O R T I N V AL I D C E L L L E V E L AL L O W E D

Full name CS UE report invalid cell level allowed

Abbreviation InvldBSICRprtCS

3GPP Name INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates whether the system allows UE to report field intensity of such cells.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding frame indication (SearchPrioCSUTRAN)

T AB L E 178 - CS UE S E AR C H UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L I N B S I C D E C O D I N G F R AM E I N D I C AT I O N

Full name CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding frame indication

Abbreviation SearchPrioCSUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether to allow UE to search UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most 25 frames for search in 13 seconds.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (RprtOffsetCS850)

T AB L E 179 - GSM850M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L OF F S E T

Full name GSM850 Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation RprtOffsetCS850

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS850, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0 ~ 7: corresponding to 0 ~ 42 dB, 6dB per level.

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GSM 850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoCS850)

T AB L E 180 - GSM 850M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L TH R E S H O L D

Full name GSM850 Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold

Abbreviation RprtThoCS850

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoCS850 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported.

As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS850.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;

1 ~ 6: corresponding to 6 ~ 36 dB, 6dB per level

7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--



Full name GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoCS900)

T AB L E 182 - GSM900M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L

Full name GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description



Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--







3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GSM1800M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoCS1800)

T AB L E 184 - GSM1800M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L TH R E S H O L D



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS1800.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 185- GSM1900M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L OF F S E T



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GSM1900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoCS1900)




3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description



Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)

T AB L E 187- TAB L E 0-1 UTRAN/FDD AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L OF F S E T

Full name UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation FDDRprtOffsetCS

3GPP Name XXX_REPORTING_OFFSET

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and FDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold (FDDRprtThoCS)

T AB L E 188 - UTR AN/FDD AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L T H R E S H O L D

Full name UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold

Abbreviation FDDRprtThoCS

3GPP Name XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, FDDMulRatRrptCS and FDDRprtOffsetCS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (TDDRprtOffsetCS)

T AB L E 189 - UTR AN/TDD AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L OF F S E T

Full name UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation TDDRprtOffsetCS


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and TDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7




Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold (TDDRprtThoCS)

T AB L E 190 - UTR AN/TDD AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L T H R E S H O L D

Full name UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold

Abbreviation TDDRprtThoCS


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, TDDMulRatRrptCS and TDDRprtOffsetCS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



GPRS Parameters 1

The interface of GPRS property 1 parameters is shown in Figure 21 .

F I G U R E 21 - GPRS P R O P E R T Y 1 P AR AM E T E R S

PS offset which is added when ue reports rxlev value (ScaleOrdPS)

T AB L E 191 - PS O F F S E T W H I C H I S AD D E D W H E N UE R E P O R T S R X L E V V AL U E

Full name PS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value

Abbreviation ScaleOrdPS

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter defines the added offset when UE reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity of a certain GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then when mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+ ScaleOrdPS to the original value corresponding to n. It applies only in the case that ‘enhanced measurement report’ message is used.

If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this parameter. If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this parameter. SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses the value of cell that reports the best signal level.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2

0: 0 dB;

1: 10 dB;

2: Automatic, determined by UE

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS measurement type reported by UE (ReportTypePS)

T AB L E 192 - CS M E AS U R E M E N T T Y P E R E P O R T E D B Y UE

Full name PS measurement type reported by UE

Abbreviation ReportTypePS

3GPP Name REPORT_TYPE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description This parameter indicates that UE uses PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT or PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT message.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0, 1

With PBCCH:

0: Uses PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT message.

1: Uses PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message.

Without PBCCH:

0: If each frequency in BA (GPRS) list is configured with at least one BSIC, PACKET ENHANCE MEASUREMENT REPORT is used; otherwise PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT is used.

1: Uses PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report (SvrBandRprtPS)

T AB L E 193 - PS N U M B E R O F S AM E F R E Q U E N C Y AD J AC E N T C E L L S I N R E P O R T

Full name PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report

Abbreviation SvrBandRprtPS

3GPP Name SERVING_BAND_REPORTING

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter describes the maximum number of adjacent cells in the same frequency band of the serving cell, in packet measurement report or strongest cell list.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell (ReportRatePS)

T AB L E 194 - PS M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T I N G R AT E O F AD J AC E N T C E L L

Full name PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

Abbreviation ReportRatePS

3GPP Name REPORTING_RATE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description It indicates frequency of measurement reports in adjacent cell, refer to "PS adjacent cell report priority".

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: Normal;

1: Low

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)

T AB L E 195 - M E AS U R E M E N T T H R E S H O L D O F UE P E R F O R M I N G GPRS UTR AN C E L L

Full name Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell

Abbreviation Qsearch_P

3GPP Name Qsearch_P

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell.

Searching 3G cell when signal level is lower than threshold 0 ~ 7 (corresponding to -98, -94, ..., , -74dBm), threshold 7 indicates always searching; or searching while above threshold 8~15 (-78, -74, ..., -54 dBm), threshold 15 indicates never search.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Idle state and packet transmission state.


Unit None

Default Idle state and packet transmission state. 0 by default.

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-01-007 Inter-system NCCR

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

T AB L E 196 - FDD GPRS R E S E L E C T I O N O F F S E T

Full name FDD GPRS reselection offset

Abbreviation FDD_GPRS_Qoffset

3GPP Name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description When cell is reselected to 3G FDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM adjacent cells.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Idle state and packet transmission state.


0 indicates always selecting adjacent cells of this 3G FDD;

1 = -28 dB;

2 = -24 dB;

…

15 = 28 dB



Unit None


Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

T AB L E 197 - TDD GPRS R E S E L E C T I O N O F F S E T

Full name TDD GPRS reselection offset

Abbreviation TDD_GPRS_Qoffset

3GPP Name TDD_GPRS_Qoffset

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM adjacent cells.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range



0 indicates always selecting adjacent cells of this 3G TDD;

1 = -28 dB;

2 = -24 dB;

…

15 = 28 dB

Unit None


Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_QminPS)

T AB L E 198 - PS MIN E C/NO O F UTRAN R E S E L E C T I N G C E L L

Full name PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_QminPS

3GPP Name FDD_Qmin

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter indicates the minimum value of Ec/No of the 3G cell when it reselects adjacent cell. The value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell should be larger than the value defined by this parameter in order to reselect the adjacent cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range



0 = -20 dB;

1 = -6 dB;

2 = -18 dB;

3 = -8 dB;

4 = -16 dB;

5 = -10 dB;

6 = -14 dB;

7 = -12 dB

Unit None


Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)

T AB L E 199 - OF F S E T O F FDD_QM I NPS

Full name Offset of FDD_QminPS

Abbreviation FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS



3GPP Name FDD_Qmin_Offset

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description Offset of FDD_QminPS

Management Object

Cell

Value Range



0 = 0 dB;

1 = 2 dB;

2 = 4 dB;

3 = 6 dB;

4 = 8 dB;

5 = 10 dB;

6 = 12 dB;

7 = 14 dB

Unit None


Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_RSCPminPS)

T AB L E 200 - PS MIN RSCP O F UTRAN R E S E L E C T I N G C E L L

Full name PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_RSCPminPS

3GPP Name FDD_RSCPmin

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description When the cell is reselected to 3G ajacent cell, its RSCP shall be larger than or equal to this value.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range



0 = -114 dBm;

1 = -112 dBm;

2 = -110 dBm;

3 = -108 dBm;

……

14 = -86 dBm;

15 = -84 dBm

Unit None


Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP (FDDRprtTho2PS)

T AB L E 201 - M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T T H R E S H O L D O F EC /N O O R RSCP

Full name Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP

Abbreviation FDDRprtTho2PS

3GPP Name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD_2

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP (while not specified in byFDDRepQuant)

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Idle state and packet transmission state.


Unit None


Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells (FDDRepOntPS)

T AB L E 202 - PS C L AS S O F R E P O R T E D Q U AN T I T I E S O F UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L S

Full name PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells

Abbreviation FDDRepQntPS

3GPP Name FDD_REP_QUANT

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report measurement.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scramble of UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is dBm;

1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power to thermal noise of CPICH scramble of UTRAN cell, the unit is dB.

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report (FDDMulRatRrptPS)

T AB L E 203 - PS MAX N U M B E R O F UTRAN/FDD AD J AC E N T C E L L S I N M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T

Full name PS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report

Abbreviation FDDMulRatRrptPS

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available, the vacancies are used for TDD cells).

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtPS)

T AB L E 204- PS M U L T I B AN D R E P O R T I N D I C AT I O N

Full name PS Multiband report indication

Abbreviation MulBndRprtPS


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

MS in single-frequency GSM system needs only to report contents of six adjacent cells with the strongest signals in a frequency band, when reporting the survey result of adjacent cells to the network.

In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority into a specific frequency band during handover. The MS reports the survey result according to the signal intensity and the frequency band of the signals, according to the actual situation.

MulBndRprtPS is used to notify MS to report contents of adjacent cells in multiple frequency bands. It is one of the system control parameters.

The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic in each frequency band. General principles to set the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the operator has no choice over the frequency band. 3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite different, and the operator hopes that MS enters a specific frequency band with priority.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3


1: MS reports the measurement result of one adjacent cell with strongest signal in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list (excluding frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in.

2: MS reports the survey result of two adjacent cells with the strongest signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in.

3: MS reports the survey result of three adjacent cells with the strongest signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in.

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS)

T AB L E 205 - PS MAX N U M B E R O F UTRAN/TDD AD J AC E N T C E L L S I N M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T

Full name TDD multi report PS



Abbreviation TDDMulRatRrptPS

3GPP Name XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter indicates the MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell included in measurement report. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDD technology is supported, remained part is given to FDD cell).

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Parameters 2

The interface of GPRS property 2 parameters is shown in Figure 22.




PS UE report invalid cell level allowed (InvldBSICRprtPS)

T AB L E 206 - PS UE R E P O R T I N V AL I D C E L L L E V E L AL L O W E D

Full name PS UE report invalid cell level allowed

Abbreviation InvldBSICRprtPS

3GPP Name INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates whether the system allows UE to report field intensity of such cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Yes/No

YES: Allow UE to report the field intensity of ‘NCC permitted but BCC invalid’ cells

NO: Do not Allow UE to report the field intensity of ‘NCC permitted but BCC invalid’ cells

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in basic decoding frame indication (SearchPrioPSUTRAN)

T AB L E 207 - PS UE S E AR C H UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L I N B S I C D E C O D I N G F R AM E I N D I C AT I O N

Full name PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding frame indication

Abbreviation SearchPrioPSUTRAN

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether to allow UE to search UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most 25 frames for search in 13 seconds.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (RprtOffsetPS850)



Abbreviation RprtOffsetPS850

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoPS850, and RepPrioPS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetPS850 value is firstly reported.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



GSM 850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoPS850)

T AB L E 209 - GSM 850M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L TH R E S H O L D

Full name GSM850 Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold

Abbreviation RprtThoPS850


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoPS850 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS850.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Full name GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset


3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoPS900)

T AB L E 211 GSM900M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L TH R E S H O L D




3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When reporting to GSM900M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoPS900 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS900.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



GSM1800M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoPS1800)





3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoPS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS1800

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GSM1900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoPS1900)





3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoPS1900 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, 7MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS1900

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (FDDRprtOffsetPS)

T AB L E 216- UTR AN/FDD AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L OF F S E T

Full name UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation FDDRprtOffsetPS


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and FDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold (FDDRprtThoPS)

T AB L E 217 - UTR AN/FDD AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L T H R E S H O L D

Full name UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold

Abbreviation FDDRprtThoPS


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, FDDMulRatRrptPS and FDDRprtOffsetPS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)

T AB L E 218 - UTR AN/TDD AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L OF F S E T

Full name UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation TDDRprtOffsetPS




3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and TDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold (TDDRprtThoPS)

T AB L E 219 - UTR AN/TDD AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G S I G N AL L E V E L T H R E S H O L D

Full name UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold

Abbreviation TDDRprtThoPS


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, TDDMulRatRrptPS and TDDRprtOffsetPS.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0: always;


7: never

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters

The interface of adjacent interference cell parameters is shown in Figure 23.

F I G U R E 23 - AD J AC E N T I N T E R F E R E N C E C E L L P AR AM E T E R S

Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId)

T AB L E 220 - IN T E R F E R E N C E C E L L N O .

Full name Interference cell No.

Abbreviation IntfObjectId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description Interference cell No.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 6

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Related cell DN (RelationDN)

T AB L E 221 - R E L AT E D C E L L DN

Full name Related Cell DN

Abbreviation RelationDN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter defines BSS external cell DN: EcId or related BSS equipment DN: BscId-SiteId-BtsId.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range None

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-09-001 Double BCCH Allocation List

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters

Interface of adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters is as shown in Figure 24.



F I G U R E 24 - AD J AC E N T C E L L H AN D O V E R AN D R E S E L E C T I O N P AR AM E T E R S

User Label

T AB L E 222 - U S E R L AB E L

Full name User label

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Name that is easy to be recognized by users

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Character string with the maximum length of 40

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Adjacent cell reselection and handover ID (HoResObjectId)

T AB L E 223 - AD J AC E N T C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N AN D H AN D O V E R ID

Full name Adjacent cell reselection and handover ID

Abbreviation HoResObjectId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent cell handover and reselection object.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 32

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Priority of handover (Hopriority)

T AB L E 224 - P R I O R I T Y O F H AN D O V E R

Full name Priority of handover

Abbreviation Hopriority

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specifications, cell priority should be considered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore, there are three decisive factors to sequence the candidate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions. Priority and traffic affect the cell sequencing most. If they lead to the same result, sequence the cells according to the radio conditions. The larger the value, the higher level of priority.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None



Default 3

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

T AB L E 225 - M AX P O W E R L E V E L O F MS


Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


MS sets the specified output transmission power according to the power control header extracted from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible output power even if the power command sends maximum output power. When BSC controls the power, the parameter is the maximum transmission power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS max power level is also a parameter used by BSC to calculate PBGT value.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



MIN power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

T AB L E 226 - M IN P O W E R L E V E L F O R H AN D O V E R AC C E S S

Full name MIN power level for handover access

Abbreviation RxLevMin

3GPP Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter defines the minimum receiving intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to decide preferred cells during handover control. MS in the serving cell constantly monitors the signal intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent cells with the minimum receiving intensity level higher than this parameter are potential candidates for handover. MS with receiving level larger than minimum receiving level indicates that MS is at the edge of the serving cell.

It is advised to set this parameter to approximate MS receiving sensitivity. For some cells with traffic overload, increase the minimum access level to decrease C1 and C2 value of the cell, the cell coverage range decreases at the same time. Setting the minimum access level too large will cause crossover area of cells to become dead area. With this measure for traffic balance, it is suggested that the level value should not exceed -90dB. At the preliminary running stage of the network, this parameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher than the MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm. However, when the network capacity is expanded or the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions





Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)

T AB L E 227 - M IN T H R E S H O L D O F S I G N AL L E V E L F O R H AN D O V E R O N PBGT

Full name MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT

Abbreviation HoMarginPbgt

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The PBGT value of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for handover. The decision process is as follows: If the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater than the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall be performed to find a more suitable cell.

This parameter defines the threshold used to determine PBGT handover from an adjacent cell to local cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 48

0: -24 dB;

1: -23 dB;

……

48: 24 dB

Unit None

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



MIN threshold of signal level for handover on power level (HoMarginRxLev)

T AB L E 228 - M IN T H R E S H O L D O F S I G N AL L E V E L F O R H AN D O V E R O N P O W E R L E V E L

Full name Minimal Threshold of RxLev HO

Abbreviation HoMarginRxLev

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. In handover caused by the level, adjacent cells should be screened and sequenced. This parameter defines the signal strength threshold to determine handover from adjacent cell to local cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 48

0: -24 dB;

1: -23 dB;

……

48: 24 dB

Unit None

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN threshold of signal level for handover on quality (HoMarginRxQual)

T AB L E 229 - M IN T H R E S H O L D O F S I G N AL L E V E L F O R H AN D O V E R O N Q U AL I T Y

Full name Minimal Threshold of Quality Handover

Abbreviation HoMarginRxQual

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. In handover caused by the quality, adjacent cells should be screened and sequenced. This parameter defines the signal quality threshold to determine handover from adjacent cell to local cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 48

0: -24 dB;

1: -23 dB;

……

48: 24 dB

Unit None

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX level difference of force handover (MaxForceHoDiff)

T AB L E 230 - M AX L E V E L D I F F E R E N C E O F F O R C E H AN D O V E R

Full name MAX level difference of force handover

Abbreviation MaxForceHoDiff

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a tolerable level difference for forced handover is required, which should be lower than PBGT handover threshold in the reverse direction. This level difference is lower than PBGT handover threshold in reverse direction, thus to avoid oscillating handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit None

Default 9



Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover force resource threshold (HoForceResThs)

T AB L E 231 - H AN D O V E R F O R C E R E S O U R C E T H R E S H O L D

Full name Handover force resource threshold

Abbreviation HoForceResThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Directed transfer does not result in destination cell congestion. When resource of object cell is lower than the congestion threshold, forced handover can be implemented.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 40

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

T AB L E 232 - N E I G H B O R I N G C E L L L AY E R

Full name Neighboring cell layer

Abbreviation NCellLayer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter provides the handover policies in multilayer network technology and dual-frequency network technology. Multilayer radio coverage can be formed in the same physical area.

The handover policies will not be detailed in this manual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handover defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce the number of handovers during the call, thus improving the system reliability and communication quality. The policy of handover between a macro cell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on the moving speed of MS. An MS at higher moving speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower moving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer (lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in the case of non-PBGT handover and emergency, will the undefined cell of the service area be considered as a candidate cell.

Same layer of the home cell: Adjacent cell and local cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover possible); Upper layer of the home cell: Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (local cell is a micro cell); Lower layer of the home cell: Adjacent cell is the lower layer of local cell (local cell is a macro cell);

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layer of the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell

Unit None

Default At same layer as this cell

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS)

T AB L E 233 - CS AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T P R I O R I T Y

Full name CS adjacent cell report priority

Abbreviation RepPrioCS

3GPP Name REP_PRIORITY

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:

Adjacent cell in the same frequency band as the serving cell must have have the following features: BSIC of color code is valid; Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents frequency band of serving cell.

Adjacent cell in the frequency band different from that of the serving cell must have the following features: BSIC of color code is valid. Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from that of serving cell.

Adjacent cells using other access technologies like UTRAN/FDD must The cell’s scramble is correct. Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells with the same access technologies and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents access technologies like UTRAN/FDD.

For above priorities, if the priority’s location has surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the next priority. For access technology such as UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900, the cell with high RepPrioCS is preferred. For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: Low

1: High

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

T AB L E 234 - PS AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T P R I O R I T Y

Full name PS adjacent cell report priority

Abbreviation RepPrioPS


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

This parameter defines the priority of adjacent cells to report the measurement report during PS traffic operation.


Adjacent cell in the same frequency band as the serving cell must have have the following features: BSIC of color code is valid; Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX represents frequency band of serving cell.

Adjacent cell in the frequency band different from that of the serving cell must have the following features: BSIC of color code is valid. Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from that of serving cell.

Adjacent cells using other access technologies like UTRAN/FDD must The cell’s scramble is correct. Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells with the same access technologies and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX represents access technologies like UTRAN/FDD.

For above priorities, if the priority’s location has surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the next priority. For access technology such as UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900, the cell with higher RepPrioPS is preferred. For cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) and RprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: Low

1: High

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Related Cell DN



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description In , user can click <Select> to select cell or external cell in displayed interface, check <mutual configuration>, you can mutually configure it as reselection and handover cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range None

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

T AB L E 236 - IS R E L AT E D C E L L

Full name Is related cell

Abbreviation IsRelatedCell

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a candidate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameter of adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether adjacent cell is related to the serving cell.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

T AB L E 237 - IS H AN D O V E R F O R C E D N E I G H B O R C E L L

Full name Is handover forced neighbor cell

Abbreviation IsHoForceNcell

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M network to 1800M network. At this time, you can do directional handover traffic.

Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic adjustment. The forced handover direction is definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover is performed only for a specific object cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Is support CCN mode (CCNSUPPORT)

T AB L E 238 - IS S U P P O R T CCN M O D E

Full name Is support CCN mode

Abbreviation CCNSUPPORT

3GPP Name CCN-ACTIVE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

CNN mode refers to cell alternating notification. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall be delivered to network in normal case. After network receives this message, it can send specific system message about standby cell to MS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell handover parameters is shown in Figure 25.



F I G U R E 25 - AD J AC E N T C E L L H AN D O V E R P AR AM E T E R S

Adjacent cell handover object ID (HoObjectId)

T AB L E 239 - AD J AC E N T C E L L H AN D O V E R O B J E C T ID

Full name Adjacent cell handover object ID

Abbreviation HoObjectId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent cell handover object.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 32

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Priority of handover (HoPriority)

T AB L E 240 - P R I O R I T Y O F H AN D O V E R

Full name Priority of handover

Abbreviation HoPriority

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specifications, cell priority should be considered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore, there are three decisive factors to sequence the candidate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions. Priority and traffic affect the cell sequencing most. If they lead to the same result, sequence the cells according to the radio conditions. The larger the value, the higher level of priority.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 241 - M AX P O W E R L E V E L O F MS


Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description


MS sets the specified output transmission power according to the power control header extracted from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible output power even if the power command sends maximum output power. When BSC controls the power, the parameter is the maximum transmission power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS max power level is also a parameter used by BSC to calculate PBGT value.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

T AB L E 242 - M IN P O W E R L E V E L F O R H AN D O V E R AC C E S S

Full name MIN power level for handover access

Abbreviation RxLevMin


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

This parameter defines the minimum receiving intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to decide preferred cells during handover control. MS in the serving cell constantly monitors the signal intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent cells with the minimum receiving intensity level higher than this parameter are potential candidates for handover. MS with receiving level larger than minimum receiving level indicates that MS is at the edge of the serving cell.

It is advised to set this parameter to approximate MS receiving sensitivity. For some cells with traffic overload, increase the minimum access level to decrease C1 and C2 value of the cell, the cell coverage range decreases at the same time. Setting the minimum access level too large will cause crossover area of cells to become dead area. With this measure for traffic balance, it is suggested that the level value should not exceed -90dB. At the preliminary running stage of the network, this parameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher than the MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm. However, when the network capacity is expanded or the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)

T AB L E 243 - M IN T H R E S H O L D O F S I G N AL L E V E L F O R H AN D O V E R O N PBGT

Full name MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT

Abbreviation HoMarginPbgt

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The PBGT value of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for handover. The decision process is as follows: If the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater than the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall be performed to find a more suitable cell.

This parameter defines the threshold used to determine PBGT handover from an adjacent cell to local cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 48

0: -24 dB;

1: -23 dB;

……

48: 24 dB

Unit None

Default 30

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN threshold of signal level for handover on power level (HoMarginRxLev)

T AB L E 244 - M IN T H R E S H O L D O F S I G N AL L E V E L F O R H AN D O V E R O N P O W E R L E V E L

Full name Minimal Threshold of RxLev HO

Abbreviation HoMarginRxLev



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. In handover caused by the level, adjacent cells should be screened and sequenced. This parameter defines the signal strength threshold to determine handover from adjacent cell to local cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 48

0: -24 dB;

1: -23 dB;

……

48: 24 dB

Unit None

Default 30

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN threshold of signal level for handover on quality (HoMarginRxQual)

T AB L E 245 - M IN T H R E S H O L D O F S I G N AL L E V E L F O R H AN D O V E R O N Q U AL I T Y

Full name Minimal Threshold of Quality Handover

Abbreviation HoMarginRxQual

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. In handover caused by the quality, adjacent cells should be screened and sequenced. This parameter defines the signal quality threshold to determine handover from adjacent cell to local cell.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0 ~ 48

0: -24 dB;

1: -23 dB;

……

48: 24 dB

Unit None

Default 30

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX level difference of force handover (MaxForceHoDiff)

T AB L E 246 - M AX L E V E L D I F F E R E N C E O F F O R C E H AN D O V E R

Full name MAX level difference of force handover

Abbreviation MaxForceHoDiff

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a tolerable level difference for forced handover is required, which should be lower than PBGT handover threshold in the reverse direction. This level difference is lower than PBGT handover threshold in reverse direction, thus to avoid oscillating handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit None

Default 9

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Handover force resource threshold (HoForceResThs)

T AB L E 247 - H AN D O V E R F O R C E R E S O U R C E T H R E S H O L D

Full name Handover force resource threshold

Abbreviation HoForceResThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Directed transfer does not result in destination cell congestion. When resource of object cell is lower than the congestion threshold, forced handover can be implemented.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 40

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 248 - N E I G H B O R I N G C E L L L AY E R

Full name Neighboring cell layer

Abbreviation NCellLayer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter provides the handover policies in multilayer network technology and dual-frequency network technology. Multilayer radio coverage can be formed in the same physical area.

The handover policies will not be detailed in this manual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handover defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce the number of handovers during the call, thus improving the system reliability and communication quality. The policy of handover between a macro cell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on the moving speed of MS. An MS at higher moving speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower moving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer (lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in the case of non-PBGT handover and emergency, will the undefined cell of the service area be considered as a candidate cell.

Same layer of the home cell: Adjacent cell and local cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover possible); Upper layer of the home cell: Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (local cell is a micro cell); Lower layer of the home cell: Adjacent cell is the lower layer of local cell (local cell is a macro cell).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layer of the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell

Unit None

Default At same layer as this cell

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description


Adjacent cell in the same frequency band as the serving cell must have have the following features: BSIC of color code is valid; Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents frequency band of serving cell.

Adjacent cell in the frequency band different from that of the serving cell must have the following features: BSIC of color code is valid. Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from that of serving cell.

Adjacent cells using other access technologies like UTRAN/FDD must The cell’s scramble is correct. Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells with the same access technologies and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents access technologies like UTRAN/FDD.

For above priorities, if the priority’s location has surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the next priority. For access technology such as UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900, the cell with high RepPrioCS is preferred. For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: Low

1: High

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

T AB L E 250 - IS R E L AT E D C E L L

Full name Is related cell

Abbreviation IsRelatedCell

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a candidate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameter of adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether adjacent cell is related to the serving cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

T AB L E 251 - IS H AN D O V E R F O R C E D N E I G H B O R C E L L

Full name Is handover forced neighbor cell

Abbreviation IsHoForceNcell

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M network to 1800M network. At this time, you can do directional handover traffic.

Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic adjustment. The forced handover direction is definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover is performed only for a specific object cell.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Related Cell DN



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description In , user can click <select> to select cell or external cell in displayed interface.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range None

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell reselection parameters is shown in Figure 26.



F I G U R E 26 - AD J AC E N T C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N P AR AM E T E R S

Adjacent cell reselection object ID (ReSelObjectId)

T AB L E 253 - AD J AC E N T C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N O B J E C T ID

Full name Adjacent cell reselection object ID

Abbreviation ReSelObjectId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent cell reselection object.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 32

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

T AB L E 254- AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T P R I O R I T Y

Full name Adjacent cell report priority





3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter indicates adjacent cell report priority, broadcasted to MS in SI2quater, PSI3ter and PSI3quater. It corresponds to adjacent cell list, indicating the priority of measurement report in adjacent cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: low priority;

1: high priority;

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Is Support CCN mode (CCNSUPPORT)





3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall be delivered to network in normal case. After network receives this message, it can send specific system message about standby cell to MS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Related Cell DN



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to determine DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover cell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.

In , user can click <select> to select cell or external cell in displayed interface.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range None

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters

Interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters is as shown in Figure 27.



F I G U R E 27 - UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L H AN D O V E R AN D R E S E L E C T I O N P AR AM E T E R S

User Label

T AB L E 257 -2 U S E R L AB E L


Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Name that is easy to be recognized by users

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection object ID (HoRSObjectId)

T AB L E 258 - AD J AC E N T UTR AN C E L L H A N D O V E R AN D R E S E L E C T I O N O B J E C T ID

Full name Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection object ID

Abbreviation HoRSObjectId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection object.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell (HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN)

T AB L E 259- RSCP O F F S E T H AN D O V E R T O UTR AN AD J A C E N T C E L L

Full name RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

Abbreviation HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication within it.

This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to handover to different adjacent cells.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell (HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN)

T AB L E 260 - E C /N O O F F S E T H AN D O V E R T O UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L

Full name Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

Abbreviation HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication within it.

This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to handover to different adjacent cells.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 49

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 261- CS AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T P R I O R I T Y






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description







Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0, 1

0: Low;

1: High

Unit None



Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

T AB L E 262 - PS AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T P R I O R I T Y

Full name PS adjacent cell report priority



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description --

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0



Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Relation DN

T AB L E 264 - R E L AT I O N DN

Full name Relation DN

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to determine DN of the UTRAN external cell.

In , user can click <Select> to select a cell in displayed interface.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range None

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover parameters is shown in Figure 28.

F I G U R E 28 - UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L H AN D O V E R P AR A M E T E R S

UTRAN HO ID (HoObjectId)

T AB L E 265 - UTR AN HO ID

Full name UTRAN HO ID

Abbreviation HoObjectId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN adjacent cell handover object.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN)

T AB L E 266 - RSCP O F F S E T H AN D O V E R

Full name RSCP offset handover

Abbreviation HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication within it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to handover to different adjacent cells.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN)

T AB L E 267 - E C /N O O F F S E T H AN D O V E R

Full name Ec/No offset handover

Abbreviation HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication within it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to handover to different adjacent cells.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 49

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines the priority of adjacent cells to report the measurement report during CS traffic operation. Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:

(1) Adjacent cell in the same frequency band as the serving cell must have the following features:

BSIC of color code is valid;

Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band (actual band place depends on SERVING_BAND_REPORTING) and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents frequency band of serving cell.

(2) Adjacent cell in the frequency band different from that of the serving cell must have the following features:

BSIC of color code is valid;



Description

Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band (actual band place depends on MULTIBAND_REPORTING) and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from that of serving cell.

(3) Adjacent cells using other access technologies like WCDMA/FDD must have the following features:

The cell’s scramble is correct.

Its measured field intensity should rank high among cells with the same access technologies (actual band place depends on XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING) and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents access technologies like UTRAN/FDD.

(4) For GSM adjacent cell with valid BSIC, or GSM adjacent cell with permitted NCC but invalid BCC, or adjacent cell with other access technologies, if such a cell’s RepPrioCS and REPORTING_RATE are low, then the reporting frequency is low too.

For above priorities:

If the priority’s location has surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the next priority;

For access technology such as WCDMA/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900M, the cell with higher RepPrioCS is preferred.

For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Relation DN



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to determine DN of the UTRAN external cell.


Management Object

Cell

Value Range None

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell reselection parameters is shown in Figure 29.

F I G U R E 29 - UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N P AR AM E T E R S



Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID (RSObjectId)

T AB L E 270- UTR AN AD J AC E N T C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N O B J E C T ID

Full name UTRAN Adjacent cell reselection object ID

Abbreviation RSObjectId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN adjacent cell reselection object.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS priority of adjacent cells reported in measurement report (RepPrioPS)







3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description







Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Relation DN



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is used to determine DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover cell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.


Management Object

Cell

Value Range None

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Frequency Hopping System Parameters

The interface of frequency hopping system parameters is shown in Figure 30.

F I G U R E 30 - FR E Q U E N C Y H O P P I N G S Y S T E M P AR AM E T E R S

Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)

T AB L E 274 - FR E Q U E N C Y H O P P I N G N O .

Full name Frequency hopping No.

Abbreviation FhsId



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a unique identification of frequency hopping system.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

0 Frequency No.

Related interfaces

--

Hopping sequence No. (HSN)

T AB L E 275 - H O P P I N G S E Q U E N C E N O .

Full name Hopping sequence No.

Abbreviation HSN

3GPP Name Hopping sequence number

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

According to GSM 05.02 Frequency Hoping Algorithm, MAI is a function of TDMA Frame number (FN), Hoping Sequence Number (HSN) and Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSN determines the operation track of frequencies during the frequency hopping process. Using different HSN for cells having same MA can avoid frequency utilization conflict between adjacent cells during the frequency hopping process.

Different timeslots can share the same group of MA and corresponding HSN. When HSN = 0, it is a special frequency hopping (i.e. circular frequency hopping)

HSN can be derived from BCC of the cell, because cells using the same MA also have the same BCCH.

For example, if HSN ∈ [(BCC×6) +1, ….., (BCC×6) +6], then each cell may use any of the 6 HSNs. The remaining 0 and 49 ~ 63 are used in other special cases. If for simple, directly use 0 by default.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)

T AB L E 276 - FR E Q U E N C Y H O P P I N G M O D E

Full name Frequency hopping mode

Abbreviation FreqHopMode

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter indicates the mode of frequency hopping.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range RFID freqhop, baseband freqhop

Unit None

Default RFFH

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MA frequency list. (MaFreqNum)

T AB L E 277 - M A F R E Q U E N C Y L I S T .

Full name MA frequency list.

Abbreviation MaFreqNum

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter provides a list of absolute RF channel number in a frequency hopping group. It is a CA sub-set of the home cell. The related information will be notified to MS when MS is notified of which channel should be used.

In , you can do <Add> and <Delete> actions.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Based on frequency setting

Unit None

Default Based on frequency setting

Relevant Functions



ZGF05-12-002 Support of 64 Frequencies Hopping

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


C h a p t e r 2

Module Parameters

This chapter mainly explains module parameters.

Operation Control Parameters

The interface of operation control parameters is shown in Figure 31.

F I G U R E 31 -P E R AT I O N C O N T R O L P AR AM E T E R S



Caution:

Each parameter has a default value in initial interface. Settings for these parameters are very important for foreground operation, so we suggest it shall be modified by professional persons, and informal modification is not allowed for general users.

FUC Parameters

The interface of FUC parameters is shown as follows.

F I G U R E 32 - FUC P AR AM E T E R S

Use system message method when MSC overload or link block

T AB L E 278 - U S E S Y S T E M M E S S AG E M E T H O D W H E N MSC O V E R L O AD O R L I N K B L O C K

Full name Use system message method when MSC overload or link block

Chapter 2 - Module Parameters


Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

FUC is done by system message mothod while all MSC overloaded or SP congested (FUC shall be started for this kind of overload).

Using system message method, that is, disable some MS accesses according to ACCN parameters in system message;

Using FUC method, that is, disable some MS accesses by access random on RACH

Management Object

BSC

Value Range System message method, FUC method

Unit None

Default FUC method

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-23-001 BSC Load Control

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Start system message method

T AB L E 279 - S T AR T S Y S T E M M E S S AG E M E T H O D

Full name Start system message method

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description When CPU utilization of CMP is increased, whether system message method shall be used while reaching the threshold defined in section 0.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Start limit

T AB L E 280 - S T AR T L I M I T

Full name Start limit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU threshold of system message control method. It means if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold and "Start system message method" parameter is Yes, FUC can be done by system message control method.

This parameter indicates the threshold of start system message control method.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 65

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Start FUC flow control

T AB L E 281 - S T AR T FUC F L O W C O N T R O L

Full name Start FUC flow control

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description When CPU utilization of CMP is increased, whether FUC flow control is used while reaching the threshold defined in section 0.



Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Start limit

T AB L E 282 - S T AR T L I M I T

Full name Start limit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU threshold of FUC control method. It means if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold and "Start FUC flow control" parameter is Yes, flow can be controlled by FUC flow control.

This parameter indicates the threshold of start FUC flow control.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 75

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



The MAX control level for MSC overload or link block

T AB L E 283 - TH E MAX C O N T R O L L E V E L F O R MSC O V E R L O AD O R L I N K B L O C K

Full name The MAX control level for MSC overload or link block

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It indicates allowed MAX control level while MSC is overloaded or link is blocked.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Accept flow control

T AB L E 284 - AC C E P T F L O W C O N T R O L

Full name Accept flow control

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates whether flow control is accepted (that is, when CPU utilization of CMP is too high, CMP refuses MS acess by certain proportion based on CPU utilization).

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Allowed, disallowed

Unit None

Default Allowed



Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover parameters of BCCH and SD

The interface of Handover parameters of BCCH and SD is shown in Figure 33.

F I G U R E 33 - HAN D O V E R P AR AM E T E R S O F BCCH AN D SD

Handover BCCH

T AB L E 285 - H AN D O V E R BCCH

Full name Handover BCCH

Abbreviation --



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to indicate whether dynamic configured BCCH function is enabled by BSC. When this function is enabled, network can enable dynamic configured BCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable this function, it is based on whether the cell can dynamically enable dynamic configured BCCH function.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-09-007 Automatic BCCH Recovery

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Dynamic config SDCCH

T AB L E 286 - D Y N AM I C C O N F I G SDCCH

Full name Dynamic config SDCCH

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to indicate whether dynamic configured SDCCH function is enabled by BSC. When this function is enabled, network can enable dynamic configured SDCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable this function, it is based on whether the cell can dynamically enable dynamic configured SDCCH function.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-09-005 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Scan SDCCH (100ms)

T AB L E 287 - S C AN SDCCH

Full name Scan SDCCH

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to indicate the scanning duration for idle SDCCH channel by the network shen dynamic configured SDCCH function is enabled in the cell. When network enables dynamic configured SDCCH function, the network may periodically check idle SDCCH channels in the cell according to this parameter, to decide conversion condition. This parameter can reflect response time for this case due to insufficient SDCCH channel resource.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Scan BCCH

T AB L E 288 - S C AN BCCH

Full name Scan BCCH

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is used to indicate the scanning duration for idle BCCH channel by the network shen dynamic configured BCCH function is enabled in the cell. When network enables dynamic configured BCCH function, the network may periodically check idle BCCH carrier state in the cell according to this parameter, to decide conversion condition. This parameter can reflect response time for this case due to network BCCH carrier failure.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 3000

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BCCH starting delay

T AB L E 289 -1 BCCH S T AR T I N G D E L AY

Full name BCCH starting delay

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates initial delay time for BCCH handover, after receiving BCCH handover message, you can configure delay. Check BCCH carrier state after timer is timeout. If you need handover actually, handover flow shall be started formally.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 1200

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



BCCH finishing delay

T AB L E 290 - BCCH F I N I S H I N G D E L AY

Full name BCCH finishing delay

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates delay time before finishing BCCH handover, BTS block message is received after timer is timeout, select handover TRX to do handover.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 1200

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Delay of TRX forcible release

T AB L E 291 - D E L A Y O F TRX F O R C I B L E R E L E AS E

Full name Delay of TRX forcible release

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates delay of TRX forcible release. During BCCH handover, if you select the carrier with existing service as BCCH carrier after handover, you can inform the service and handover to other carrier. Release the service on this carrier after timer is timeout.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 5 ~ 200

Unit 100 ms

Default 10



Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Delay of TS forcible release

T AB L E 292- D E L A Y O F TS F O R C I B L E R E L E AS E

Full name Delay of TS forcible release

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates delay of TS forcible release. During dynamic config SDCCH converted to TCH, first handover the service on this timeslot to other timeslots, and release the service on this timeslot after timer is timeout.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 5 ~ 200

Unit 100 ms

Default 10

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Delay protection

T AB L E 293 - DE L A Y P R O T E C T I O N

Full name Delay protection

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is delay protection timer, which is used to indicate response timeout timer after waiting for BTS configuration finishing while dynamic config BCCH or SDCCH function is enabled and dynamic conversion condition is met. Restart flow after timer is timeout.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 1800

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TCH->SDCCH limit

T AB L E 294 - TCH->SDCCH L I M I T

Full name TCH->SDCCH limit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to indicate whether dynamic configured SDCCH function is enabled and conversion threshold from TCH to SDCCH. Only when idle SDCCH is lower than this threshold, the conversion from TCH to SDCCH can be done.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 2 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



SDCCH->TCH delay

T AB L E 295 - SDCCH->TCH D E L AY

Full name SDCCH->TCH delay

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates SDCCH->TCH delay. This parameter is used to enable dynamic config SDCCH function in the cell. After TCH is dynamically converted to SDCCH channel and SDCCH channel is idle, to prevent from frequent channel conversion, a time limit will be added for the conversion from SDCCH channel to TCH channel. During this limit, SDCCH channel can not be converted to TCH channel.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 24

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover

T AB L E 296 - TH E MAX C E L L S ' AM O U N T O F S I M U L T AN E O U S L Y H AN D O V E R

Full name The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It controls the MAX number of cells that can be handover simultaneously in a module.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 8

Unit None



Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Other Parameters

The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 34.

F I G U R E 34 - OT H E R P AR A M E T E R S

B2 support AMR

T AB L E 297 - B2 S U P P O R T AMR

Full name B2 support AMR

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description Whether B2 carrier on BTSV2 site supports AMR voice algorithm determines whether service on B2 carrier can use AMR voice version.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CHR Enable

T AB L E 298 - CHR E N AB L E

Full name CHR Enable

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It indicates whether call history record function is enabled.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Support/not support

Unit None

Default Not supported

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



MR server IP

T AB L E 299 - MR S E R V E R IP

Full name MR server IP

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It describes IP address of MR data storage server.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Input IP with 4 bytes, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx is 0~255), x is decimal number

Unit None

Default 0.0.0.0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MR server port

T AB L E 300 - MR S E R V E R P O R T

Full name MR server port

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It describes port of MR data storage server.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Support NC2

T AB L E 301 - S U P P O R T NC2

Full name Support NC2

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It indicates whether to support idle NC2.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-01-006 Network Controlled Cell Reselection

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BER Weight

T AB L E 302 - BER W E I G H T

Full name BER Weight

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors. This parameter indicates BER weight. The system calculate the weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

FER Weight

T AB L E 303 - FER W E I G H T

Full name FER Weight

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors. This parameter indicates FER weight. The system calculates the weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover frequence weight

T AB L E 304 - H AN D O V E R F R E Q U E N C E W E I G H T

Full name Handover frequence weight

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors. This parameter indicates handover frequency weight. The system calculate the weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.

Management Object

BSC




Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

DTX weight

T AB L E 305 - DTX W E I G H T

Full name DTX weight

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors. This parameter indicates DTX weight. The system calculates the weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Coding decode weight

T AB L E 306- C O D I N G D E C O D E W E I G H T

Full name Coding decode weight

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors. This parameter indicates coding decode weight. The system calculates the weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Abis transmission error code weight

T AB L E 307 - AB I S T R AN S M I S S I O N E R R O R C O D E W E I G H T

Full name Abis transmission error code weight

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors. This parameter indicates the weight of Abis transmission error code. The system calculates the weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Delay weight

T AB L E 308 - D E L AY W E I G H T

Full name Delay weight

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors. This parameter indicates delay weight. The system calculates the weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Resource block threshold at A interface

T AB L E 309 - R E S O U R C E B L O C K T H R E S H O L D AT A I N T E R F AC E

Full name Resource block threshold at A interface

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs by PCM at A interface.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 80

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

NSVC resource block threshold

T AB L E 310 - NSVC R E S O U R C E B L O C K T H R E S H O L D

Full name NSVC resource block threshold

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs by NSVC at Gb interface.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 80

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Channel resource block threshold

T AB L E 311 - C H AN N E L R E S O U R C E B L O C K T H R E S H O L D

Full name Channel resource block threshold

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs in radio channel.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 80



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IBS Parameters

The interface of IBS parameters is shown in Figure 35.

F I G U R E 35 - IBS P AR AM E T E R S

IBS shutdown limit

T AB L E 312 - IBS S H U T D O W N L I M I T

Full name IBS shutdown limit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

It describes IBS shutdown limit, when the cell can do IBS shutdown inspection, if traffic in current cell is lower than this threshold, this cell need close a carrier.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 70

Unit %

Default 30

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-13-006 Intelligent TRX Shutdown

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IBS powerup limit

T AB L E 313 - IBS P O W E R U P L I M I T

Full name IBS powerup limit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It describes IBS powerup threshold. If traffic in current cell exceeds this threshold, it is considered this cell shall enable the carrier closed during IBS shutdown. This threshold shall be larger than "shutdown threshold".

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 90

Unit %

Default 60

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



IBS powerover limit

T AB L E 314 - IBS P O W E R O V E R L I M I T

Full name IBS powerover limit

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates the resource utilization threshold for urgent powerup in IBS shutdown function, after occupying channel proportion over this threshold, immediately enable the carriers that is closed during IBS shutdown. This threshold shall be larger than "powerup threshold".

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 70 ~ 95

Unit %

Default 90

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IBS power priority

T AB L E 315 - IBS P O W E R P R I O R I T Y

Full name IBS power priority

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It describes IBS power priority.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Carrier priority > interference band , interference band > carrier priority, only as per interference band, only as per carrier priority

Unit None

Default Carrier priority > interference band



Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IBS time bitmap

T AB L E 316 - IBS T I M E B I T M AP

Full name IBS time bitmap

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates bitmap at the segment of IBS shutdown function enabled, in hour. Based on time segment configuration, BSC decides whether current time belongs to the segment of IBS shutdown function, then check whether the cell allows to disable IBS shutdown carrier.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 23, Checked

Unit Hour

Default Unchecked

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BCCH forbbiden TS merger time bitmap

T AB L E 317 - BCCH F O R B B I D E N TS M E R G E R T I M E B I T M AP

Full name BCCH forbbiden TS merger time bitmap

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

It indicates BCCH forbbiden TS merger time bitmap, in hour. Intelligent TRX shutdown decides whether traffic of other carrier can migrate to BCCH carrier.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 23, Checked

Unit Hour

Default Unchecked

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


A p p e n d i x A

Abbreviations Abbreviation Full name

A

AMR Adaptive Multi Rate

A (dB)

BSC Base Station Controller

BSS Base Station System

BSSAP Base Station System Application Part

BSSGP Base Station System EDGE/GPRS Protocol

BTS Base Transceiver Station

C

CMP Control Main Processor

CPU Central Processing Unit

CS Circuit Switch

D

DBS Data Base Subsystem

DSP Digital Signal Processor

F

FR Full Rate

G

GERAN GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network

GPRS General Packet Radio Service

GSM Global System for Mobile Communication

H

HR Half Rate

I

IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity

IP Internet Protocol

L

LLC Logical Link Control



Abbreviation Full name

M

MAC Medium Access Control

MS Mobile Station

MSC Mobile services Switching Center

MSS Mobile Switch System

MTP Message Transfer Protocol

N

NS Network Service

NSE Network Service Entity

O

OMC Operation and Maintenance Center

OMP Operation Main Processor

OMS Operating Maintenance Subsystem

P

PACCH Packet Associated Control Channel

PAGCH Packet Access granted Channel

PBCCH Packet Broadcast Control Channel

PCH Paging Channel

PCU Packet Control Unit

PDTCH Packet Data Traffic Channel

PLMN Public Land Mobile Network

PPCH Packet Paging Channel

PS Packet Switch

PTP Point To Point

Q

QoS Quality of Service

R

RACH Random Access Channel

RLC Radio Link Control

S

SACCH Slow Associated Control Channel

SAPI Service Access Point Indicator

SCCP Signal Connect Control Part

SDCCH Stand alone dedicated Control Channel

T

TBF Temporary Block Flow

Appendix A - Abbreviations



TCH Traffic Channel

TDMA Time Division Multiplex Access

TFI TDM Fiber Interface board

TRX Transmitter & Receiver

TS Time Slot

U

UPPB User Plane Processing Board

UPU User Plane Process Unit

Um Um Interface

V

VLR Visitor Location Register





A p p e n d i x B

Value of Flow control Policy

Overload

Level

Barred Class

Number

Rxlev_ Access

_Min

Penalty Time

Cell select

Offset

Tx-

integer

Max- Retrans

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 0 0 0 0 1 -1 (255)

2 0 1 0 0 2 -2 (254)

3 1 2 0 -2(254) 3 -3 (253)

4 2 3 0 -3 (253) 4 -3 (253)

5 3 4 0 -4 (252) 4 -3 (253)

6 4 4 0 -4 (252) 4 -3 (253)

7 5 4 11111 -3 (253) 4 -3 (253)

8 6 4 11111 -2 (254) 4 -3 (253)

9 7 4 11111 -1 (255) 4 -3 (253)

10 8 4 11111 0 4 -3 (253)

11 9 4 11111 0 4 -3 (253)

12 10 4 11111 0 4 -3 (253)





A p p e n d i x C

Value of Power

GSM900 GSM1800

Value MS Output Power

(dBm) Value

MS Output Power

(dBm)

0~2 39 29 36

3 37 30 34

4 35 31 32

5 33 0 30 …

… 1 28

16 11

…

…

17 9 13 4

18 7 14 2

19~31 5 15~28 0





A p p e n d i x D

Value of Cell Layer Num

Adjacent Cell

Current

Cell

Sectorized Cell

GSM

900M

Macro Cell

GSM

900M

Micro Cell

GSM

1800M

Macro Cell

GSM

1800M

Micro Cell

Micro-micro Cell

Sectorized Cell

N N N N N N

GSM900M Macro Cell

N SAME LOWER N LOWER LOWER

GSM900M Micro Cell

N UPPER SAME UPPER N LOWER

GSM1800M Macro Cell

N N LOWER SAME LOWER LOWER

GSM1800M Micro Cell

N UPPER N UPPER SAME LOWER

Micro-micro Cell

N UPPER N UPPER N N





A p p e n d i x E

Correlation between Parameter Interface Display and Database Value

BSC Global Resource Parameters Interface Basic Property Parameters

Support MNC 3 digits (MNC3Digits)

Interface value displayed Database Value

2 digits 0

3 digits 1

Net Type (Net)


CTCN 1

China Mobile Communication Network (CMCN)

2

China Unicom Communication Network (CUCN)

3

Railway Telecom Network (RLTN) 4




China Netcome (CNC) 5

National Farm Transition Network (NFTN) 6

Network 7 7

Network 8 8

SP Type (SpType)


Signaling End Point (SEP) 1

Signaling transfer point (STP) 2

Signaling terminal end point (STEP) 3

Is TC Type (TCType)


Inner TC 0

Outer TC 1

Global time zone (GlobalTimeZone)


(GMT-12:00) Enewetak, Kwajalein Island -720

(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Samoan Islands

-690

(GMT-11:00) Midway Island, Samoan Islands

-660

(GMT-10:30) Hawaii -630

(GMT-10:00) Hawaii -600

(GMT-09:30) Alaskan -570

(GMT-09:00) Alaskan -540

(GMT-08:30) Western Standard Time (USA and Canada)

-510

(GMT-08:00) Western Standard Time (USA and Canada)

-480

(GMT-07:30) Arizona -450

(GMT-07:00) Arizona -420

(GMT-06:30) Mexico -390

(GMT-06:00) Mexico, Saskatchewan -360

Appendix E - Correlation between Parameter Interface Display and Database Value



(GMT-05:30) Bogota, Lima -330

(GMT-05:00) Bogota, Lima, Eastern Standard Time (USA and Canada)

-300

(GMT-04:30) San Diego -270

(GMT-04:00) San Diego -240

(GMT-03:30) Newfoundlander -210

(GMT-03:00) Brasilia, Buenos Aires -180

(GMT-02:30) Mid-Atlantic -150

(GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic -120

(GMT-01:30) Cape Verde Islands, Azores Islands

-90

(GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Islands, Azores Islands

-60

(GMT-0:30) Greenwich Mean Time, London -30

(GMT) Greenwich Mean Time, London 0

(GMT+0:30) Greenwich Mean Time, London 30

(GMT+01:00) Berlin, Roman, Paris 60

(GMT+01:30) Berlin, Roman, Paris 90

(GMT+02:00) Helsinki, Cairo, Athens 120

(GMT+02:30) Helsinki, Cairo, Athens 150

(GMT+03:00) Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh, Moscow

180

(GMT+03:30) Teheran 210

(GMT+04:00) Baku, Tbilisi 240

(GMT+04:30) Kabul 270

(GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi 300

(GMT+05:30) Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, New Delhi

330

(GMT+06:00) Alma-ata, Dacca 360

(GMT+06:30) Rangoon 390

(GMT+07:00) Bangkok, Djakarta 420

(GMT+07:30) Bangkok, Djakarta 450

(GMT+08:00) Beijing 480

(GMT+08:30) Beijing 510

(GMT+09:00) Seoul, Tokyo 540

(GMT+09:30) Adelaide, Darwin 570

(GMT+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney, Guam

600

(GMT+10:30) Canberra, Melbourne, 630




Sydney, Guam

(GMT+11:00) Magadan, The Solomon Islands

660

(GMT+11:30) Magadan, The Solomon Islands

690

(GMT+12:00) Wellington, Marshall Islands 720

(GMT+12:30) Wellington, Marshall Islands 750

(GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa 780

Radio Basic Property Parameters

DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported (FuncExt)


DCS1800 0

PCS1900 1

MSC version ID (MSCVer)


Release 98 or older 0

Release 99 or newer 1

Others

Preferred speech version (half) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a field jointed by half-rate and full-rate. Jointing mode: addition by bit after shifting

PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer _0<<2)+ PreferSpeechVer _1

PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate

PreferSpeechVer _1: Full-rate

Tip:

In this article, we use a formula to represent shift jointing mode. For instance, (PreferSpeechVer _0<<2)+ PreferSpeechVer _1, in which value of PreferSpeechVer_0 is shifted two bits to left and jointed with the value of PreferSpeechVer_1.




Not specify the preferred version 0

Half-rate version 1 1

Half-rate version 3 3

Preferred speech version (full) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a field jointed by half-rate and full-rate. Jointing mode: addition by bit after shifting

PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer _0<<2)+ PreferSpeechVer _1

PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate

PreferSpeechVer _1: Full-rate


Not specify the preferred version 0

Full-rate version 1 1



TFOControl

TFOControl is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit after shift

TFOControl =(TFOControl _3<<3)+(TFOControl _2<<2)+(TFOControl _1<<1)+ TFOControl _0。

TFOControl_0: TFO Enable

TFOControl_1: coding/decoding type optimization enable

TFOControl_2: coding/decoding type unmatched enable

TFOControl_3: AMR optimization mode

AMR Half Method Parameters

Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAmrICM (half), jointed by string.


Initial codec mode 0

Startmode codec 1

Start mode (AmrStartMode)



AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full) + AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.

Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAmrNscb (half), jointed by string.

Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)

AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) + AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)

AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) + AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

AMR Full Method Parameters





Startmode codec 1





Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds)






GPRS Property 1 Parameters

Cn

CN is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.

Nn

Nn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.

Xn (%)

Xn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.


NACC supported (NACCSupport)


Not support NACC 0

Support NACC, not support LLC framework conversion

1

Support NACC, also support LLC framework conversion

2

BSC's net operation mode (NMO)


Network Operation Mode 1 0



Downlink TBF retry (DITBFRetry)


Not retry 0

Retry 1 times 1

Retry 2 times 2

EDGE Property Parameters

SGSN version ID (SGSNVer)


Release 98 or older 0

Release 99 or newer 1



R99 Ind (R99Ind)


non-R99 version 0

R99 version 1

GERAN External Cell Parameters

Cell type


Umbrela Cell 0

Macro Cell 1

Macro Cell 2

Pico Cell 3

Extended cell 4

Frequency band (FreqBand)


GSM900 0

EXT900 1

DCS1800 2

PCS1900 4

GSM850 7

UTRAN External Cell Parameters

UTRAN cell type (CellTypeUTRAN)


FDD 0

TDD 1

UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)


0 (3.84Mcps) 0

1 (1.28Mcps) 1



Subcell Parameters

Basic Parameters 1

Cell type


Umbrela Cell 0

Macro Cell 1

Macro Cell 2

Pico Cell 3

Extended cell 4



GSM900 0

EXT900 1

DCS1800 2

PCS1900 4

GSM850 7

Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)


GSM900 0

EXT900 1

DCS1800 2

PCS1900 4

GSM850 7



Don’t support GPRS 0

GPRS service supported 1

Support EDGE 2



CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with SDCCH

0

CCCH uses one physical channel, combined with SDCCH

1




CCCH uses two physical channels, not combined with SDCCH

2

CCCH uses three physical channels, not combined with SDCCH

4

CCCH uses four physical channels, not combined with SDCCH

6

Basic Parameters 2

AMR Codec Adjust Mode (AmrAdjMode)


AMR quick rate adjustment mode 0

Adjustment interval for configuration 1






Startmode codec 1
















Startmode codec 1









Other Parameters

CipherMode

CipherMode is a jointed field in database by CipherMode-0~ CipherMode-7. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.

System Parameters

InterfBoundary

InterfBoundary is a jointed field in database by InterfBoundary_0~ InterfBoundary_5. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.




SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)


BCCH Norm 0

BCCH Ext 1

Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)


Disallow packet access 1

Allow packet access with the priority level 1 2

Allow packet access with the priority level 1-2

3


4


5

Allow priority 6

GPRS Cell Optional Parameters

T3168 (s)


0.5 0

1 1

1.5 2

2 3

2.5 4

3 5

3.5 6

4 7

T3192


500 0

1000 1

1500 2

0 3

80 4

120 5




160 6

200 7

DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)


0 0

1 1

2 2

4 3

8 4

16 5

32 6

64 7

Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)


4 access burst 0

RLC/MAC control block 1

Access burst type (AccessType)


8 bits 0

11 bits 1

N3102 decrease step (PanDec)


4 0

8 1

12 2

16 3

20 4

24 5

28 6

32 7

N3102 increase step (PanInc)


4 0

8 1

12 2




16 3

20 4

24 5

28 6

32 7

N3102 MAX (PanMax)


4 0

8 1

12 2

16 3

20 4

24 5

28 6

32 7

GPRS phone init coding

GPRS phone init coding is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: 1*16Kbps+2~4*16Kbps jointed by string.

GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0)

InitAttachExch is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit after shift (INITATTACHEXCH_1<<1)+INITATTACHEXCH_0).

InitAttachExch_0: GPRS phones init code can be changed dynamically.

InitAttachExch_1: EGPRS phones init code can be changed

GPRS NC Test Parameters

Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)


0.48 0

0.96 1

1.92 2

3.84 3

7.68 4

15.36 5

30.72 6

61.44 7



Packet transmission mode (NcRepPerT, s)


0.48 0

0.96 1

1.92 2

3.84 3

7.68 4

15.36 5

30.72 6

61.44 7

Network control order (CtrlOrder)


NC0 0

NC1 1

NC2 2

NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)


No non-DRX mode 0

0.24 1

0.48 2

0.72 3

0.96 4

1.20 5

1.44 6

1.92 7

Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder)


EM0 0

EM1 1

Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType)


Type 1 0

Type 2 1

Type 3 2

Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)




60 0

120 1

240 2

480 3

960 4

1920 5

3840 6

7680 7

GPRS Power Control Parameters

Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan)


BCCH 0

PDCH 1

GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters

Reselection offset (ReselOffset)

ReselOffset is a jointed field in database by ReselOff_0 and ReselOff_0. Jointing mode: ReselOff_0 + ReselOff_1 jointed by string.

Reselection temporary offset (TempOffset, dB)

TempOffset is a jointed field in database by TempOffset_0 and TempOffset_1. Jointing mode: TempOffset_0+ TempOffset_1 jointed by string.


0 0

10 1

20 2

30 3

40 4

50 5

60 6

Large infinite 7

Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime, 10s)



PenalTime is a jointed field in database by PenalTime_0 and PenalTime_1. Jointing mode: PenalTime_0 + PenalTime_1 jointed by string.

Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_RESEL, s)

T_RESEL is a jointed field in database by T_RESEL_0 and T_RESEL_1. Jointing mode: T_RESEL_0 + T_RESEL_1 jointed by string.


5 0

10 1

15 2

20 3

30 4

60 5

120 6

300 7

Threshold of HSC signal level (HCS_THR)

HCS_THR is a jointed field in database by HCS_THR_0 and HCS_THR_1. Jointing mode: HCS_THR_0+HCS_THR_1 jointed by string.

HCS priority (PrioClass)

PrioClass is a jointed field in database by PrioClass_0 and PrioClass_1. Jointing mode: PrioClass_0+PrioClass_1 jointed by string.

C31 hysteresis (C31_HYST)

C31_HYST is a jointed field in database by C31_HYST_0 and C31_HYST_1. Jointing mode: C31_HYST_0+C31_HYST_1 jointed by string.

GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys, dB)

ReselHys is a jointed field in database by ReselHys_0 and ReselHys_1. Jointing mode: ReselHys_0+ReselHys_1 jointed by string.

Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys, dB)

RaReselHys is a jointed field in database by RaReselHys_0 and RaReselHys_1. Jointing mode: RaReselHys_0+RaReselHys_1 jointed by string.

Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry)

RadAcRetry is a jointed field in database by RadAcRetry_0 and RadAcRetry_1. Jointing mode: RadAcRetry_0+RadAcRetry_1 jointed by string.

Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_QUAL)



C32_QUAL is a jointed field in database by C32_QUAL_0 and C32_QUAL_1. Jointing mode: C32_QUAL_0+C32_QUAL_1 jointed by string.

GPRS access minimum signal level (RxLevAsMin)

RxLevAsMin is a jointed field in database by RxLevAsMin_0 and RxLevAsMin_1. Jointing mode: RxLevAsMin_0+RxLevAsMin_1 jointed by string.

HCS exist (HCS_EXIST)

HCS_EXIST is a jointed field in database by HCS_EXIST_0 and HCS_EXIST_1. Jointing mode: HCS_EXIST_0+HCS_EXIST_1 jointed by string.

GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCch)

MsTxMaxCch is a jointed field in database by MsTxMaxCch_0 and MsTxMaxCch_1. Jointing mode: MsTxMaxCch_0+MsTxMaxCch_1 jointed by string.

GPRS Channel Parameters

Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)


2 0

3 1

4 2

5 3

6 4

7 5

8 6

9 7

10 8

12 9

14 10

16 11

20 12

25 13

32 14

50 15

Interval period of packet access attempt (S)


12 0




15 1

20 2

30 3

41 4

55 5

76 6

109 7

163 8

217 9

MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans)

MaxRetrans is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.


1 0

2 1

4 2

7 3

Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass)

AccCtrlClass is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.

Access Persist Level (PersistLev)

PersistLev is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.


EGPRS Phone Init Coding

It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.


MCS1 0

MCS2 1

MCS3 2

MCS4 3

MCS5 4

MCS6 5

MCS7 6




MCS8 7

MCS9 8

Subcell Object Parameters

TRX Parameters

TRX Type (TrxType)


Common TRX 0

Extended TRX 1

Static power level (PwRreduction)


Max output power 0

Max output power -2dB 1






Max output power +1.5dB 253

Max output power +1dB 254

Max output power +0.5dB 255

Channel Information Parameters

TsChannelComb


TCH/F 0

TCH/H (0, 1)+FACCH/H (0, 1)+SACCH/TH

(0, 1) 1

TCH/H (0, 0)+FACCH/H (0, 1)+SACCH/TH

(0, 1)+TCH/H (0, 1) 2

SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8 3

FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH 4

BCCH+SDCCH/4 5




BCCH+CCCH 6

BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH 7

SDCCH+CBCH 8

PBCCH+ PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH 12

PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH 13

PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH; 14

Ps Service Preference property


No preference 255

GPRS Preference 0

EDGE Preference 1

EDGE specialty 2

Power Control Parameters

Power control PwrDecrLimit

It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.

Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N

It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.

Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N


Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N


Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N


Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N


Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N




Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N


Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N


FR Power increasing step (db) (PWRINCSTEP_0)

PWRINCSTEP is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.

FR Power decreasing step (db) (PWRREDSTEP_0)

PWRREDSTEP is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.


MsTxPwrMax is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.

MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)

MsTxPwrMin is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.

MIN power level of BS (BsTxPwrMin)

BsTxPwrMin is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.

MIN interval of power control (PcMinInterval)

PcMinInterval is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.

Handover Control Parameters

Frequency control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoFreqrCtl)


GSM900 0

EXT900 1




DCS1800 2

PCS1900 4

GSM850 7

HoPatternInd

HoPatternInd is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit after shift.

HoPatternInd=(HoPatternInd4<<3)+(HoPatternInd3<<2)+(HoPatternInd2<<1)+ HoPatternInd1

HoPatternInd1: synchronization handover

HoPatternInd2: Asynchronization handover

HoPatternInd3: Pseudo-synchronization handover

HoPatternInd4: Pre-synchronization handover

HoControl

HoControl is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit after shift.

HoControl=(HoControl18<<17)+(HoControl17<<16)+(HoControl16<<15)+(HoControl15<<14)+(HoControl14<<13)+(HoControl13<<12)+(HoControl12<<11)+(HoControl11<<10)+(HoControl10<<9)+(HoControl9<<8)+(HoControl8<<7)+(HoControl7<<6)+(HoControl6<<5)+(HoControl5<<4)+(HoControl4<<3)+(HoControl3<<2)+(HoControl2<<1)+HoControl1

HoControl1: Allow SDCCH handover

HoControl2: Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to uplink interference

HoControl3: Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to downlink interference

HoControl4: Allow handover due to distance

HoControl5: Allow standard PBGT handover

HoControl6: Allow automatic handover based on traffic

HoControl7: Allow handover based on direction

HoControl8: Allow handover based on homocentric circularity

HoControl9: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink interference

HoControl10: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference

HoControl11: Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT

HoControl12: Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority

HoControl13: Allow rapid handover



HoControl14: Allow Macro-Micro delay handover

HoControl15: Allow Micro-Macro delay handover

HoControl16: Allow internal handover based on TA

HoControl17: Allow force transfer handover

HoControl18: Subcell handover algorithm

Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl18)


Concentric handover 0

Path loss and TA handover 1

UTRAN Cell Control Parameters

Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)

Qsearch_P is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: Qsearch_P_0+Qsearch_P_1 jointed by string.

Qsearch_P_0: idle

Qsearch_P_1: packet transmission

FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+ FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed by string.

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: Idle

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission

TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

TDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+ TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed by string.

TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: Idle

TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission

PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_QminPS)

FDD_QminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: FDD_QminPS_0+ FDD_QminPS_1 jointed by string.

FDD_QminPS_0: Idle

FDD_QminPS_1: packet transmission

Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)

FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0+FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1 jointed by string.



FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0: idle

FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1: packet transmission

PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_RSCPminPS)

FDD_RSCPminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: FDD_RSCPminPS_0+FDD_RSCPminPS_1 jointed by string.

FDD_RSCPminPS_0: Idle

FDD_RSCPminPS_1: Packet transmission

Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP (FDDRprtTho2PS)

FDDRprtTho2PS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: FDDRprtTho2PS_0+FDDRprtTho2PS_1 jointed by string.

FDDRprtTho2PS_0: Idle

FDDRprtTho2PS_1: Packet transmission

UTRAN Handover Control Parameters

UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)


Prefer to UTRAN handover 0

Don't prefer to UTRAN handover 1

Disallow UTRAN handover 2

According to MSC, default handover to UTRAN first

3

According to MSC, default don't prefer to UTRAN handover

4

According to MSC, default disallow UTRAN handover

5

FDD/TDD handover (FDD/TDDPrio)


Handover to FDD cell should be preferred. 0

Prefer to TDD handover 1

Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters



Undefined 0

At same layer as this cell 1




At upper layer of this cell 2

At lower layer of this cell 3

Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters



Undefined 0

At same layer as this cell 1

At upper layer of this cell 2

At lower layer of this cell 3

Frequency Hopping System Parameters

Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)


Baseband freqhop 1

RFFH 2


A p p e n d i x F

Figures

Figure 1 - TRX Parameters...................................................2

Figure 2 - Channel Information Parameters ............................9

Figure 3 - IP Information Parameters .................................. 17

Figure 4 - Carrier Panel Parameters..................................... 20

Figure 5 - Power Control Parameters ................................... 23

Figure 6 - Power Measurement Parameters .......................... 26

Figure 7- Power Adjust Threshold Parameters....................... 35

Figure 8 Other Parameters............................................... 43

Figure 9- GPRS Power Control Parameters............................ 49

Figure 10- Handover Pretreatment Parameters ..................... 54

Figure 11- Handover Threashold Parameters ........................ 65

Figure 12- Handover Condition Parameters .......................... 77

Figure 13- Handover Control Parameters ............................. 84

Figure 14- Other Parameters.............................................. 94

Figure 15- Handover algorithm Parameters ........................ 101

Figure 16- Subcell Parameters.......................................... 116

Figure 17 -BASIC PROPERTY 1 PARAMETERS ...................... 121

Figure 18 - BASIC PROPERTY 2 PARAMETERS ..................... 128

Figure 19- BASIC PROPERTY 1 PARAMETERS ...................... 136

Figure 20-BASIC PROPERTY 2 PARAMETERS ....................... 145

Figure 21 - GPRS Property 1 Parameters............................ 160


Figure 23- Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters................ 184

Figure 24 - Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters................................................................................... 186

Figure 25 - Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters .................. 201



Figure 26 - Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ................ 213

Figure 27 - UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters.................................................................... 216

Figure 28 - UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ........ 222

Figure 29 - UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ..... 226

Figure 30 - Frequency Hopping System Parameters............. 230

Figure 31 -peration Control Parameters ............................. 235

Figure 32 - FUC parameters ............................................. 236

Figure 33 - Handover parameters of BCCH and SD .............. 241

Figure 34 - Other Parameters........................................... 249

Figure 35 -IBS Parameters............................................... 258


Tables

Table 1 - Manual Summary .................................................. ii

Table 2 - Typographical Conventions .................................... iii

Table 3 - Mouse Operation Conventions ................................ iv

Table 4 - TRX ID ................................................................2

Table 5 - SubCell ID............................................................3

Table 6 - TRX Type .............................................................3

Table 7 - Priority ................................................................4

Table 8 - carrier frequency...................................................5

Table 9 - Static power level..................................................5

Table 10 - Power level.........................................................6

Table 11 - Support Fhs........................................................7

Table 12 - Frequency ..........................................................7

Table 13 - ARFCN List .........................................................8

Table 14 - Ts No.................................................................9

Table 15 - TsChannelComb ................................................ 10

Table 16 - TSC................................................................. 12

Table 17 - MAIO............................................................... 13

Table 18 - Dynamic ts ....................................................... 13

Table 19 - Ps Service Preference property ............................ 14

Table 20 - PDCH Priority.................................................... 15

Table 21 - TSC................................................................. 15

Table 22 - PDCH............................................................... 16

Table 23 - Bipb Unit.......................................................... 17

Table 24 - DspSunit .......................................................... 18

Table 25 - DspMarkSeq ..................................................... 18

Table 26 - PortNo ............................................................. 19

Table 27 - Working modes ................................................. 20

Table 28 - Delayed transmitting number .............................. 21

Table 29 - use IRC............................................................ 22

Table 30 - Carrier support antenna jumping ......................... 22



Table 31 - Uplink rapid power control indication.................... 24

Table 32 - Downlink rapid power control indication................ 24

Table 33 - Power control PwrDecrLimit ................................ 25

Table 34 - Report period of measurement for power control.... 26

Table 35 - Uplink power level ............................................. 27

Table 36 - Uplink level Weight............................................ 27

Table 37 - Downlink power level ......................................... 28

Table 38 - Downlink level Weight........................................ 29

Table 39 - Uplink quality level ............................................ 30

Table 40 - Uplink quality Weight ......................................... 31

Table 41 - Downlink quality level ........................................ 32

Table 42 - Downlink quality Weight ..................................... 33

Table 43 - Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N..................................................................................... 35

Table 44 - Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N ................................................................................... 36

Table 45 - Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N..................................................................................... 37

Table 46 - Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N........................................................................... 38

Table 47 - Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N ................................................................................... 39

Table 48 - Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N........................................................................... 40

Table 49 - Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N ................................................................................... 40

Table 50 - Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N........................................................................... 41

Table 51 - FR Power increasing step (db) ............................ 43

Table 52 - FR Power decreasing step ................................... 44

Table 53 - Uplink power control allowed............................... 44

Table 54 - Downlink power control allowed........................... 45

Table 55 - MAX power level of MS....................................... 45

Table 56 - MIN power level of MS ....................................... 46

Table 57 - MIN power level of BS........................................ 47

Table 58 - MIN interval of power control .............................. 48

Table 59 Receive Power Strength from MS Needed .............. 50

Table 60 - Uplink power control strategy.............................. 50

Table 61 - Downlink power control strategy.......................... 51

Appendix F - Tables


Table 62 - Downlink Power Control Mode ............................. 51

Table 63 - Power Control Level ........................................... 52

Table 64 - Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode ...... 53

Table 65 - Number of zero allowed in AV.............................. 54

Table 66 - Uplink power level ............................................. 55

Table 67 - Uplink level Weight ............................................ 56

Table 68 - Downlink power level ......................................... 57

Table 69 - Downlink level Weight ........................................ 58

Table 70 - Uplink quality level ............................................ 59

Table 71 - Uplink quality Weight ......................................... 60

Table 72 - Downlink quality level ........................................ 61

Table 73 - Downlink quality Weight ..................................... 62

Table 74 - Distance........................................................... 63

Table 75 - Neighboring cell ................................................ 64

Table 76 - Uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P .... 65

Table 77 - Downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P 66

Table 78 - Uplink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P.. 67

Table 79 - Downlink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P..................................................................................... 68

Table 80 - Intra-handover uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P ....................................................................... 70

Table 81 - Intra-handover downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P............................................................... 71

Table 82- Good C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P.................... 72

Table 83 - Bad C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P..................... 73

Table 84 - Rapid handover Threshold / Value N..................... 74

Table 85 - Macro-micro handover Threshold / Value N ........... 75

Table 86 - Distance handover value N / Value P .................... 76

Table 87 - PBGT handover Value N/Value P .......................... 76

Table 88 - Max Time Advance Threshold between MS and BTS 77

Table 89 - MIN interval between inter-cell handover .............. 78

Table 90 - Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality..................................................................................... 79

Table 91 - Layer adapting to PBGT handover (PbgtHolayer) .... 81

Table 92 - Synchronization ................................................ 81

Table 93 - Asynchronization ............................................... 82

Table 94 - Pseudo-synchronization...................................... 82

Table 95 - Pre-synchronization ........................................... 83



Table 96 - Allow SDCCH handover ...................................... 84

Table 97 - Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to uplink interference..................................................................... 85

Table 98 - Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to downlink interference..................................................................... 85

Table 99 - Allow handover due to distance ........................... 86

Table 100 - Allow standard PBGT handover .......................... 86

Table 101 - Allow automatic handover based on traffic .......... 87

Table 102 - Allow handover based on direction ..................... 87

Table 103 - Allow handover based on homocentric circularity.. 88

Table 104 -Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink interference........................................................ 88

Table 105 - Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference........................................................ 89

Table 106 - Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT .................................................................... 90

Table 107 - Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority .... 90

Table 108 - Allow rapid handover........................................ 91

Table 109 - Allow Macro-Micro delay handover .................... 91

Table 110 - Allow Micro-Macro delay handover ..................... 92

Table 111 - Allow internal handover based on TA .................. 92

Table 112 - Allow force transfer handover ............................ 93

Table 113 - Penalty time for handover failure ....................... 94

Table 114 - Difference of dynamic priority............................ 95

Table 115 - PBGT difference............................................... 95

Table 116 - Layer control value for handover on traffic .......... 96

Table 117 - Frequency control value for handover on traffic.... 97

Table 118 - Threshold of traffic for handover ........................ 98

Table 119 - Lag time for PBGT between different layers ......... 99

Table 120 - Level offset for PBGT to up layer........................ 99

Table 121- Level offset for PBGT to low layer...................... 100

Table 122 - Traffic handover threshold .............................. 101

Table 123 - Level offset during penalty .............................. 102

Table 124 - Uplink interference quality offset...................... 102

Table 125 - Uplink interference level offset......................... 103

Table 126 - Downlink interference quality offset.................. 104

Table 127 - Downlink interference level offset .................... 105

Table 128 - Invalid intra-handover time............................. 106

Appendix F - Tables


Table 129 - MAX count of invalid intra-handover ................. 107

Table 130- MAX path loss threshold on force handover ........ 108

Table 131 - MAX time advance threshold on force handover . 110

Table 132 - N value of force handover ............................... 112

Table 133 -P value of force handover ................................ 114

Table 134 - Dual band power offset................................... 116

Table 135 - The MAX of path loss...................................... 117

Table 136 - The MIN of path loss ...................................... 117

Table 137 - The MAX of time advance................................ 118

Table 138 - The MIN of time advance ................................ 118

Table 139 -1 N value of subcell handover........................... 119

Table 140 - P value of subcell handover............................. 119

Table 141 - Subcell handover algorithm............................. 120

Table 142 - Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover failure........................................................................... 121

Table 143 - Slide window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP average value to be zero ................................................. 122

Table 144- Number that measurement value allowed to be zero................................................................................... 123

Table 145 - UTRAN handover ........................................... 123

Table 146 - FDD/TDD handover........................................ 124

Table 147 - Threshold for load sharing............................... 125

Table 148 - Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G for load sharing .................................................................. 126

Table 149 - RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD for load sharing.............................................................. 126

Table 150 - Inter system handover supported .................... 128

Table 151 - Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed................. 129

Table 152 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold...................................................................... 129

Table 153 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N................................................................................... 130

Table 154 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P................................................................................... 131

Table 155 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold................................................................................... 131

Table 156 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N................................................................................... 132

Table 157 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P................................................................................... 133



Table 158 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold................................................................................... 133

Table 159 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N................................................................................... 134

Table 160 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P................................................................................... 135

Table 161 - Channel location of si2quater broadcast ............ 136

Table 162 - CS measurement type reported by UE .............. 137

Table 163 - Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection .................................................................... 138

Table 164 - Threshold when UE performs search under specialized mode............................................................ 139

Table 165 - Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE receiving qsearch_C........................................................ 139

Table 166 - CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report ........................................................................... 140

Table 167 - CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells ............................................................................. 141

Table 168 - MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell................. 141

Table 169 - CS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report ....................................................... 142

Table 170 - FDD Reselection offset.................................... 143

Table 171 - Require UE to send UTRAN classmark change message early ............................................................... 144

Table 172 CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell .. 145

Table 173 - CS Multiband report indication ......................... 146

Table 174 - CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value ............................................................................ 147

Table 175 - TDD reselection offset .................................... 148

Table 176 - CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in measurement report ....................................................... 148

Table 177 - CS UE report invalid cell level allowed............... 149

Table 178 - CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding frame indication ............................................................. 150

Table 179 - GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset................................................................................... 150

Table 180 - GSM 850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold...................................................................... 151


Table 182 GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level...... 153

Appendix F - Tables


Table 183- GSM1800M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset................................................................................... 154

Table 184 - GSM1800M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold...................................................................... 154

Table 185- GSM1900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset................................................................................... 155


Table 187- Table0-2 UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset.................................................................... 157

Table 188 - UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold ...................................................................... 157

Table 189 - UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset ........................................................................... 158

Table 190 - UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold ...................................................................... 159

Table 191 - PS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value ............................................................................ 160

Table 192 - CS measurement type reported by UE .............. 161

Table 193 - PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report ........................................................................... 162

Table 194 - PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell . 163

Table 195 - Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell .................................................................... 163

Table 196 - FDD GPRS reselection offset............................ 164

Table 197 - TDD GPRS reselection offset............................ 165

Table 198 - PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell ............ 166

Table 199 - Offset of FDD_QminPS.................................... 166

Table 200 - PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell ............. 167

Table 201 - Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP 168

Table 202 - PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells ............................................................................. 169

Table 203 - PS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report ....................................................... 169

Table 204- PS Multiband report indication .......................... 170

Table 205 - PS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in measurement report ....................................................... 172

Table 206 - PS UE report invalid cell level allowed ............... 174

Table 207 - PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding frame indication ............................................................. 174




Table 209 - GSM 850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold...................................................................... 176


Table 211 GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold...................................................................... 177





Table 216- UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset................................................................................... 181

Table 217 - UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold ...................................................................... 182

Table 218 - UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset ........................................................................... 182

Table 219 - UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold ...................................................................... 183

Table 220 - Interference cell No. ...................................... 184

Table 221 - Related cell DN.............................................. 185

Table 222 - User Label .................................................... 186

Table 223 - Adjacent cell reselection and handover ID ......... 187

Table 224 - Priority of handover ....................................... 187

Table 225 - MAX power level of MS ................................... 188

Table 226 - MIN power level for handover access................ 189

Table 227 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT................................................................................... 190

Table 228 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on power level ............................................................................. 191

Table 229 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on quality................................................................................... 191

Table 230 - MAX level difference of force handover ............. 192

Table 231 - Handover force resource threshold ................... 193

Table 232 - Neighboring cell layer..................................... 193

Table 233 - CS adjacent cell report priority ........................ 194

Table 234 - PS adjacent cell report priority......................... 196


Appendix F - Tables


Table 236 - Is related cell ................................................ 198

Table 237 - Is handover forced neighbor cell ...................... 199

Table 238 - Is support CCN mode ..................................... 200

Table 239 - Adjacent cell handover object ID...................... 201

Table 240 - Priority of handover ....................................... 202

Table 241 - MAX power level of MS ................................... 202

Table 242 - MIN power level for handover access ................ 203

Table 243 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT................................................................................... 205

Table 244 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on power level ............................................................................. 205

Table 245 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on quality................................................................................... 206

Table 246 - MAX level difference of force handover ............. 207

Table 247 - Handover force resource threshold ................... 208

Table 248 - Neighboring cell layer..................................... 208


Table 250 - Is related cell ................................................ 211

Table 251 - Is handover forced neighbor cell ...................... 211


Table 253 - Adjacent cell reselection object ID.................... 213

Table 254- Adjacent cell report priority.............................. 213



Table 257 -3 User Label .................................................. 216

Table 258 - Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection object ID ................................................................................ 217

Table 259- RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell ..... 217

Table 260 - Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell.... 218

Table 261- CS adjacent cell report priority ......................... 218

Table 262 - PS adjacent cell report priority......................... 220


Table 264 - Relation DN .................................................. 221

Table 265 - UTRAN HO ID................................................ 222

Table 266 - RSCP offset handover..................................... 223

Table 267 - Ec/No offset handover .................................... 223





Table 270- UTRAN Adjacent cell reselection object ID .......... 227




Table 274 - Frequency hopping No.................................... 230

Table 275 - Hopping sequence No..................................... 231

Table 276 - Frequency hopping mode................................ 232

Table 277 - MA frequency list. .......................................... 232

Table 278 - Use system message method when MSC overload or link block ...................................................................... 236

Table 279 - Start system message method ........................ 237

Table 280 - Start Limit .................................................... 238

Table 281 - Start FUC flow control .................................... 238

Table 282 - Start Limit .................................................... 239

Table 283 - The MAX control level for MSC overload or link block................................................................................... 240

Table 284 - Accept flow control ........................................ 240

Table 285 - handover BCCH............................................. 241

Table 286 - Dynamic config SDCCH................................... 242

Table 287 - Scan SDCCH................................................. 243

Table 288 - Scan BCCH................................................... 243

Table 289 -1 BCCH starting delay ..................................... 244

Table 290 - BCCH finishing delay ...................................... 245

Table 291 - Delay of TRX forcible release ........................... 245

Table 292- Delay of TS forcible release.............................. 246

Table 293 - Delay protection............................................. 246

Table 294 - TCH->SDCCH limit......................................... 247

Table 295 - SDCCH->TCH delay ....................................... 248

Table 296 - The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover................................................................................... 248

Table 297 - B2 support AMR ............................................ 249

Table 298 - CHR Enable................................................... 250

Table 299 - MR server IP ................................................. 251

Table 300 - MR server port .............................................. 251

Table 301 - Support NC2 ................................................. 252

Table 302 - BER Weight .................................................. 252

Table 303 - FER Weight................................................... 253

Appendix F - Tables


Table 304 - Handover frequence weight............................. 253

Table 305 - DTX Weight .................................................. 254

Table 306- Coding decode weight ..................................... 254

Table 307 - Abis transmission error code weight ................. 255

Table 308 - Delay weight................................................. 256

Table 309 - Resource block threshold at A interface............. 256

Table 310 - NSVC resource block threshold ........................ 257

Table 311 - Channel resource block threshold..................... 257

Table 312 - IBS Shutdown Limit ....................................... 258

Table 313 - IBS powerup Limit ......................................... 259

Table 314 - IBS powerover limit ....................................... 260

Table 315 - IBS power priority.......................................... 260

Table 316 - IBS time bitmap ............................................ 261

Table 317 - BCCH forbbiden TS merger time bitmap............ 261





Index

Abbreviations ................... 263 Adjacent Cell Handover and

Reselection Parameters .. 185 Adjacent Cell Handover

Parameters................... 200 Adjacent Cell Reselection

Parameters................... 212 Adjacent Interference Cell

Parameters................... 184 Basic properties 1 ...... 121, 136 Basic properties 2 ...... 127, 144 Basic Property Parameters.. 273 BS Parameters.................. 258 BSC Global Resource

Parameters Interface ..... 273 Carrier Panel Parameters......19 Cell Object Parameters ..........1 Channel Information

Parameters.......................9 Correlation between Parameter

Interface Display and Database Value ............. 273

Frequency Hopping System Parameters................... 231

FUC Parameters ................ 236 GPRS Parameters 1 ........... 160 GPRS Parameters 2 ........... 173 GPRS Power Control ............49 Handover Algorithm........... 101 Handover Condition.............77 Handover Control ................83 Handover Control Parameters53

Handover parameters of BCCH and SD ........................ 241

Handover Pretreatmen......... 54 Handover Threshold ............ 65 IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS

.................................... 16 Module Parameters ........... 235 Operation Control Parameters

.................................. 235 Other Parameters ............. 249 Others .............................. 93 Power Adjust Threshold ....... 34 Power Control Parameters.... 23 Power Survey..................... 26 Radio Basic Property

Parameters .................. 276 Subcell Object Parameters . 292 Subcell Parameters ........... 116 TRX Parameters....................1 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover

and Reselection Parameters.................................. 215

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters .................. 222

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters .. 227

UTRAN Cell Control Parameters.................................. 136

Value of Cell Layer Num..... 271 Value of Flow control Policy 267 Value of Power ................. 269 ZXG10 NetNumen-G............... i


Radio Parameters Manual(Volume I)

Version 6.20



Revision History


Nov 30, 2008 R1.0 sjzl20083219 First edition

Apr 24, 2009 R1.1 sjzl20083219 Updated




Document Name


















Other suggestions

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________



Name Company

Postcode Address

Telephone E-mail


Contents


Purpose................................................................................ i Intended Audience ................................................................. i Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge .............................................. i What Is in This Manual ........................................................... i Related Documentation.......................................................... ii Conventions........................................................................ iii How to Get in Touch............................................................. iv

Chapter 1.......................................................................... 1

Overview..........................................................................1

Radio Parameters in GSM Network...........................................1 Methods to Modify Radio Parameters .......................................2 Format to Describe Radio Parameters ......................................8 Precautions in Radio Parameters Adjustment.............................9

Chapter 2........................................................................11

Public Resource Radio Parameters ...............................11

GERAN Subnetwork Parameters ............................................ 11 BSC Managed Element Parameters ........................................ 13 Configuration Set Parameters ............................................... 18

Chapter 3........................................................................21

BSC System Radio Parameters......................................21

BSC Global Resource Parameters..................................... 21 Basic Property Parameters ................................................... 21 Radio Basic Property Parameters ........................................... 39 Others............................................................................... 51 Function Parameters............................................................ 64 Timer 1 ............................................................................. 71 Timer 2 parameter .............................................................. 88

GPRS Max Retrying Times................................................... 107 GPRS Timer Parameters ..................................................... 116 AMR Half Method Parameters .............................................. 132 AMR Full Method Parameters............................................... 138 GPRS Property 1 Parameters............................................... 144 GPRS Property 2 Parameters............................................... 154 BVC Flow Control Parameters .............................................. 163 FUC Flow Control Map Parameter ......................................... 171 EDGE Property Parameters ................................................. 176 IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS ........................................... 183 Timer parameters at Ater interface ...................................... 196 GERAN External Cell Parameters.......................................... 203 GPRS Property Parameters ................................................. 212 UTRAN External Cell Parameters.......................................... 227

Appendix A...................................................................237

Abbreviations...............................................................237

Appendix B ...................................................................241

Figures..........................................................................241

Tables ...........................................................................243

Index............................................................................253


About This Manual


Purpose


Working Principles

Structures


Intended Audience












Section Summary

Chapter 1, Overview Introduces the definition and classification of radio parameters in GSM network, radio resource management and precautions in radio parameters adjustment.

Chapter 2, Public Resource Radio Parameters

Introduces a series of parameters of GERAN subnetwork, BSC managed element and configuration set.

Chapter 3, BSC System Radio Parameters

Introduces a series of relevant parameters of BTS, BSC, external cell and UTRAN external cell.



Appendix B

Figures and Tables
















About This Manual





Conventions



Typeface Meaning













Typeface Meaning




Drag Refers to pressing and holding a mouse button and


Mouse Operation

Conventions



Typeface Meaning

moving the mouse.

How to Get in Touch




Customer Support



C h a p t e r 1

Overview

This chapter explains the definition and classification of radio parameters in GSM network, modification methods of radio parameters, explanation format of radio parameters, and precautions in radio parameters adjustment.

Radio Parameters in GSM Network

GSM is an integrated system covering fields of network technology, digital stored program control technology, all transmission technologies and radio technologies.

GSM consists of Network Sub System (NSS), Base Station Sub-system (BSS) and Mobile Station (MS).

GSM system signaling structure covers MAP interface, A interface (between MSC and BSC), Abis interface (between BSC and BTS), Ater interface (between BSC and external TC) and Um interface (between BTS and MS, also called air interface).

All these objects and interfaces contain large quantity of configuration parameters and performance parameters, some of which are determined during the development and production of the equipment, and most of which depend on actual need and operation by network providers. Settings and adjustment of latter parameters have a great impact on the operation of entire GSM network.

Radio parameters in GSM network refer to parameters related to radio devices and radio resources. These parameters have an important impact on coverage of cells, distribution of signaling flow and service property of network, etc. Therefore, adjusting radio parameters reasonably plays a very important part in GSM network optimization.

GSM radio parameters are classified into project parameters and resource (cell) parameters.

1. Project Parameters



Project parameters refer to parameters related to design, installation, and commissioning of the project, like antenna height, antenna direction, antenna gain, antenna download obliquity and cable loss, etc. These parameters must be determined during network design and are seldom changed during the operation of the network.

2. Resource (Cell) Parameters

Resource (cell) parameters refer to parameters related to configuration and utilization of radio resources, which usually transmit on radio interface (Um) to keep the base station and mobile station consistent. Radio parameters covered in this manual are mainly resource parameters. Radio resource parameters in BSS contain:

GERAN subnet parameters, BSC management NE parameters, configuration set parameters;

Global resource parameters for BSC, site parameters, GERAN external cell parameters, UTRAN external cell parameters;

Cell Parameters;

TRX parameters, power control parameters, handover control parameters, UTRAN handover control parameters, adjacent interference cell parameters, adjacent handover cell parameters, adjacent reselection cell parameters, adjacent handover and reselection cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters, UTRAN adjacent handover cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent reselection cell parameters, frequency hopping system parameters.

Methods to Modify Radio Parameters

After successfully login NetNumen M31, user can perform the following steps:

1. In left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main interface, right-click shortcut menu corresponding to NE agent by created GSM, select [Start NE Agent], as shown in Figure 1.

Chapter 1 - Overview


F I G U R E 1 - S E L E C T S T AR T NE AG E N T

2. Click [Start NE Agent], the system automatically starts this NE.

3. After starting, in left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main interface, right-click shortcut menu corresponding to NE agent by created GSM, select [NE Management → Configuration Management], as shown in Figure 2.



F I G U R E 2 - S E L E C T [NE M AN AG E M E N T→CO N F I G U R AT I O N M AN A G E M E N T ]

1．Click [Configuration Management], the system enters into configuration management interface, as shown in Figure 3.

F I G U R E 3 - CO N F I G U R AT I O N M AN AG E M E N T I N T E R F AC E

The tree in the left pane shows the objects to be created and maintained. User can double click the nodes that its parameters shall be modified, corresponding parameter interface occurs in right window.



2 ． Under initial case, [Modify] shortcut button in configuration management object toolbar is inactivated, which can not be modified. User shall activate this button by the action of "Apply Mutex Right".

Note:

"Apply Mutex Right" function is to avoid multiple clients do actions for the data, which may cause data confused and errors.

Take the data modification of primary configuration set as an example, specific steps as follows:

i. Right-click [BSC Management NE ID], select [Apply Mutex Right] in pull-down menu, as shown in Figure 4.



F I G U R E 4 - S E L E C T [AP P L Y M U T E X R I G H T]

ii. Click [Apply Mutex Right], [Prompt] dialog box pops up, as shown in Figure 5.



F I G U R E 5 - [PR O M P T ] D I AL O G B O X

iii. Click <Yes> button, Apply Mutex Right is successful, symbol occurs in topology tree, as shown in Figure 6. At

this time, shortcut key is activated, and the user can modify configuration data under this management NE.

F I G U R E 6 - S U C C E S S F U L AP P L Y M U T E X R I G H T

iv. After modifying data, user shall right-click [BSC Management NE ID], select [Apply Mutex Right] in pull-down menu, as shown in Figure 7. After the permission is released, other user can operate the configuration data under this management NE.



F I G U R E 7 - S E L E C T [R E L E AS E E X C L U S I V E P E R M I S S I O N ]

Format to Describe Radio Parameters

Each radio parameter in this manual is individually clarified by using tables, for details see Table 4.

T AB L E 4 - FO R M AT T O D E S C R I B E R AD I O P AR AM E T E R S

Full name Chinese parameter name on the interface

Abbreviation Abbreviation for English parameters



3GPP Name Parameter name in 3GPP protocol

3GPP reference

3GPP protocol version number for parameter reference

Description Descriptive text for this parameter

Management Object

Involved object by the parameter

Value Range Value range of this parameter. If the parameter is in mapping form, actual parameter value that corresponds to all indices will be enumerated

Unit Parameter unit

Default Default value and its description on parameter interface

Relevant Functions

Relevant functions and features of the network that corresponds to this parameter

Relevant parameters

Influenced parameters due to variations of this parameter

Caution:

Radio parameters in this system is modified through offline modification mode, that is, the modification on interface only can be effective after the synchronization action to foreground is conducted. This article doesn't explain it more.

Some paramter values in the interface are not fully same as those in database, with certain corresponding relationship between them. For specific corresponding relationship see appendix E.

Precautions in Radio Parameters Adjustment

Radio parameters adjustment, according to the type of the problem to be solved, falls into two kinds.

First is to solve static problem, that is, to correct traffic model in system design by measuring actual average traffic and signaling flow in every district and to solve common problems existing for long.

Second is to solve problems at a particular time like traffic overload in some district, channel congestion due to sudden events or random events.

For the first type, service providers must perform measurement and summarization on actual operation regularly, and then perform appropriate adjustment on global or partial parameters and configurations. For the second type, network operators adjust some radio parameters at real time according to instant data from measurement results.



Most radio parameters in GSM system are based on one cell or one location area. It is necessary to consider whether parameter adjustment in this cell will influence other cells, especially the adjacent one, for parameters between cells are related to each other greatly. Otherwise, it may cause negative influence. Determine whether the problem results from equipment fault (including connections) first when it occurs in some part of the network. Adjust radio parameters only when determined that the problem does result from service.


C h a p t e r 2

Public Resource Radio Parameters

This chapter introduces a series of parameters of GERAN subnetwork, BSC managed element and configuration set.

GERAN Subnetwork Parameters

The interface of GERAN subnetwork parameters is shown in Figure 8.

F I G U R E 8 - GERAN SUBNETWORK P AR AMETERS

User label



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Name for user to identify the subnetwork



Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Subnetwork ID

T AB L E 6 - S U B N E T W O R K ID

Full name Subnetwork ID

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Unique identification of Subnetwork defined by users

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Subnetwork type

T AB L E 7 - S U B N E T W O R K TY P E

Full name Subnetwork type

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Chapter 2 - Public Resource Radio Parameters


Description Define the subnetwork type as GERAN subnetwork. It is unmodifiable after being created successfully

Management Object

BSC

Value Range GERAN subnetwork

Unit None

Default GERAN subnetwork

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BSC Managed Element Parameters

The interface of BSC managed element parameters is shown in Figure 9.

F I G U R E 9 - BSC MAN AGED ELEMENT P AR AMETERS

User label



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description Username to identify the BSC managed element

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Managed element ID

T AB L E 9 - M AN AG E D E L E M E N T ID

Full name Managed element ID

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Identify BSC managed element, which can be not repeated under same network management, but it can't be modified after creation.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Managed element type

T AB L E 10 - 1M A N A G E D E L E M E N T T Y P E

Full name Managed element type



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Identify the type of managed element. It is unmodifiable after being created successfully

Management Object

BSC

Value Range BSC Managed Element

Unit None

Default BSC Managed Element

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

O&M board IP address

T AB L E 11 - O&M B O AR D IP AD D R E S S

Full name O&M board IP address

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Managed element IP address is the network interface address of operation and maintenance board, which is unique for each NE. Its value is relative with the office number in Ground Resource Management Configuration. On configuration, it should be consistent with the IP address of OMP on iBSC. It can not be repeated within managed elements.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 129.0.31.1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Software version

T AB L E 12 - SO F T W AR E V E R S I O N

Full name Software version

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specify the software version of BSC. It is unmodifiable after being created successfully

Management Object

BSC

Value Range None

Unit None

Default v 6.20.000

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Vendor name

T AB L E 13 - VE N D O R N AM E

Full name Vendor name

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specify the provider of BSC equipment.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Location

T AB L E 14 - LO C AT I O N

Full name Location

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specify the location of BSC.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Longitude

T AB L E 15 - LO N G I T U D E

Full name Longitude

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specify the geographic longitude of BSC

Management Object

BSC

Value Range -180 ~ 180

Unit Degree

Default 180



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Latitude

T AB L E 16 - LAT I T U D E

Full name Latitude

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specify the geographic latitude of BSC.

Management Object

BSC


Unit Degree

Default 90

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Configuration Set Parameters

The interface of configuration set parameters is shown in Figure 10. Table 17 shows the configuration set parameters.



F I G U R E 10 - CONFIGUR ATION SET PARAMETERS

User label



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Configuration set to identify the BSC managed element.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





C h a p t e r 3

BSC System Radio Parameters

This chapter explains BSC global resource parameters, GERAN external cell parameters, and UTRAN external cell parameters.

BSC Global Resource Parameters Below introduces BSC Global Resource Parameters.

Basic Property Parameters

The interface of basic property parameters is as shown in Figure 11.



F I G U R E 11 - BASIC PROPERTY P AR AM ETERS

User label



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Name for BSC global resource easily to be identified by a user

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Chapter 3 - BSC System Radio Parameters


Mobile Country Code (MCC)

T AB L E 19 - MO B I L E C O U N T R Y C O D E

Full name Mobile Country Code

Abbreviation MCC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile users (or system), China is 460

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 999

Unit None

Default 460

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

Country Code (MCC)

Related interfaces

--

Support MNC 3 digits (MNC3Digits)

T AB L E 20 - TH E M AX L E N G T H T O S U P P O R T MNC

Full name The max length to support MNC

Abbreviation MNC3Digits

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Whether supports 3 digits Mobile Network Code or not

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 2/3 digits

Unit None

Default 2 digits

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

Mobile Network Code (MNC)



Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 21 - MO B I L E N E T W O R K C O D E

Full name Mobile Network Code

Abbreviation MNC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country (decided by MCC). For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China Mobile

Management Object

BSC

Value Range

When MNC3Digits is selected as 2 digits, MNC value will be 0~99;


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

MNC

Related interfaces

--

OMP IP (OMP_IP)

T AB L E 22 - OMP IP

Full name OMP IP

Abbreviation OMP_IP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description OMP IP is the IP address that OMP uses to setup link with NM. This parameter shall be consistent with O&M board IP configuration

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 129.0.31.1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

OMP MAC (OMP_MAC)

T AB L E 23 - OMP MAC

Full name OMP MAC

Abbreviation OMP_MAC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

MAC address of OMP board, default is 0.208.208.161.0.254. If 0 is filled in, MAC address for OMP is generated based on default foreground rule, which is 0.208.208.161.0.BUREAUNO.

In single OS environment, you can use default value, no further setting required; but for multiple OS environment (such as in a lab), default value may cause conflict (multiple OS environment refers to the environment with above 2 OS environment is connected to a same Hub, so address conflict may be caused)

Management Object

BSC

Value Range xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx. xx is hexadecimal number, value range is 0~F

Unit None

Default 00 00 00 00 00 00

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

OMC subnet mask (Info4)

T AB L E 24 - S U B N E T M AS K AT OMC I N T E R F AC E

Full name OMC subnet mask

Abbreviation Info4

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It is the subnet mask of the OMP IP address.

In single OS environment, you can use default value, no further setting required; but for multiple OS environment (such as in a lab), default value may cause conflict (multiple OS environment refers to the environment with above 2 OS environment is connected to a same Hub, so address conflict may be caused)

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 255.0.0.0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

OMC Gateway (Info5)

T AB L E 25 - OMC G AT E W AY

Full name OMC Gateway

Abbreviation Info5

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Infor5 is the IP address of gateway from OMP to iOMCR.

This parameter can be kept unchanged, default value is ok. Only when other access shall be shielded by setting gateway, user can configure it.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 0.0.0.0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

OMC SERVER IP (Info6)

T AB L E 26 - OMC SERVER IP

Full name OMC SERVER IP

Abbreviation Info6

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

OMC server subnet (Info6) is defined by user and set according to network configuration. Info6 is the IP address that iOMCR uses to setup link with OMP.

This parameter can be kept unchanged. If configuring it, it shall be consistent with IP address of userdefined-zxgsmomcr-ftpip = *.*.*.* in deploy-gsmomcr001_properties in background Server, that is, cell address.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 0.0.0.0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

OMCB IP

T AB L E 27 - OMCB IP

Full name OMCB IP

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

OMCB IP address

Not required normally, default value is ok. When site connected with BSC is SDR, user shall configure it.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 0.0.0.0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Net Type (Net)

T AB L E 28 - N E T TY P E (N E T)

Full name Net Type

Abbreviation Net

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description User defines network category belonging to this office on demands.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range CTCN, CMCN, CUCN, RLTN, CNC, NFTN, Network 7, Network 8

Unit None



Default CTCN

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

SP Type (SpType)

T AB L E 29 - SP TY P E

Full name SP type

Abbreviation SpType

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Role of this BSC in whole signaling network shall be selected based on actual network condition. Normally, BSC and MSC are signaling terminal points. If application at upper layer of signaling exists, signal is not transitted. Signaling transit point (STP) is used to aggregated and forwarded. The equipment integrated with SEP and STEP functions is STEP

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Signaling End Point (SEP), Signaling Transit Point (STP), Signaling Transit End Point (STEP)

Unit None

Default Signaling End Point (SEP)

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Restart Flag (Restart)

T AB L E 30 - R E S T AR T FL A G

Full name Restart Flag

Abbreviation Restart

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description Whether the signaling point restart function shall be enabled. Not required normally, default value is ok

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Bureau No. (Bureau No.)

T AB L E 31 - B U R E AU N O .

Full name Office Code

Abbreviation Bureau NO.

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It is defined by the customer and set according to the network configuration, keeping different in whole topology tree, which can't be modified after creation.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 253

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Signaling point restart time as STP (stpT18, ms)

T AB L E 32 - S I G N A L I N G P O I N T R E S T AR T T I M E AS STP

Full name Signaling point restart time as STP

Abbreviation stpT18

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Restart time when local signaling pint is STP

Management Object

BSC


Unit ms

Default 10000

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Test code (TestCode)

T AB L E 33 - TE S T C O D E

Full name Test code

Abbreviation TestCode

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Test code functions as link test, MTP may send test message timely to verify availability of the link, and you shall use same test code while responding to the office.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range No more than 15 characters.

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

CPU thread tracing (Info2, %)

T AB L E 34 - CPU TH R E AD T R AC I N G

Full name CPU Thread Tracing

Abbreviation Info2

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

If CPU occupancy exceeds this threshold, signaling trace is automatically enabled to analyze network, mainly including MTP and SCCP signaling trace, excluding signaling trace at Abis interface.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Alarm value of communicate flux of module control (Info16, byte)

T AB L E 35 - AL AR M V AL U E O F C O M M U N I C AT E F L U X O F M O D U L E C O N T R O L

Full name Alarm value of communicate flux of module control

Abbreviation Info16

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Alarm value of communication flux of module control. If actual communication flux exceeds configured value, it triggers alarm. Default value is 1M Byte, don't modify it normally.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 10240 ~ 0xffffffff



Unit Byte

Default 1048576

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Longitude

T AB L E 36 - LO N G I T U D E

Full name Longitude

Abbreviation Longitude

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Identify BSC geographical longitude (longitude in BSC managed element parameter is not synchronized to foreground, and property of BSC global resource may be synchronized to foreground).

Management Object

BSC


Unit Degree

Default 180

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Latitude

T AB L E 37 - LAT I T U D E

Full name Latitude

Abbreviation Latitude

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Identify BSC geographical latitude (latitude in BSC managed element parameter is not synchronized to foreground, and property of BSC global resource may be synchronized to foreground).

Management Object

BSC


Unit Degree

Default 90

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support GE platform (GESupport)

T AB L E 38 - SU P P O R T GE P L AT F O R M

Full name Support GE platform

Abbreviation GESupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Switch to support GE platform

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Is TC Type (TCType)

T AB L E 39 - I S TC TY P E

Full name Is TC Type (TCType)

Abbreviation TCType



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Switch to support outer TC function, which can not be modified after configuration.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Inner and outer TC

Unit None

Default Inner TC

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-01-002 Remote Transcoder Support

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

SNTP SYNC cycle (info10, ms)

T AB L E 40 - SNTP SYNC CY C L E

Full name SNTP SYNC Cycle

Abbreviation Info10

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description BSC conducts time synchronization by SNTP cycle and server.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 16000 ~ 16284000

Unit ms

Default 1800000

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



SNTP sever address (Info9, ms)

T AB L E 41 - SNTP S E R V E R AD D R E S S

Full name SNTP Server Address

Abbreviation Info9

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description IP address of SNTP server. It synchronizes the clock of each NE. Not required normally, default value is ok.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 129.0.31.1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Global time zone (GlobalTimeZone)

T AB L E 42 - GL O B AL T I M E ZO N E

Full name Global time zone

Abbreviation GlobalTimeZone

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Greenwich Mean Time (GMT), it is set according to the local time zone, China is GMT + 08:00

Management Object

BSC

Value Range All valid time zone

Unit None

Default (GMT+08:00) Beijing

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Summer time flag (SummerTimeFlag)

T AB L E 43 - SU M M E R T I M E FL AG

Full name Summer time flag

Abbreviation SummerTimeFlag

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Defined according to user requirement. If yes, you can configure "Summer start time" and "Summer end time".

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Summer start time(SummerStartTime)

T AB L E 44 - SU M M E R S T AR T T I M E

Full name Summer Start Time

Abbreviation SummerStartTime

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description When "Summer time flag" parameter is yes, you can configure this parameter, defined on user demands.

Management Object

BSC



Value Range

Month: 1 ~ 12;

Day: 1 ~ 31.

Time: 0 ~ 23;

Minute: 0 ~ 59

Unit None

Default [1, 1, 0, 0]

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Summer end time(SummerEndTime)

T AB L E 45 - SU M M E R E N D T I M E

Full name Summer End Time

Abbreviation SummerEndTime

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description When "Summer time flag" parameter is yes, you can configure this parameter, defined on user demands.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range

Month: 1 ~ 12;

Day: 1 ~ 31.

Time: 0 ~ 23;

Minute: 0 ~ 59

Unit None

Default [1, 1, 0, 0]

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Radio Basic Property Parameters

The interface of basic radio property parameters is as shown in Figure 12.

F I G U R E 12 - RADIO B ASIC PROPERTY PAR AMETERS

Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

T AB L E 46 - D Y N AM I C HR EN AB L E

Full name Dynamic HR Enable

Abbreviation DynaHREnable

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter determines whether dynamic HR is supported. If Yes, HR-FR channels could be real time switched dynamically based on the traffic according to the following policy: in peak hour, the system will switch part or all FR channels to HR channels automatically to reduce the network congestion rate; in idle hour, the system will switch part or all HR channels to FR channels automatically to keep good voice quality;

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-11-002 Full dynamic channel allocation on Um interface

ZGF05-17-003 Dynamic Half Rate Allocation

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR (HRThs)

T AB L E 47 - TH R E S H O L D F O R TRX S W I T C H E D F R O M FR T O HR

Full name Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR

Abbreviation HRThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description When channel occupation exceeds this threshold, it will apply for half-rate channel directly to increase the user capacity.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 60

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported (FuncExt)

T AB L E 48 - DCS1800 /PCS1900 S U P P O R T E D

Full name DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported

Abbreviation FuncExt

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description Specify the frequency supported. It is unmodifiable after being created successfully.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range DCS1800, PCS1900

Unit None

Default DCS1800

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters




Related interfaces

--

Load indication allowed (LoadInd)

T AB L E 49 - LO AD I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Load Indication

Abbreviation LoadInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The load indication process informs the adjacent BSC of the cell load at border to provide more reference information in normal handover and the internal traffic handover of BSC.

This parameter determines if load indication is available, an also determines the validity of parameter ‘Load valid time’ and ‘Load indication period’. If this parameter is ‘No’ (load indication process is disabled), the latter two parameters are invalid. Otherwise they are valid.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Send confusion message allowed (ConfusionMsg)

T AB L E 50 - SE N D C O N F U S I O N M E S S AG E AL L O W E D

Full name Send confusion message allowed

Abbreviation ConfusionMsg

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Confusion message is bidirectional. If the received message could not be processed properly for some reason, and there is no other proper fault message to send, the system will send confusion message.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Inter-Cell handover allowed (InHoEnable)

T AB L E 51 - I N T E R -C E L L H AN D O V E R AL L O W E D

Full name Inter-Cell handover allowed

Abbreviation InHoEnable

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specifications, intra-BSC inter-cell handover is implemented by the following methods: BSC controlled inter-cell handover without MSC involvement. MSC controlled inter-cell intra-BSC handover whose handover flow is similar to that of inter-BSC handover. This parameter decides the choice of method for inter-cell intra-BSC handover. Do select ‘No’ for this parameter if it is not necessary.



Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Send assignment failure allowed (ExDRSendAssFail)

T AB L E 52 - SE N D AS S I G N M E N T F AI L U R E AL L O W E D

Full name Send assignment failure allowed

Abbreviation ExDRSendAssFail

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Whether external redirection allows assignment failure

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Load indication valid time (LoadValidTime)

T AB L E 53 - LO AD V AL I D T I M E

Full name Load Valid Time

Abbreviation LoadValidTime

3GPP Name Time indication IE



3GPP reference

48.008 Mobile Switching Centre - Base Station System (MSC-BSS) interface

Description

In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying about the load status. The message includes time indication information which indicates the valid time length of the service load information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. This parameter represents the valid time length of the load message. 255 means valid permanently.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit 10 s

Default 18

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Load indication period (LoadIndPrd)

T AB L E 54 - LO AD I N D I C AT I O N P E R I O D

Full name Load Indication Period

Abbreviation LoadIndPrd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying about the load status. The message includes time indication information which indicates the valid time length of the service load information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. When the load indication message is sent periodically, this parameter decides the period for BSC to send the load indication message.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 1500



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Automatic resource indication threshold (ResourceIndThs)

T AB L E 55 - AU T O M AT I C R E S O U R C E I N D I C AT I O N T H R E S H O L D

Full name Automatic resource indication threshold

Abbreviation ResourceIndThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines that BSC automatically indicates to MSC about the ratio of presently available channels to the total channels. When available cell resource is lower than this parameter, resource indication shall be sent to MSC about this cell condition, which shall be configured by O&M.

The four modes of resource indication from BSC are as follows:

Automatic Mode: BSC instantly returns BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message as an acknowledgment without any resource information, after receiving the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message. BSC automatically sends BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message to MSC. BSC uses the periodicity IE in BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST to determine the indication messages interval (unless the ‘Periodicity IE’ is 0 and BSC ignores 0) once O&M of BSC satisfies the Auto condition (service threshold or the interval between any two messages).

One time mode: BSC instantly returns a BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message with resource information after receiving BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message. BSC stops sending and waits for next BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST if the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message does not contain Extended Resource Indication IE. If it does, BSC will follow the rules of “Subsequent Mode” element in the



message, same as Mode 4. If the previous mode is 1 or 3, BSC will adopt Mode 1 or 3. Otherwise, it will adopt Mode 4.

Period mode: After BSC receives the "BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST" message, it will immediately return a "BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION" message that contains the resource information. After that, BSC periodically sends the "BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION" message. If "Periodicity IE" in the "BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST" message is not 0, then the period to send the message is the value of "Periodicity IE" multiplied by 100ms. If Periodicity IE is 0, then the message is wrong and the whole "BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST" message is regarded as wrong.

Stop mode: After the “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” message is received, BSC immediately returns a “BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION” message without any resource information as an acknowledgement. And then, it will no longer send the cell resource information to MSC.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Resource adjust threshold (ResourceAdjustThs)

T AB L E 56 - R E S O U R C E AD J U S T T H R E S H O L D

Full name Resource adjust threshold

Abbreviation ResourceAdjustThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

When bytes transmitted for packet service data have crossed the threshold, timeslot allocation is adjusted from single timeslot to multiple timeslots (or the threshold from single timeslot to multiple timeslots for packet service timeslot allocation).

Management Object

BSC


Unit Byte

Default 2000

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BSC MAX reset number (BSCMaxResetNum)

T AB L E 57 - BSC M AX R E S E T N U M

Full name BSC Max Reset Num

Abbreviation BscMaxResetNum

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The maximum allowable resets to BSC. After BSC sends the BSSAP RESET message to MSC, if BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message fails to reach BSC from MSC within GSM-specified T4 time interval, the resetting will be repeated.

BSSAP RESET message repeats up to N times. MSC ends the reset process and notifies OMS incase of no reply from BSC after N times. N depends on this parameter.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface



AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold (AmrHRThs)

T AB L E 58 - AMR D Y N AM I C HR C O N V E R S I O N TH R E S H O L D

Full name AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

Abbreviation AmrHRThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When busy timeslot/general timeslot >= AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR, subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.

This threshold value can be configured on BSC and BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter" (UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value configured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThs configured by BSC is used.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 50

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-008 Independent Threshold for Dynamic AMR HR/FR Conversion

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Range of BARANG

T AB L E 59 T A B L E 0-1 R AN G E O F BAR AN G

Full name Range of BARANG

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Value includes single frequency or frequency range, sent to MS in CHANNEL RELEASE. Certain frequency can be firstly inspected while MS selects cell.

Input the minimum and maximum value of broadcast range in the left and right blank in

and click Add to save this range. Range of BARANG can be same within different global resource.

Note: input frequency range can't be crossed.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range

PGSM（1 ~ 124） EGSM（0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023） DCS1800（512 ~ 885） GSM1900（512 ~ 810） GSM850（128 ~ 251）

Unit None

Default 0&&0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MR report enable (MrRptEnable)

T AB L E 60 - MR R E P O R T E N AB L E

Full name MR report enable

Abbreviation MrRptEnable

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter determines whether data report function is supported for measurement report, incombination with MrRptTimap. If enable, and place it at this time, report function of measurement data is supported.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range

Yes/No

Yes: enable;

No: disable;

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TRX PS busy threshold (TrxPSBusyThs)

T AB L E 61 - TRX PS B U S Y T H R E S H O L D

Full name TRX PS busy threshold

Abbreviation TrxPSBusyThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used to collect PS service on the idle carrier while applying for PS, against infinite expansion. Application sequence: the idle carrier above this threshold → idle carrier → idle carrier below this threshold.

Calculate it according to remained available quota on each available PS timeslot * number of accessed Abis * 100 / user number.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 900

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Others

The interface of others parameters is shown in Figure 13.


User priority for EMLPP (PriThreshold)

T AB L E 62 - U S E R P R I O R I T Y

Full name User Priority

Abbreviation PriThreshold

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter (PriThreshold) use the service of preferred access for high-priority subscriber, that is eMLPP service, the system may set some reserved channels (currently, only full rate TCH channels are supported to be the reserved channels).

When CS instance calls database to apply for channels, the subscriber's PriorityLevel information reaches to database, and is compared with PriThreshold in the database and BSC table. When PriorityLevel =< PriThreshold (the less the subscriber's priority level value, the higher the priority level, that is the subscriber's priority level is not lower than PriThreshold priority), the reserved channel can be used.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 15

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Low priority level (LowPrioLevel)

T AB L E 63 - LO W U S E R P R I O R I T Y

Full name Low User Priority

Abbreviation LowPrioLevel

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When the subscriber's PriorityLevel is bigger than or equal to this parameter (LowPrioLevel), use the low priority subscriber channel selection mode set by 4-1bit of ChanSelectPrio in BTS table. When PriorityLevel is less than this parameter (LowPrioLevel), use the high priority subscriber channel selection mode set by 8-5 bit of ChanSelectPrio in BTS table.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 15

Unit None

Default 1



Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Preferred speech version (half) (PreferSpeechVer)

T AB L E 64 - PR E F E R R E D S P E E C H V E R S I O N (H AL F )

Full name Preferred speech version (half)

Abbreviation PreferSpeechVer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When implementing the CS channel allocation policy, describe the preferred half-rate speech version. Half-rate version 1 refers to HR, and version 3 refers to AMR

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Not specify the preferred version, Half-rate version 1, Half-rate version 3

Unit None

Default Not specify the preferred version

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-002 Half rate

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Preferred speech version (full) (PreferSpeechVer)

T AB L E 65 - PR E F E R R E D S P E E C H V E R S I O N (F U L L )

Full name Preferred speech version (full)

Abbreviation PreferSpeechVer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

When implementing the CS channel allocation policy, describe the preferred full-rate speech version. Full-rate version 1 refers to FR, version 2 refers to EFR, and version 3 refers to AMR

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Not specify the preferred version, Full-rate version 1, full-rate version 2, full-rate version 3

Unit None

Default Not specify the preferred version

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-004 Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) Speech Codec

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Reserved Channel First (RsvChanFirst)

T AB L E 66 - R E S E R V E D C H AN N E L F I R S T

Full name Reserved Channel First

Abbreviation RsvChanFirst

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description The selection order of reserved channel and non-reserved channel

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

EMLPP channel Reserved time (EMLPPThs, %)

T AB L E 67 - EMLPP C H AN N E L R E S E R V E D T I M E

Full name eMLPP channel Reserved time



Abbreviation EMLPPThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description When using high priority user to access service, that is, EMLPP service, the system may configure certain remained channels

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 0

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Lenght of super vision (LcsSuperVision)

T AB L E 68 - LE N G T H O F S U P E R V I S I O N

Full name Length of super vision

Abbreviation LcsSuperVision

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Supervise the timer length in whole locating process.

After BSC sends locating request to SMLC, this timer is configured and shall receives locating response prior to timeout, otherwise locating process is terminated.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 250

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-25-001 LCS launched via PS domain

ZGF05-25-022 LCS with CGI+TA

ZGF05-25-023 LCS with AGPS

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Length of radio (LcsRadio)

T AB L E 69 - LE N G T H O F R AD I O

Full name Length of radio

Abbreviation LcsRadio

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Supervise the timer length to transmit radio information.

This timer supervises the process to deliver MS the message related with locating. Start while sending message to MS, and stop while receiving response from MS.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 50

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-25-001 LCS launched via PS domain



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover (LcsWaitInTraHO)

T AB L E 70 - LE N G T H O F T I M E R W AI T I N G I N T R A BSS H AN D O V E R

Full name Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover

Abbreviation LcsWaitInTraHO

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover completed.

Continue locating process after handover is finished, with a length threshold for waiting. Stop while this timer length is exceeded.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 60

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Starting time for oriented retry (rmsT10, 100ms)

T AB L E 71 - ST AR T I N G T I M E F O R O R I E N T E D R E T R Y

Full name Starting time for oriented retry

Abbreviation rmsT10

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is T10 timer.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 130

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface



Monitor physical context request (rmsT9108, 100ms)

T AB L E 72 - MO N I T O R P H Y S I C AL C O N T E X T R E Q U E S T

Full name Monitor physical context request

Abbreviation rmsT9108

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is timer T9108. Currently, the process to monitor physical context request is not used, reserved for later use.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 20

Unit 100 ms

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Timer for MSG Waiting (TWaitMsg, 100ms)

T AB L E 73 - T I M E R F O R MSG W AI T I N G

Full name Timer for MSG Waiting

Abbreviation TWaitMsg

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Timer for MSG Waiting on RanAWorker process. RanAWorker process is the working process of RANA module. Start if RANA instance is created, stop if message is received, and instance is released if timeout.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 5 ~ 20

Unit 100 ms

Default 20



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Timer for RANCSEST Waiting (TWaitRancsEst, 100ms)

T AB L E 74 - T I M E R F O R RANCSEST W AI T I N G

Full name Timer for RANCSEST Waiting

Abbreviation TWaitRancsEst

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Time to wait for RANCS process applying for resource protection.

RANCS process is to process CS service. This timer is started if RANA receives external handover request and applying for channel from RANCS; stop if receiving RANCS response, and fail to send handover to interface A if timeout.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Timer for RANCSCLECOM waiting (TWaitRancsCleCom, 100ms)

T AB L E 75 - T I M E R F O R RANCSCLECOM W AI T I N G

Full name Timer for RANCSCLECOM waiting

Abbreviation TWaitRancsCleCom

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

Interval for RanAWorker process waiting for RANCS process responding ClearCom. RanAWorker process is the working process of RANA module. Start if sending clear command to RANCS, stop if receiving RANCS response, and continue release process if timeout.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 10 ~ 30

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Timer for CCM waiting (CcmWaitTimer, 100ms)

T AB L E 76 - T I M E R F O R CCM W AI T I N G

Full name Timer for CCM waiting

Abbreviation CcmWaitTimer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Timer that is waiting for disconnecting and disabling BTS during dynamic channel conversion.

Start if CCM starts channel conversion, stop if receiving successive module and BTS response, and send message to BTS again if timeout.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 45 ~ 55

Unit 100 ms

Default 45

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Get Static param timer (GetStaticParamTimer, 100ms)

T AB L E 77 - GE T S T AT I C P A R AM T I M E R

Full name Get Static param timer

Abbreviation GetStaticParamTimer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The counting parameter, used by RancRrm, is used to timely poll UPU unit below CMP.

This timer is configured periodically, and query resource occupation data for UPU if timeout.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 120

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

HR channel percentage threshold (HRTsPercentage)

T AB L E 78 - HR C H AN N E L P E R C E N T AG E T H R E S H O L D

Full name HR channel percentage threshold

Abbreviation HRTsPercentage

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot in the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can generate new HR channel.

This parameter can be configured on BSC and BTS. If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell is lower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS, the cell can generate new HR channel.

Management Object

BSC



Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TFO Enable (TFOControl_0)

T AB L E 79 - TFO E N AB L E

Full name TFO Enable

Abbreviation TFOControl_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is one of TFO control parameters, to describe whether TFO is enabled. 0 represents disable, 1 represents enable.

0: disable;

1: enable.

When TFO is not enabled, or value of TFOControl_0 is 0, other switch is disabled and values of TFOControl_1, TFOControl_2 and TFOControl_3 are 0 too.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-006 TFO

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Coding/decoding type optimization enable (TFOControl_1)

T AB L E 80 - C O D I N G / D E C O D I N G T Y P E O P T I M I Z AT I O N E N A B L E

Full name coding/decoding type optimization enable


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is one of TFO control parameters, to describe whether coding/decoding type can be optimized. 0 represents disable, 1 represents enable.

0: disable;

1: enable.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-006 TFO

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Coding/decoding type unmatched enable (TFOControl_2)

T AB L E 81 - C O D I N G / D E C O D I N G T Y P E U N M AT C H E D E N AB L E

Full name Coding/decoding type unmatched enable


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is one of TFO control parameters, to describe whether unmatched coding/decoding type can not be solved. 0 represents disable, 1 represents enable.

0: disable;

1: enable.



Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-006 TFO

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

AMR Optimization Mode (TFOControl_3)

T AB L E 82 - AMR OP T I M I Z AT I O N M O D E

Full name AMR Optimization Mode


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is one of TFO control parameters, to describe whether it is AMR optimization mode.

0: don't support ACS variations;

1: support ACS variations.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Support or don't support ACS variations

Unit None

Default Don't support ACS variations.

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-006 TFO

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Function Parameters

The interface of function parameters is shown in Figure 14.



F I G U R E 14 - FU N C T I O N P AR AM E T E R S

Support Multi PLMN (MPLMNSupport)

T AB L E 83 - SU P P O R T M U L T I PLMN

Full name Support Multi PLMN

Abbreviation MPLMNSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a switch to support multi PLMN, to determine whether multi PLMNs are supported. One iBSC can support up to 16 operators.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-05-006 Multi PLMN

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Support BTS of different net handover (InterNetHO)

T AB L E 84 - SU P P O R T BTS O F D I F F E R E N T N E T H AN D O V E R

Full name Support BTS of different net handover

Abbreviation InterNetHO

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is a switch to support inter-cell handover with different network number. This parameter only can be activated after "support multiple network number" function is enabled.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support FLEX A(FlexASupport)

T AB L E 85 - SU P P O R T FLEX A

Full name Support FLEX A

Abbreviation FlexASupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a switch to support FLEX A, to determine whether FlexA function is supported. One iBSC can support up to 16 MSCs

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No



Relevant Functions

ZGF05-01-034 Flex A

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support FLEX GB (FLEXGBSupport)

T AB L E 86 - SU P P O R T FLEX GB

Full name Support FLEX GB

Abbreviation FLEXGBSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is a switch to support FLEX GB, to determine whether Flex GB function is supported. One iBSC can support up to 16 SGSNs

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-01-035 Flex Gb

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MSP support (MSPSupport)

T AB L E 87 - MSP SU P P O R T

Full name MSP Support

Abbreviation MSPSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is a switch to support MSP, to determine whether MSP function is supported.

One signaling point can configure up to 16 links. To have more bandwidth at port A and implement multi-signaling point function, you can configure more links at port A.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support RIM (RIMSupport)

T AB L E 88 - SU P P O R T R IM

Full name Support RIM

Abbreviation RIMSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Swith to support RIM function

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-01-005 Inter-BSC NACC

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RIM retry times (RIMRetryTimes)

T AB L E 89 - R IM R E T R Y T I M E S

Full name RIM retry times



Abbreviation RIMRetryTimes

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description RIM retry times. Send it again based on this number if timeout, up to 3 times.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support different reset parameter in idle and transfer status (PSReselParam2)

T AB L E 90 - SU P P O R T D I F F E R E N T R E S E T P AR AM E T E R I N I D L E AN D T R A N S F E R S T AT U S

Full name Support different reset parameter in idle and transfer status

Abbreviation PSReselParam2

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Whether support different reset parameter in idle and transfer status

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-01-008 Different Cell Reselection Parameters for IDLE and ACTIVE Status

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Support HR channel frag finishing (HRDfragSupport)

T AB L E 91 - SU P P O R T HR C H AN N E L F R AG F I N I S H I N G

Full name Support HR channel frag finishing

Abbreviation HRDfragSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is a switch to support HR channel frag finishing functions, which can be configured both on BSC and BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled, and finished HR frags / idle HR channel in the cell is no more than HRDefragThs, HR channel defragmentation function is enabled, otherwise it is disabled

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-11-004 HR Concentration

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Report voice quality (VoiceQualityReport)

T AB L E 92 - R E P O R T V O I C E QU AL I T Y

Full name Report voice quality

Abbreviation VoiceQualityReport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Whether voice quality is reported

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No



Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-012 Speech Quality Supervision

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Timer 1

The interface of timer 1 parameters is shown in Figure 15.

F I G U R E 15 - T IMER 1 PARAMTERS

Blocking/unblocking period (T1, 100ms)

T AB L E 93 - B L O C K I N G / U N B L O C K I N G P E R I O D

Full name Blocking/unblocking period

Abbreviation T1

3GPP Name T1

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0



Description

This parameter is T1 timer. BSS blocks/unblocks a terrestrial circuit and sends BLOCK/UNBLOCK message to MSC due to various reasons such as O&M intervention, equipment failure/recovery, and radio resources unavailable/available. T1 timer sets the time interval between BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message sent from MSC to BSC and BLOCK/UNBLOCK message. T1 is used to identify it during this period.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 80

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Global Resetting Period (T4, 100ms)

T AB L E 94 - GL O B AL R E S E T T I N G P E R I O D

Full name Global Resetting Period

Abbreviation T4

3GPP Name T4

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description

This parameter is T4 timer, monitoring the BSSAP RESET message sent from BSC to MSC.

Timer start: T4 starts when a global resetting occurs in BSC.

Timer stop: The “BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE” message from MSC is received.

Timeout action: If T4 expires, BSC will repeat the whole process.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 100



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Protection period for handover request (T7, 100ms)

T AB L E 95 - PR O T E C T I O N P E R I O D F O R H AN D O V E R R E Q U E S T

Full name The protective period for handover request

Abbreviation T7

3GPP Name T7

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description

This parameter is T7 timer, monitoring BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message. T7 timer is maximum period between the BSC sent BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message and when MSC returns BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message. MSC sends BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT message to BSC in case of failure and after that BSC stops T7 timer.

Timer Start: T7 timer starts when BSC sends BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message to MSC.

Timer Stop: T7 timer suspends when BSC receives BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND or BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT message from MSC. BSC sends other BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message to MSC when receiving BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT message.

Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime and the external handover conditions are still satisfied, BSC will instantly repeat HANDOVER REQUIRED process.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Source BSC handover executing period (T8, 100ms)

T AB L E 96 - SO U R C E BSC H A N D O V E R E X E C U T I O N P E R I O D

Full name Source BSC handover execution period

Abbreviation T8

3GPP Name T8

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description

This parameter is T8 timer. It is the execution period for external handover process in source BSC.

Timer Start: T8 timer starts when BSC receives BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message.

Timer Stop: T8 timer stops when BSC receives BSSAP CLEAR COMMAND message or RIL3_RR HANDOVER FAILURE message from MSC.

Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, BSC will send BSSAP CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 120

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Assignment period (T10, 100ms)

T AB L E 97 - AS S I G N M E N T P E R I O D

Full name Assignment period



Abbreviation T10

3GPP Name T10

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description

This parameter is T10 timer. It supervises assignment process as follows:

Timer Start: T10 timer starts when MS receives ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message.

Timer Stop: T10 timer suspends when MS receives ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE and ASSIGNMENT FAILURE messages.

Action Overtime: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send BSSAP ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message to MSC.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit 100 ms

Default 80

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Protection period for global resetting (T13, 100ms)

T AB L E 98 - PR O T E C T I O N P E R I O D F O R G L O B AL R E S E T T I N G

Full name Protective period for global resetting

Abbreviation T13

3GPP Name T13

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0



Description

This parameter is T13 timer, which is a protection time period for a local call clearing process.

Timer Start: T13 timer starts when BSC receives BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message.

Timer Stop: T13 timer suspends when SCCP receives a SSP/SPI message.

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSS will send BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message to MSC.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 30 ~ 60

Unit 100 ms

Default 40

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Circuit resetting period on BSS side (T19, 100ms)

T AB L E 99 - C I R C U I T R E S E T T I N G P E R I O D O N BSS S I D E

Full name Circuit resetting period on BSS side

Abbreviation T19

3GPP Name T19

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description

If BSC SCCP connection is abnormal while the circuits must be released to idle status, BSS will send the “BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET” message to MSC and start T19. After MSC receives this message, it will release the corresponding services and the circuits to the idle status and send the “BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET ACKNOWLEDGE” message to BSC. T19 timer stops when MSC receives RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message from BSC.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 80



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Circuit group blocking/unblocking Period (T20, 100ms)

T AB L E 100 - C I R C U I T G R O U P B L O C K I N G/ U N B L O C K I N G PE R I O D

Full name Circuit group blocking/unblocking Period

Abbreviation T20

3GPP Name T20

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description

For some reasons (O&M intervention; equipment fault/recovery; radio resources unavailable/available), BSS will block a group of terrestrial circuits, then send the “BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK” message to MSC. After receiving this message, MSC will send the “BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWKEDGE” message to BSS for notification.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 80

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

RLSD message receive protection timer (T9101, 100ms)

T AB L E 101 - RLSD M E S S A G E R E C E I V E P R O T E C T I O N T I M E R

Full name RLSD message receive protection timer

Abbreviation T9101

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is timer T9101, supervising the reception of RLSD.

Timer start: T9101 starts when BSC sends the “BSSAP CLEAR COMPLETE” message to MSC.

Timer stop: T9101 stops when the RLSD message from MSC is received.

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send RLSD message to release SCCP connection.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 20 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Channel activation protection timer (rmsT9103, 100ms)

T AB L E 102 - C H AN N E L AC T I V AT I O N P R O T E C T I O N T I M E R

Full name Channel activation protection timer


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is timer T9103, monitoring channel activation process.

Timer Start: T9103 timer starts when BSC sends CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to BTS.

Timer Stop: T9103 timer suspends when BSC receives CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK or CHANNEL ACTIVATION NACK message.

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send RF CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 20

Unit 100 ms

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

MSC clear command protection timer (T9104, 100ms)

T AB L E 103 - MSC C L E AR C O M M AN D P R O T E C T I O N T I M E R

Full name MSC clear command protection timer

Abbreviation T9104

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is T9104 timer. It supervises CLEAR COMMAND from MSC.

Timer Start: T9104 timer starts when BSC sends a CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.

Timer Stop: T9104 timer suspends when BSC receives CLEAR COMMAND message from MSC.

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, CLEAR REQUEST message will be resent (four times at the most).



Management Object

BSC

Value Range 20 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

SCCP connection protection timer (T9105, 100ms)

T AB L E 104 - SCCP C O N N E C T I O N P R O T E C T I O N T I M E R

Full name SCCP Connection Timer

Abbreviation T9105

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is T9105 timer, monitoring SCCP connection process.

Timer Start: T9105 timer starts when BSC sends BSSAP SCCP_CONNECTION_REQ message to MSC.

Timer Stop: T9105 suspends when BSC receives SCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM” / ”SCCP_CONNECTION_REFUSED message.

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 20 ~ 60

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

A Interface

External handover protection Timer in target cell (T9113, 100ms)

T AB L E 105 - E X T E R N AL H A N D O V E R P R O T E C T I O N T I M E R I N T AR G E T C E L L

Full name External handover protection Timer in target cell

Abbreviation T9113

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is T9113 timer, monitoring external handover in the target cell.

Timer Start: T9113 timer starts when BSC sends HANDOVER REQUEST ACK message to MSC.

Timer Stop: T9113 timer suspends when BSC sends HANDOVER COMPLETE message from MS or CLEAR COMMAND message from MSC.

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit 100 ms

Default 110

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Protective time waiting for access (rmsT1, 100ms)

T AB L E 106 - P R O T E C T I V E T I M E W AI T I N G F O R AC C E S S

Full name Protective time waiting for access

Abbreviation rmsT1

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is rmsT1 timer. It indicates protection waiting time for MS access during assignment or handover, after channel activation process.

Timer start: The destination channel receives the “CHL ACITIVATION ACK” message and sends the “RADIO AVAILABLE” message to the source channel.

Timer stop: In MS access, the destination channel receives the “ASSIGNMENT COM” or “HANDOVER COM” message.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit 100 ms

Default 70

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

Protective time for applying to channel (rmsT2, 100ms)

T AB L E 107 - P R O T E C T I O N T I M E F O R C H AN N E L R E Q U E S T

Full name Protection time for channel request

Abbreviation rmsT2

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is T2 timer.

Timer start: The new channel sends the “RADIO APPLY” message.

Timer stop: Channel request succeeds and the new channel receives the “RADIO AVAILABLE” message; or the channel request fails and the “RADIO UNAVAILABLE” message is received; or the “RAIO PROCEEDING” message is received in queuing.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 20 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default 40

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Protective time for link establishment response (rmsT3, 100ms)

T AB L E 108 - P R O T E C T I O N T I M E F O R L I N K E S T AB L I S H M E N T R E S P O N S E

Full name Protection time for link establishment response

Abbreviation rmsT3

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Timer start: RANCS instance sends "ESTABLISH IND" to RANA instance.

Timer stop: RANCS instance receives the "CONNECT CONF" sent by RANA instance, or the "CONNECT FAIL" when RANA fails to establish the link.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 60



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS COM (rmsT4, 100ms)

T AB L E 109 - P R O T E C T I V E T I M E F O R P0 C O N F I R M S T H E M E S S AG E HO/ASS COM

Full name Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS COM

Abbreviation rmsT4

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Timer start: After RANCS receives the "HO COM" or "ASS COM" message of MS and forwards it to RANA.

Timer stop: RANCS receives acknowledgement of "HO COM" or "ASS COM" message by RANA.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 10 ~ 80

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Encryption mode modification time (rmsT5, 100ms)

T AB L E 110 - E N C R Y P T I O N M O D E M O D I F I C AT I O N T I M E

Full name Encryption mode modification time



Abbreviation rmsT5

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is timer T5, used to supervise modification process of encryption mode, that is, the timer that waits for MS response after configuring radio encryption mode.

Timer Start: T5 timer starts when BSC receives CIPHER MODE COMMAND message from MSC.

Timer Stop: T5 timer suspends when BSC receives CIPHER MODE COMPLETE message from MS.

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send BSSAP CIPHER MODE REJECT message to MSC.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

SAPI3 link establishment time (rmsT6, 100ms)

T AB L E 111 - S API3 L I N K E S T AB L I S H M E N T T I M E

Full name SAPI3 link establishment time

Abbreviation rmsT6

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Timer T6 supervises link establishment of SAPI3.

Timer start: timer T6 starts when BSC receives the DTAP (SAPI = 3) message from MSC and there is no SAPI3 link.

Timer stop: timer T6 stops when BSC receives the ESTABLISH CONFIRM message from BTS.

Overtime action: When timer T6 expires, the BSSMAP SAPI"n" REJECT message will be sent to MSC.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

External handover protective time (rmsT8, 100ms)

T AB L E 112 - E X T E R N AL H A N D O V E R P R O T E C T I V E T I M E

Full name External handover protection time

Abbreviation rmsT8

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is timer rmsT8, monitoring external handover process.

Timer start: rmsT8 starts after handover command is sent in Serve state while RANCS instance shall be handovered externally.

Timer stop: rmsT8 timer stops if RANCS instance receives HO COMCLEAR CMD(handover success) or UM HO FAIL (handover failed).

Management Object

BSC




Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Protective time for No7 signal instantaneous disconnection (T3, 100ms)

T AB L E 113 - P R O T E C T I V E T I M E F O R N O7 S I G N AL I N S T A N T A N E O U S D I S C O N N E C T I O N

Full name Protective time for No7 signal instantaneous disconnection

Abbreviation T3

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This timer is configured to prevent from signal instantaneous disconnection and wrong actions.

If disconnection duration of no.7 link exceeds timer protective time, global resetting is issued. If no signaling point reachable event is received during delay time, no.7 link is considered as disconnection and global resetting process begins; if reachable signaling point is received during delay time, no.7 link is considered as instantaneous disconnection.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface



Protective time that PO responses external handover completion message (rmsT7, 100ms)

T AB L E 114 - P R O T E C T I V E T I M E T H AT PO R E S P O N S E S E X T E R N AL H A N D O V E R C O M P L E T I O N M E S S AG E

Full name Protective time that PO responses external handover completion message

Abbreviation rmsT7

3GPP Name T7

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description

Timer start: it starts when RANCS sends the HANDOVER REQUIRED message to MSC.

Timer stop: it stops when RANCS instance receives HANDOVER COMMAND response from MSC.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 150

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Timer 2 parameter

The interface of timer 2 parameters is shown in Figure 16.



F I G U R E 16 - T IMER 2 PARAMTERS

Protective time for RF channel release (rmsT9, 100ms)

T AB L E 115 - P R O T E C T I V E T I M E F O R RF C H AN N E L R E L E AS E

Full name Protective time for RF channel release

Abbreviation rmsT9

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Timer start: T9 starts when RF CHANNEL RELEASE is sent to BTS when RANCS instance is released.

Timer stop: T9 stops when RANCS instance receives RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE response from BTS.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 10 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

Queue period of assignment (rmsT11, 100ms)

T AB L E 116 - QU E U E P E R I O D O F AS S I G N M E N T

Full name Queue period of assignment

Abbreviation rmsT11

3GPP Name T11

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description This parameter is T11 timer. It determines the maximum allowable queue time which starts from the assignment request.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 60

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-10-001 Queuing

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Acknowledgment interval for periodic status (rmsT12, 100ms)

T AB L E 117 - AC K N O W L E D G M E N T I N T E R V AL F O R P E R I O D I C S T AT U S

Full name Acknowledgment interval for periodic status

Abbreviation rmsT12

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description


Timer Start: T12 timer starts periodically when RANCS receives CONNECT CONF message from RANA. Timer decides to perform activity check at peer end. Lately, it is periodical start.

Timer Stop: T12 timer stops when RANCS instance receives RELEASE TYPE message.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Mode modification process time (rmsT13, 100ms)

T AB L E 118 - M O D E M O D I F I C AT I O N P R O C E S S T I M E

Full name Mode modification process time

Abbreviation rmsT13

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is T13 timer. It supervises BTS and MS modes modification process. Mode modification refers to modify channel mode. When there is not SDCCH and FACCH is allocated, new channel is not allocated after assignment, but modify the modes.

Timer start condition: When BSC sends the “MODE MODIFY” message to BTS and sends the “CHANNEL MODE MODIFY” message to MS.

Timer stop: When BSC receives the “MODE MODIFY ACK/NACK” message from BTS and the “CHANNEL MODE MODIFY” message from MS.

Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSC will send BSSAP ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message to MSC.



Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 60

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

Protective time of UM assignment completion (rmsT14, 100ms)

T AB L E 119 - P R O T E C T I V E T I M E O F UM AS S I G N M E N T C O M P L E T I O N

Full name Protective time of UM assignment completion

Abbreviation rmsT14

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is timer T14. It is the period between sending of ASS/HO COM and receiving of ASS/HO COM ACK messages at destination instance.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 10 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Waiting time for oriented retry (rmsT16, 100ms)

T AB L E 120 - W AI T I N G T I M E F O R O R I E N T E D R E T R Y

Full name Waiting time for oriented retry

Abbreviation rmsT16



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When attempting oriented retry, if target cell has not been gained through inspection, you shall configure rmsT16 to wait for receiving measurement report, and then check whether oriented retry is conducted at target cell after rmsT16 is timeout. This process can be repeated for several times.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 20 ~ 60

Unit 100 ms

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Queue period for handover (rmsTqho, 100ms)

T AB L E 121 - QU E U E P E R I O D F O R H AN D O V E R

Full name Queue period for handover

Abbreviation rmsTqho

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It is the maximum allowable queue time for handover attempt, calculated from handover request.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



First Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control (rmT11, 100ms)

T AB L E 122 - F I R S T OV E R L O A D P E R I O D O F FL O W TR AF F I C C O N T R O L

Full name First Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control

Abbreviation mT11

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling point, MSC service, and CCCH.

In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer mT11 for traffic flow control. This clock is used together with mT12 to modify the parameter “ACCESS CONTROL” configured for the cell and notify MS via the system information for flow control. The value of timer must be less than that of timer mT12.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 80

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Second Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control (mT12, 100ms)

T AB L E 123 - S E C O N D OV E R L O A D P E R I O D O F FL O W TR AF F I C C O N T R O L

Full name Second Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control

Abbreviation mT12

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling point, MSC service, and CCCH.

In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer mT12 for traffic flow control. The mT12 timer in combination with mT11 timer modifies ACCESS CONTROL parameter in the cell. BSC notifies the MS to achieve flow control through system information.

The value of timer must be more than that of mT11 timer. The two clocks control the cell flow as follows: When the network receives the overload message for the first time, the system decreases the flow by one level, and starts mT11 and mT12. The OVERLOAD message during mT11 period will be ignored. If the OVERLOAD message is received between mT11 and mT12, the flow will be decreased by another level and both mT11 and mT12 will be restarted. If BSC does not receive OVERLOAD message after mT12 timer stops, the flow increases to one more level, and the mT12 timer restarts. Lower grade and higher grade represent different proportion to reject service.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 150

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Time of Micro-Micro handover delay (Tmicro, 100ms)

T AB L E 124 - T I M E O F MI C R O -M I C R O H AN D O V E R D E L AY

Full name Time of Micro-Micro handover delay

Abbreviation Tmicro

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

In micro-micro handover control, a delay time value is required (the timer value). Timer Start: relevant timer starts instantly when a call enters a micro cell. Timer Stop: relevant timer stops when it reaches the set value. Existing call can use neighboring micro cell in the same layer only when the timer stops. In this way, it could prevent fast moving mobiles staying in the micro cell layer.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 80

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms)

T AB L E 125 - BSIC D E C O D I N G P E R I O D

Full name BSIC decoding period

Abbreviation Tbsic

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The parameter Tbsic defines a period, which is calculated from call establishment or handover completion (inter-cell or intra-cell). TC/I evaluation is considered as unreliable during this period, thus, handover to a special TRX is not allowed. During this period, MS can decode BSIC that interferes with neighboring cells before handover procedure starts.

This parameter is only valid in concentric circle case.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions





Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Protection of resources on external in-Handover (aisT4, 100ms)

T AB L E 126 - P R O T E C T I O N O F R E S O U R C E S O N E X T E R N AL I N -H AN D O V E R

Full name Protection of resources on external in-Handover

Abbreviation aisT4

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

AppRadioApp-AppRadioAvail (external hand in), RadioApplying status protection timer. The timer is in RadioApplying status after receiving the A_Ho_Req message and before receiving APP_RADIO_AVAIL message.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 40

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Serving status protection timer (aisT12, 100ms)

T AB L E 127 - S E R V I N G S T AT U S P R O T E C T I O N T I M E R

Full name Serving status protection timer

Abbreviation aisT12

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Serving status protection timer. After CR is sent and CC is received and before any further message is received. After App_Ass_Com message is received and before the call is cleared. After App_Ho_Com message is received at the handover from external cell and before the call is cleared.

After timer is timeout, handshake is conducted for inter-process message transmission.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 3000

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD (rmsT3121, 100ms)

T AB L E 128 - H AN D O V E R P R O T E C T I N G T I M E R T O WCDMA/FDD

Full name Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD


3GPP Name T3121

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

Timer T3121, protection time after sending inter-system to utran handover command (UM) to UE.

Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends "inter-system to utran handover command" message to MS.

Timer stop: the timer stops when BSC receives "CLEAR COMMAND" message from MSC or "HANDOVER FAILURE" message from MS.

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 650



Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Immediate assignment period (rmsT3101, 100ms)

T AB L E 129 - IM M E D I AT E AS S I G N M E N T P E R I O D

Full name Immediate assignment period


3GPP Name T3101

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

This timer indicates the time period for the instant assigning process.

Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message.

Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives ESTABLISH INDICATION message.

Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSC will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 10 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface, Abis interface



Handover period of source cell (rmsT3103, 100ms)

T AB L E 130 - H A N D O V E R P E R I O D O F S O U R C E C E L

Full name Handover period of source cell


3GPP Name T3103

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

This timer indicates the time period for internal handover process of BSC.

Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends HANDOVER COMMAND message to MS.

Timer Stop: The timer suspends when BSC receives HANDOVER COMPLETE message on a new channel or HANDOVER FAILURE message on an old channel from MS.

Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSC will send a CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC, and the new channel is released.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit 100 ms

Default 60

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces


Assignment period (rmsT3107, 100ms)

T AB L E 131 - AS S I G N M E N T P E R I O D

Full name Assignment period


3GPP Name T3107

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0



Description

This timer indicates the time period for assignment period and internal handover of a cell..

Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS.

Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message or RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message.

Overtime Action: If this time is overtime, in the case of assignment, the former and new channel will be released; in the case of cell internal handover, the BSC will send a CLEAR REQUEST message to the MSC.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit 100 ms

Default 60

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces


Channel release period (rmsT3109, 100ms)

T AB L E 132 - C H AN N E L R E L E AS E P E R I O D

Full name Channel release period


3GPP Name T3109

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0



Description

This timer supervises the channel release process.

Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends RIL3_RR CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.

Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives RELEASE INDICATION message from BTS (when BTS receives DISC frame from MS).

Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 400

Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces


Channel deactivation delay (rmsT3111, 100ms)

T AB L E 133 - C H AN N E L D E A C T I V AT I O N D E L AY

Full name Channel deactivation delay


3GPP Name T3111

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

After releasing the UM interface radio link layer, in order to make sure the radio link is disconnected, BSC sets a period of protection time rmsT3111. Releases the wireless channel and deactivates it after rmsT3111 timer stops.

Timer start: rmsT3111 timer starts when BSC receives RELEASE INDICATION message.

Overtime Action: If rmsT3111 timer is overtime, the BSC will send RF CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS.

Management Object

BSC



Value Range 1 ~ 5

Unit 100 ms

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

Continue Timer for mode modify (TModeModifyConn, 100ms)

T AB L E 134 - C O N T I N U E T I M E R F O R M O D E M O D I F Y

Full name Continue Timer for mode modify

Abbreviation TModeModifyConn

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Connection delay timer. This timer is used to wait for connection finished after sending connection request, including Abis connection and TC connection.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 50 ~ 70

Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Handover protecting time to UTRAN (mT7, 100ms)

T AB L E 135 - H AN D O V E R P R O T E C T I N G T I M E T O UTRAN

Full name Handover protecting time to UTRAN

Abbreviation mT7

3GPP Name T7



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

Description

This timer is used to send HANDOVER REQUIRED to MSC, where target cell is UTRAN cell, waiting for response from MSC.

Timer start: this timer starts if BSC sends HANDOVER REQUIRED to MSC, where target cell is UTRAN cell.

Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives HANDOVER COMMAND from MSC.

Timeout action: configure penalty for UTRAN target cell carried in HANDOVER REQUIRED.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface

Time of destination instance waiting for available resources when forced disconnection (rms T15, 100ms)

T AB L E 136 - T I M E O F D E S T I N AT I O N I N S T AN C E W AI T I N G F O R AV AI L AB L E R E S O U R C E S W H E N F O R C E D D I S C O N N E C T I O N

Full name Available time to wait for resources by the target instance in forced release

Abbreviation rmsT15

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description


Timer start: When the target instance decides forced release, it will send the "PREEMPT APPLY" to the released object.

Timer stop: The target instance receives the "RESOURCE AVAILABLE" message from the released object, indicating that the resources are available.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 10 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Protecting time of FUC response to system message broadcast (BcProtect, 100ms)

T AB L E 137 - P R O T E C T I N G T I M E O F FUC R E S P O N S E T O S Y S T E M M E S S A G E B R O A D C A S T

Full name Protecting time of FUC response to system message broadcast

Abbreviation BcProtect

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Protection timer for system message broadcast to wait for the response of FUC. FUC response is used to ensure BTS correctly receives system message.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

HO performed ack timer (TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms)

T AB L E 138 - HO P E R F O R M E D AC K T I M E R

Full name HO performed ack timer

Abbreviation TwaitHoPFMAck

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When using IP carrier at user plane of interface A, because TC is placed at MGW, CN shall be informed to replace codec during intra-BSC handover. CN replacement codec is triggered by HANDOVER PERFORMED message. To ensure MSC has received this message and successfully command MGS to replace codec against obstacles at speech aspect, HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message is added. This timer is used to wait for HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.

Timer start: it starts when BSC sends HANDOVER PERFORMED message to MSC.

Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.

Timeout action: release call while sending CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 50 ~ 70

Unit 100 ms

Default 60

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

A Interface



GPRS Max Retrying Times

The interface of GPRS maximum retrying times is shown in Figure 17.

F I G U R E 17 - GRPS MAX RETRYING T IMES

MAX times of BVC block retry (BVCBlkMax)

T AB L E 139 - M AX T I M E S O F BVC B L O C K R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of BVC block retry

Abbreviation BVCBlkMax

3GPP Name BVC-BLOCK-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

If the PTP BVC must be blocked due to OAM intervention or equipment faults (disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS will first set the BVC status as “Blocked” and discard the uplink service data.

To notify SGSN to stop sending downlink data, BSS initiates BVC blocking procedure. BSC repeats BVC blocking procedure after sending BVC BLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive BVC BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in BSSGPT1, then BVC blocking repeats for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops BVC blocking and notifies OMS for N times if there is no answer. N depends on maximum retries of BVC BLOCK.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of BVC unblock retry (BVCUnblkMax)

T AB L E 140 - M AX T I M E S O F BVC U N B L O C K R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of BVC unblock retry

Abbreviation BVCUblkMax

3GPP Name BVC-UNBLOCK-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

If the PTP BVC must be unblocked due to the OAM intervention or recovery of the equipment fault (disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS will first set the BVC status as Unblocked.

To notify SGSN to start sending the downlink data, BSS will initiate the BVC unblocking procedure. BSC repeats the BVC unblocking procedure after sending the BVC UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive the BVC UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in BSSGPT1 then BVC unblocking repeats for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops BVC unblocking and notifies OMS for N times if there is no answer. N depends on maximum retries of BVC UNBLOCK.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of BVC reset retry (BVCRestMax)

T AB L E 141 - M AX T I M E S O F BVC R E S E T R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of BVC reset retry

Abbreviation BVCRestMax

3GPP Name BVC-RESET-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

To keep the initial status consistent between the two BVC sides, the “Reset BVC” process must be initiated in the following cases: 1) system faults that affect the BVC function in BSS or SGSN (such as restart upon power-on); 2) lower layer network service entity failure (such as frame relay fault); 3) lower layer network service entity capability update (for example, frame relay capability changed from 0kbps to greater than 0kbps); 4) change of the corresponding relationship between BVC and the cell.

For faults that affect NSE, BSC initiates Signaling BVC RESET procedure. For faults that affect a single BVC, BSC initiates the PTP BVC RESET procedure. BSC initiates all PTP BVC RESET procedure for corresponding NSE after a signaling BVC reset procedure.

BSC repeats the BVC RESET procedure after sending BVC RESET message to SGSN and if BSC fails to receive BVC RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in BSSGPT2.

BSC repeats the BVC RESET procedure for a maximum of N times. BSC stops BVC RESET and notifies OMS for N times if there is no answer. N depends on maximum retries of BVC RESET.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of NS block retry (NSBlkMax)

T AB L E 142 - M AX T I M E S O F NS B L O C K R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of NS block retry

Abbreviation NSBlkMax

3GPP Name NS-BLOCK-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0



Description

BSC repeats the blocking process when sending the NS BLOCK message to SGSN. If NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN fails to reach BSC within specified NS_T1 time then BSC repeats the NS BLOCK message for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops BLOCK procedure and notify OMS for N times if there is no answer. N depends on maximum retries of NS BLOCK.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of NS unblock retry (NSUnblkMax)

T AB L E 143 - M AX T I M E S O F NS U N B L O C K R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of NS unblock retry

Abbreviation NSUnblkMax

3GPP Name NS-UNBLOCK-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

BSC repeats UNBLOCK procedure after sending NS UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive the NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN within NS_T1 timer, then BSC repeats the NS UNBLOCK message for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops UNBLOCK procedure and notify OMS for N times if there is no answer. N depends on maximum retries of NS UNBLOCK.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of NS alive retry (NSAliveMax)

T AB L E 144 - M AX T I M E S O F NS AL I V E R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of NS alive retry

Abbreviation NSAliveMax

3GPP Name NS-ALIVE-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

BSC repeats alive procedure after sending NS Alive message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive NS Alive ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN within NS_T4 timer then BSC repeats NS Alive message for a maximum of N times. NS Alive process is specified by the procotol, used to test connection condition of NSVC terminal side.

BSC stops BSC Alive procedure and notify OMS for N times if there is no answer. N depends on maximum retries of NS Alive.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of suspend retry (SuspendMax)

T AB L E 145 - M AX T I M E S O F S U S P E N D R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of suspend retry

Abbreviation SuspendMax

3GPP Name SUSPEND-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

MS first sends a SUSPEND message to BSS over SDCCH when a Class B GPRS MS is about to initiate a voice service. BSS initiates suspending procedure to SGSN to notify SGSN to stop sending PS paging and downlink packet data after BSS receives the message.

BSC repeats suspending procedure after sending SUSPEND message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive SUSPEND ACK/NACK message from SGSN in BSSGPT3 then BSC repeats the suspending procedure for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops suspending and notify OMS for N times if there is no answer. N depends on maximum suspending retries.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of resume retry (ResumeMax)

T AB L E 146 - M AX T I M E S O F R E S U M E R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of resume retry

Abbreviation ResumeMax

3GPP Name RESUME-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

BSSGP layer parameters. when GPRS-attached MS leaves a special mode, BSS adopts one of the following strategies:

Notify MS of carrying out route area upgrade.

Notify SGSN of recovering the GPRS service.

In case of Routing Area Update, MS and SGSN directly negotiate GMM status. With the “Resume” method (usually for the MS in the packet transmission status), BSS will initiate the "RESUME" process to SGSN for the purpose of notifying SGSN to start the normal packet downlink transmission action. If BSC fails to receive the RESUME ACK/NACK message from SGSN in BSSGPT4, then repeats Resume procedure for a maximum of N times. BSC stops the Resume procedure and notify OMS N times if there is no answer. N depends on the maximum times of resuming retry.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry (UpdateMax)

T AB L E 147 - M AX T I M E S O F R AD I O AC C E S S C AP AB I L I T I E S U P D AT E R E T R Y

Full name MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry

Abbreviation UpdateMax

3GPP Name RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

BSSGP layer parameters. when MS is establishing uplink/downlink TBF, BSS requires information about the radio access capability of MS. BSS obtains such information from SGSN through Radio Access Capabilities Update procedure. BSC repeats this procedure after sending the RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIES UPDATE message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive the RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIES UPDATE ACK/NACK message from SGSN in BSSGPT5 then the Radio Access Capabilities Update procedure repeats for a maximum of N times. After N times if there is no answer, then BSC stops Radio Access Capabilities Update procedure and notify OMS. N depends on the maximum update retry times.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of PFC create retry (DownLoadBssPFCMax)

T AB L E 148 - M AX I M U M T I M E S O F R E T R Y I N G T O C R E AT E PFC

Full name Maximum times of retrying to create PFC

Abbreviation DownLoadBssPFCMax

3GPP Name DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

Max retry times to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC" is not received before timer BSSGPT6 is timeout, BSS sends "Download BSS PFC" message according to max times of retrying to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC" is not received still after trying DownLoadBSSPRCMax+1, the process is completed and inform O&M

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None



Default 3

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-20-002 Streaming Service Policies

ZGF06-20-001 Service based QoS (UMTS)

ZGF06-07-006 Quality of Service (QoS)

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX times of PFC modify retry (ModifyBssPFCMax)

T AB L E 149 - M AX T I M E S O F PFC M O D I F Y R E T R Y

Full name Maximum times of retrying to modify PFC

Abbreviation ModifyBssPFCMax

3GPP Name MODIFY-BSS-PFC-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

Max retry times to modify PFC. If "Modify BSS PFC Ack" is not received before timer BSSGPT8 is timeout, BSS sends "Modify BSS PFC" message according to max times of retrying to modify PFC. If "Modify BSS PFC Ack" is not received still after trying ModifyBssPFCMax +1, the process is completed and inform O&M

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

GPRS Timer Parameters

The interface of GPRS timer parameters is shown in Figure 18 - .



F I G U R E 18 - GPRS T I M E R P AR AM E T E R S

BVC block/unblock retry time (BssgpT1, 100ms)

T AB L E 150 - BVC B L O C K/ U N B L O C K R E T R Y T I M E

Full name BVC block/unblock retry time

Abbreviation BssgpT1

3GPP Name T1

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

It monitors BSSGP blocking/unblocking process. Global process in BSC central module MP uses the timer value. BSS initiates BVC blocking/unblocking procedure for a point-to-point BVC in case of OAM intervention or device faults. BSC repeats this procedure, if SGSN does not return BVC BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACK/NACK messages. The interval between the messages is the BVC blocking/unblocking retry time.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2, 100ms)

T AB L E 151 - BVC R E S E T R E T R Y T I M E

Full name BVC reset retry time


3GPP Name T2

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

It monitors BSSGP reset procedure. BSS initiates "BVC reset" process when BVC (including PTP BVC and signaling BVC) is required to be reset (disconnection to connection at Gb interface, and cell is changed from GPRS support to GPRS/EDGE support) due to certain reason. BSC repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return BVC RESET ACK/NACK message. The interval between the messages is the BVC reset retry time.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Suspend retry time (BssgpT3, 100ms)

T AB L E 152 - S U S P E N D R E T R Y T I M E

Full name Suspend retry time


3GPP Name T3

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

Class B MS notifies the network to suspend packet service when MS is ready to perform a voice service. BSS initiates to suspend SGSN procedure after receiving SUSPEND message from MS and repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return SUSPEND ACK/NACK message. The interval between the messages is the suspend retry time.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms)

T AB L E 153 - R E S U M E R E T R Y T I M E

Full name Resume retry time


3GPP Name T4

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

It monitors BSSGP resuming procedure. Service process in BSC peripheral module MP uses the timer value. BSS initiates resuming procedure to SGSN when GPRS-attached MS is not in dedicated mode and BSS uses Notify SGSN to resume GPRS service policy. BSS repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return RESUME ACK/NACK message. The interval between the messages is the resuming retry time.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Access capability update retry time (BssgpT5, 100ms)

T AB L E 154 - AC C E S S C AP A B I L I T Y U P D AT E R E T R Y T I M E

Full name Access capability update retry time


3GPP Name T5

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

It monitors BSSGP RA_CAPABILITY procedure. Service process in BSC peripheral module MP uses the timer value. BSC repeats Radio Access Capability Update procedure after BSS initiates RA_CAPABILITY procedure to SGSN and if SGSN does not return the RA_CAPABILITY UPDATE ACK/NACK message. The interval between the messages is the retry time for radio access capability update.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6, 100ms)

T AB L E 155 - PFC C R E AT I N G R E T R Y T I M E

Full name PFC creating retry time


3GPP Name T6

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

PFC creating retry time

The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates Download PFC process;

Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN Create PFC message;

Timeout action: retransfer for N times (configurable)

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8, 100ms)

T AB L E 156 - PFC M O D I F Y I N G R E T R Y T I M E

Full name Retry time to modify PFC


3GPP Name T8

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0



Description

Retry time to modify PFC. The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates Modify BSS PFC process;

Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN Modify BSS PFC Ack message;


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure (NS_T1, s)

T AB L E 157 - T I M E R T H AT M O N I T O R S T H E B L O C K / U N B L O C K P R O C E D U R E

Full name Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure

Abbreviation NS_T1

3GPP Name Tns-block

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure. The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

Timer start: it starts if NS block/unblock procedure is initiated;

Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN response;


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 120



Unit s

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Timer that monitors reset procedure (NS_T2, s)

T AB L E 158 - T I M E R T H AT M O N I T O R S R E S E T P R O C E D U R E

Full name Timer that monitors reset procedure

Abbreviation NS_T2

3GPP Name Tns-reset

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

Timer that monitors reset procedure. The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

Timer start: it starts if NS reset is initiated;


Overtime actions: Repeat NS reset process, and the timer restarts

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 120

Unit s

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process (NS_T3, s)

T AB L E 159 - NC-C Y C L E O F NS-VC T E S T P R O C E S S

Full name NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process



Abbreviation NS_T3

3GPP Name Tns-test

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process. The conditions of timer start, restart, and timeout actions are as follows:

Timer start: it starts after NS Reset process is finished;

Timer restart: it restarts after receiving NS Alive Ack;

Timeout action: send NS Alive message on timeout.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 60

Unit s

Default 30

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC (NS_T4, s)

T AB L E 160 - T I M E R T H AT M O N I T O R S AL I V E P R O C E S S O F NSVC

Full name Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC

Abbreviation NS_T4

3GPP Name Tns-alive

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0



Description

Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC. The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

Timer start: it starts if NS Alive is initiated;



Management Object

BSC

Value Range 3

Unit s

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

MAX attempt period of reset (NS_T5, s)

T AB L E 161 - M A X I M U M AT T E M P T P E R I O D O F R E S E T

Full name Maximum attempt period of reset

Abbreviation NS_T5

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Maximum attempt period of reset.

Start timer NS_T5 while starting NS reset process, no reset response is received before NS_T2 timer is timeout, repeat NS reset process until timer NS_T5 is timeout. If still no reset response is received, NS reset process shall be terminated and report NS alarm to O&M. If reset response is received prior to timeout, the timer is cleared.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 180

Unit s

Default 180

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

TFI and USF release timer (T3169, 10ms)

T AB L E 162 - TF I AN D USF R E L E AS E T I M E R

Full name TFI and USF release timer

Abbreviation T3169

3GPP Name T3169

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is timer T3169. During the packet uplink transmission, if N3101 or N3103 counter stops, BSS starts the T3169 timer. Network utilizes TFI and USF resources on release when T3169 stops.

Timer Start: T3169 timer starts when the counter N3101 = N3101_MAX or the counter N3103 = N3103_MAX.

Timer Stop: None;

Timeout action: Release USF and TFI resources.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 10 ms

Default 500

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)

T AB L E 163 - TBF R E L E AS E T I M E R

Full name TBF Release Timer

Abbreviation T3191

3GPP Name T3191



3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is timer T3191. During the packet downlink transmission, RLC data block transmits BSN on maximum load condition (that is, the final downlink data block). Network sends RLC data block with Final Block Identifier (FBI) field set at 1. FBI includes effective RRBP field to initialize the release of downlink TBF. Network starts the T3191 timer. For each RLC data block that receives FBI with value 1 and contains effective RRBP domain:

In acknowledged mode, MS sends the Package Downlink Confirmation/Non-confirmation message with Final Acknowledgement Identifier (FAI) domain as 1 through the uplink block specified in RRBP domain. Network re-transmits the RLC data block until receiving PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message and before the T3191 timer stops. T3191 timer is enabled when the network wish to re-transmit again. The network releases TBF when T3193 timer stops. The network also releases TBF when T3191 stops.

In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the uplink block specified as per RRBP field. T3191 terminates to enable only when the network receives the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message before T3191 stops. The network releases TBF when T3193 timer stops. The network also releases TBF when T3191 stops.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 10 ms

Default 500

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface



TBF release time of downlink transmission (T3193, 10ms)

T AB L E 164 - TBF R E L E AS E T I M E O F D O W N L I N K T R AN S M I S S I O N

Full name TBF release time of downlink transmission

Abbreviation T3193

3GPP Name T3193

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is timer T3193 which is used for protection on TBF release during downlink packet transmission. Refer to the description of T3191 timer given below:

Timer start condition: The final “PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK” or “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE” message is received.

Timer stop: The network establishes a new downlink TBF.

Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.

This parameter is bigger than timer T3192 to make sure the TFI of MS is unique at the same time.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 10 ms

Default 51

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

TBF protect time when radio link failure (T3195, 10ms)

T AB L E 165 - TBF P R O T E C T T I M E W H E N R AD I O L I N K F AI L U R E

Full name TBF protect time when radio link failure

Abbreviation T3195

3GPP Name T3195



3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter the protection time of TBF when the radio link fails or when the cell change leads to MS failure to respond. During the packet downlink transmission, if the N3105 counter stops, BSS starts the T3195 timer. Network uses the TFI resource again when T3195 timer stops.

Timer start: T3195 timer starts when the counter N3105 = N3105_MAX

Timer stop: None.

Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 10 ms

Default 500

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

PS channel delay release timer (PSRelDelay, 100ms)

T AB L E 166 - PS C H AN N E L D E L AY R E L E A S E T I M E R

Full name PS channel delay release timer

Abbreviation PSRelDelay

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Information of releasing this PS channel when this threshold is achieved. The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

Timer start: it starts while all service are released on PDTCH;

Timeout action: release PDTCH channel, during which if this channel is occupied again, the timer shall be cleared.

Management Object

BSC




Unit 100 ms

Default 300

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RIR Timer (TRIR, 100ms)

T AB L E 167 - R IR T I M E R

Full name RIR Timer

Abbreviation TRIR

3GPP Name T(RIR)

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

RIM RIR timer duration.

This timer starts while controlling BSS sends request message to serving BSS; this timer stops while receiving PDU message sent by serving BSS. If this timer is timeout, message request process is failed, or message request process is initiated again by controlling BSS.

This parameter is valid after "support RIM" function is enabled.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

RI Timer (TRI, 100ms)

T AB L E 168 - R I T I M E R

Full name RI Timer



Abbreviation TRI

3GPP Name T(RI)

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

RIM RI timer duration.

This timer starts when serving BSS sends message PDU to controlling BSS and response indication bit is configured as "Ack response is required". This timer stops while receiving Ack from controlling BSS. If this timer is timeout, the process is failed, or message indication process is initiated again by serving BSS.


Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

RIAE Timer (RIAE, 100ms)

T AB L E 169 - R I AE T I M E R

Full name RIAE Timer

Abbreviation TRIAE

3GPP Name T(RIAE)

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

RIM RIAE timer duration.

This timer starts when controlling BSS initiates RAN Information Application Error process and response indication bit is configured as "Ack response is required". This timer stops while receiving Ack response from serving BSS. If this timer is timeout, the process is failed, or this process is initiated again by controlling BSS.


Management Object

BSC




Unit 100 ms

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface


The interface of AMR half method parameters is shown in Figure 19.

F I G U R E 19 - AMR H AL F M E T H O D P AR AM E T E R S



AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs)

T AB L E 170 - AMR H AL F AC T I V E C O D E C S E T

Full name AMR Half Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrHalfAcs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The code has 8 bits. Bit 6~ Bit 8: reserved; Bit 5: 7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70 kbps …… Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. ‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’ represents ‘0’. Four coding modes could be set at the most. Default code is 00011110 (that is 30).

Management Object

BSC

Value Range From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70 kbit/s to 7.40 kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.

Unit None

Default Default is [No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes] in order.

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-005 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)

Relevant parameters


Related interfaces

--




T AB L E 171 - TH R E S H O L D S O F AMR

Full name Thresholds of AMR

Abbreviation AmrThresholds

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The threshold of changing AMR mode includes five factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, and AmrThresholds5. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1 =< AmrThresholds2 =< AmrThresholds3 =< AmrThresholds4 =< AmrThresholds5

AmrThresholds1+AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2+AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3+AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4+AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5+AmrHysteresis5

Management Object

BSC

Value Range

Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Value range is 0~63.

0: 0.0 dB;

1: 0.5 dB;

2: 1.0 dB

……

63: 31.5 dB

Unit None

Default [22, 25, 29, 34, 40]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 172 - H Y S T E R E S I S O F AMR

Full name Hysteresis of AMR



Abbreviation AmrHysteresis

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes five factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, and AmrHysteresis5. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1+AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2+AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3+AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4+AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5+AmrHysteresis5

Management Object

BSC

Value Range


0: 0.0 dB;

1: 0.5 dB;

2: 1.0 dB

……

15: 7.5 dB

Unit None

Default [4, 5, 5, 6, 6]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM)

T AB L E 173 - IN I T I AL C O D E C M O D E

Full name Initial codec mode

Abbreviation IsAmrlCM

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Use the coding mode specified by Startmode

Management Object

BSC



Value Range Startmode codec, Initial codec mode

Unit None

Default Startmode codec

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 174 - S T AR T M O D E C O D E C M O D E

Full name Startmode codec mode

Abbreviation AmrStartMode

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Startmode codec mode

Management Object

BSC



Value Range

When only a value is configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;

When two values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~3;

When three values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~2;

When four values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1;

When all values are configured as "No" for 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is null;


1: Select the coding mode with lowest bit rate as the initial coding mode.

2: Select the coding mode with the second lowest bit rate, if there is more than one coding mode.

3: Select the coding mode with the third lowest bit rate, if there is more than two coding modes.

4: Select the coding mode with the fourth lowest bit rate, if there are more than three coding modes.

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 175 - E N AB L E N O I S E C O N T R O L

Full name Enable noise control



Abbreviation IsAmrNscb

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter defines whether AMR noise control is enabled, that is, to suppress background noise and keep original voice quality.

No: Enable noise suppression;

Yes: Disable noise suppression;

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


The interface of AMR full method parameters is shown in Figure 20 - .



F I G U R E 20 - AMR F U L L M E T H O D P AR AM E T E R S

AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)

T AB L E 176 - AMR F U L L AC T I V E C O D E C SE T

Full name AMR full Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrFullAcs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits. Bit 8: 12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit 5: 6.70 kbps … Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. ‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’ represents ‘0’. Default code is 10101010 (that is 170).

Management Object

BSC

Value Range From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70 kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, 7.95 kbit/s, 10.2 kbit/s to 12.2 kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.

Unit None

Default Default is [No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes] in order.

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters




Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The threshold of changing AMR mode includes seven factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, AmrThresholds5, AmrThresholds6, AmrThresholds7. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1 =< AmrThresholds2 =< AmrThresholds3 =< AmrThresholds4 =< AmrThresholds5 =< AmrThresholds6 =< AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1+AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2 + AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 + AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 + AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5 + AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 + AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 + AmrHysteresis7

Management Object

BSC

Value Range

Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. Value range is 0~63.

0: 0.0 dB;

1: 0.5 dB;

2: 1.0 dB

……

63: 31.5 dB

Unit None

Default [6, 9, 13, 18, 24, 31, 39]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--







3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes seven factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5, AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1+AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2+AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3+AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4+AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5+AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6+AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7+AmrHysteresis7

Management Object

BSC

Value Range


0: 0.0 dB;

1: 0.5 dB;

2: 1.0 dB

……

15: 7.5 dB

Unit None

Default [3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

Related interfaces

--




Abbreviation IsAmrICM



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

BSC


Unit None


Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

BSC



Value Range

When four values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;

When five values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~3;

When six values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~2;

When seven values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1;

When all values are configured as "No" for 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is null;






Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--







3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description




Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






BVC flow control period (CellFcPer, 10ms)

T AB L E 182 - BVC F L O W C O N T R O L P E R I O D

Full name BVC flow control period

Abbreviation CellFcPer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is the BVC leakage ratio measurement period in the ‘BVC Flow Control’ process, that is, BVC long measurement period.

To provide reference to the BVC flow control at SGSN side, the BSSGP process at BSS side periodically measures the current BVC leakage ratio. BSC initiates the ‘BVC flow control’ procedure unconditionally when the long measurement timer overflows. SGSN confirms to BSC if the difference of leakage ratios between the two times exceeds CellFcThs. BSC also initiates ‘BVC flow control’ procedure with SGSN confirmation if the short measurement timer overflows, and the difference of the leakage ratio between the two timers exceed CellFcThs.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 10 ms



Default 3000

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-07-009 DL Flow Control

ZGF06-07-010 BVC Flow Control (in DL)

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MS flow control period (MsFcPer, 10ms)

T AB L E 183 - MS F L O W C O N T R O L P E R I O D

Full name MS flow control period

Abbreviation MsFcPer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is the MS leakage ratio measurement period in the ‘MS Flow Control’ process, that is, MS long measurement period.

For reference of flow control at SGSN side, the BSSGP process at BSS side periodically measures the current leakage ratio of each MS. When the long measurement timer overflows, the “MS Flow Control” process is initialized unconditionally. If the difference between the two leakage ratios exceeds MsFcThs, SGSN must acknowledge it. When the short measurement timer overflows, and the difference between the two leakage ratios exceeds MsFcThs, the “MS Flow Control” process is initialized, which also needs acknowledgement of SGSN.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 10 ms

Default 3000

Relevant Functions


ZGF06-07-011 MS Flow Control (in DL)

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



NSVC peer to peer delay (Delay, ms)

T AB L E 184 - NSVC P E E R T O P E E R D E L AY

Full name NSVC Peer to Peer Delay

Abbreviation Delay

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This is an NS link layer parameter. NSVC is an end-to-end concept. The NSVC end-to-end delay is a basis for flow control in frame relay. It is optionally configured in the background.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit ms

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cn

T AB L E 185 - C N

Full name Cn

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is used to determine the increase of coding mode level.

Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively. The low level coding mode has higher error correction capability and lower data throughput. User can choose different coding modes for each timeslot or even each TBF.

The network selects the coding mode dynamically according to the data rate requirement and radio transmission quality at the transmission of the GPRS data, to reach maximum radio throughput. Good radio transmission quality means that the probability of the retransmission of the error radio blocks is small. In this time the coding mode that carries large data volume (that is, high level coding mode) can be used.

For TBF (uplink and downlink) in the channel coding mode CSn (1=n=3), if the number of data blocks transmitted consecutively and correctly exceeds the predefined parameter Cn[n-1], the coding mode will be increased by one level.

Footnote 1, 2, and 3 in the interface are coding conversion parameters among CS1~CS2, CS2~CS3, and CS3～CS4.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 85

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-03-004 Switching Points between Coding Schemes Configurable

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Nn

T AB L E 186 - N N

Full name Nn

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is used to determine the decrease of coding mode level. It is used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.

Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively. The low level coding mode has higher error correction capability and lower data throughput.

User can choose different coding modes for each timeslot or even each TBF. The network selects the coding mode dynamically according to the data rate requirement and radio transmission quality at the transmission of the GPRS data, to reach maximum radio throughput.

The coding mode with stronger anti-interference capability (that is, low level coding mode) must be used when the radio transmission quality is poor. The coding level decreases to one level if Nn[n-2] data blocks are transmitted, the number of consecutive data blocks losses in the coding mode CSn (2 =< n =< 4) for the TBF (downlink and uplink) is Xn[n-2]%.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 20

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Xn (%)

T AB L E 187 - X N

Full name Xn (%)

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is the threshold for determining the decrease in the level of the coding mode. It is used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.

Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively. The low level coding mode has higher error correction capability and lower data throughput.

User can choose different coding modes for each timeslot or even each TBF. The network selects the coding mode dynamically according to the data rate requirement and radio transmission quality at the transmission of the GPRS data, to reach maximum radio throughput.

The coding mode with stronger anti-interference capability (that is, low level coding mode) must be used when the radio transmission quality is poor. The coding level decreases to one level if Nn[n-2] data blocks are transmitted, the number of consecutive data blocks losses in the coding mode CSn (2 =< n =< 4) for the TBF (downlink and uplink) is Xn[n-2]%.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 25

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink data blocks (N3101)

T AB L E 188 - M AX AL L O W E D N U M B E R O F C O N T I N U O U S L O S S E S O F U P L I N K D AT A B L O C K S

Full name MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink data blocks

Abbreviation N3101

3GPP Name N3101

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is counter N3101, which is used at RLC/MAC layer of BRP. During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies USF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for each uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101 clears for that TBF. If the number of losses in specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then T3169 timer starts. Network uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 9 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries (N3103)

T AB L E 189 - T I M E S O F P AC K E T U P L I N K ACK/N ACK R E T R I E S

Full name Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries

Abbreviation N3103

3GPP Name N3103

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is counter N3103, which is used at RLC/MAC layer of BRP.

Network sends a PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message and sets FAI as 1 during packet uplink transmission, if network detects that all RLC data blocks have been received at the end of uplink TBF (CV = 0, and V(Q) = V(R). The RLC/MAC control block header contains a valid RRBP domain. Counter N3103 clears.

MS sends PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the block specified in RRBP and release TBF if MS receives PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message with FAI1 from network side.

Network re-transmits PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message with N3103 counter incrementing, if the network fails to receive PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the radio block specified in the RRBP field.

The network starts T3169 timer if the value of N3103 exceeds the limiting N3103max. Network uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink RLC/MAC control message (N3105)

T AB L E 190 - M AX AL L O W E D N U M B E R O F C O N T I N U O U S L O S S E S O F U P L I N K RLC/MAC C O N T R O L M E S S AG E

Full name MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink RLC/MAC control message

Abbreviation N3105

3GPP Name N3105

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is counter N3105, which is used at RLC/MAC layer of BRP.

During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies USF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for each uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101 clears for that TBF. If the number of losses in specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then T3169 timer starts. Network uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Support extended uplink dynamic allocation (ExUpDynSupport)

T AB L E 191 - S U P P O R T E X T E N D E D U P L I N K D Y N AM I C AL L O C AT I O N

Full name Support extended uplink dynamic allocation

Abbreviation ExUpDynSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It describes to support extended uplink dynamic allocation. Extended uplink dynamic allocation is Extend Dynamic Allocation. While using this function, the MS only need listen USF allocation with the least timeslot, so you can determine to send uplink block on all allocated uplink timeslot. When this parameter is configured as Yes and cell parameter EXUPDYNSUPPORT is also enabled, it indicates the cell starting extended dynamic allocation function.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No



Relevant Functions

ZGF06-05-002 Extended Dynamic Allocation

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--




NACC supported (NACCSupport)

T AB L E 192 - N ACC S U P P O R T E D

Full name NACC supported

Abbreviation NACCSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

LLC framework conversion refers to the process: on NACC, if target cell is the cell in BSC, downlink LLC frame data that has not been sent to this MS from BSC is transferred to target cell, and then it is sent to this MS after MS uplink TBF link is established.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Not Support NACC; Support NACC, not LLC Frame Transfer; Support NACC and LLC Frame Transfer.

Unit None

Default Not support NACC

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-01-004 Network-assisted Cell Change

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BSC's net operation mode (NMO)

T AB L E 193 - BSC' S N E T O P E R AT I O N M O D E

Full name BSC's net operation mode

Abbreviation NMO

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

There are three network operation modes:

Network operation mode 1: The network sends CS paging message to ‘GPRS attached’ MS on the same channel as GPRS paging channel (packet paging channel or CCCH paging channel), or on GPRS traffic channel (when a packet data channel is allocated). Mode 1 indicates that MS only need to monitor one paging channel.

Network operation mode 1 is required while configuring PBCCH; Gs interfce is required while configuring network operation mode 1.

Network operation mode 2: The network sends CS paging message to ‘GPRS attached’ MS on CCCH paging channel, for GPRS paging. Mode 2 indicates that the MS only need to monitor CCCH paging channel, but when BSC allocates a packet data channel, the CS paging message uses the CCCH paging channel.

Network operation mode 3: The network sends CS paging message to ‘GPRS attached’ MS on CCCH paging channel, while GPRS paging message is sent either on packet paging channel (if packet paging channel is available in the cell) or on CCCH channel. Mode 3 indicates that the MS must monitor two paging channels (if packet paging channel is available in the cell) in order to receive CS or GPRS paging message.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Network operation mode 1, 2, and 3

Unit None

Default Network Operation Mode 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Satellite transmission at Gb interface indication (IsSatelliteGB)

T AB L E 194 - S AT E L L I T E T R AN S M I S S I O N AT GB I N T E R F AC E I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Satellite transmission at Gb interface indication

Abbreviation IsStatelliteGB

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It describes whether BSC system supports "satellite transmission at Gb interface". This function is mainly to implement the modification of delay.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-01-018 Gb Interface over Satellite

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Extended RLC send window allowed (IsWindowExpend)

T AB L E 195 - E X T E N D E D RLC S E N D W I N D O W AL L O W E D

Full name Extended RLC send window allowed

Abbreviation IsWindowExpend

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Whether extended RLC send window is allowed

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support TBF establish (TBF_EST)

T AB L E 196 - S U P P O R T TBF E S T AB L I S H

Full name Support TBF establish

Abbreviation TBF_EST

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Indicates whether BSC supports TBF establishment process. TBF flow establishment refers to while releasing uplink TBF, to determin whether new uplink TBF shall be established immediately for CTRL_ACK field in Packet Control Acknowledgement message.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support signal extended uplink TBF (SIGNAL_EUTBF)

T AB L E 197 - S U P P O R T S I G N AL E X T E N D E D U P L I N K TBF

Full name Support signal extended uplink TBF

Abbreviation SIGNAL_EUTBF

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter indicates whether signaling uplink TBF can use extended uplink TBF functions. This parameter has the functions when the cell supports for extended uplink TBF. Signaling TBF at this place refers to TBF established to transmit GMM signaling.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-07-008 Delayed TBF Release in UL

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Resource pool for PS rate (PsAbisThs, %)

T AB L E 198 - R E S O U R C E P O O L F O R PS R AT E

Full name Resource pool for PS rate

Abbreviation PsAbisThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Full dynamic Abis resource pool provides use proportion of PS channel. if default value for this parameter is configured as 80%, which refers to upper limit for PS. The aim is to idle Abis resource while CS channel is activated. If this threshold is exceeded, Abis resource can't be allocated to PS service again.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 80

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-01-023 Full Dynamic Abis Allocation

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Downlink TBF retry (DITBFRetry)

T AB L E 199 - D O W N L I N K TBF R E T R Y

Abbreviation DITBFRetry

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Indicates the number of retry after downlink poll overflow

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Not retry; one time; two times

Unit None

Default Not retry

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Maximum PS uplink user per ts (MaxPsUserPerTs_0)

T AB L E 200 - M AX I M U M PS U P L I N K U S E R P E R T S

Full name Maximum PS uplink user per ts

Abbreviation MaxPsUserPerTs_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes maximum PS uplink user per ts.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 2 ~ 8

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Maximum PS downlink user per ts (MaxPsUserPerTs_1)

T AB L E 201 - M AX I M U M PS D O W N L I N K U S E R P E R T S

Full name Maximum PS downlink user per ts

Abbreviation MaxPsUserPerTs_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes maximum PS downlink user per ts.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 2 ~ 16

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS capability threshold 0 (PSCapaThs_0)

T AB L E 202 - PS C AP AB I L I T Y T H R E S H O L D 0

Full name PS capability threshold 0

Abbreviation PSCAPATHS_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is one of timeslot group PS access capability (PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1). 0 represents uplink, 1 represents downlink.

To reach the purpose of radio channel cluster for similar service, PS channel allocation algorithm will try to allocate on the busiest TRX with existing PS service, until the access capability of this TRX is reduced to certain degree.

PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1 is a threshold configured for timeslot average of timeslot group access capacity on TRX. When average value of access capacity is reduced to this threshold, you shall try to find new TRX to meet the demands of PS channel application to search new TRX.

For instance: PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1=3/2

It indicates the idlest timeslot group for TRX has 3Abis resource for each radio timeslot, and it carries more than 2 users, you shall attempt aborting this TRX, and attempt PS access on some idle TRXs. If idler TRX can’t be found, you have to allocate it on the carrier with very poor access capability.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 40

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PS capability threshold 1 (PSCAPATHS_1)

T AB L E 203 - PS C AP AB I L I T Y T H R E S H O L D 1

Full name PS capability threshold 1

Abbreviation PSCAPATHS_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is one of timeslot group PS access capability (PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1). 0 represents uplink, 1 represents downlink.

To reach the purpose of radio channel cluster for similar service, PS channel allocation algorithm will try to allocate on the busiest TRX with existing PS service, until the access capability of this TRX is reduced to certain degree.

PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1 is a threshold configured for timeslot average of timeslot group access capacity on TRX. When average value of access capacity is reduced to this threshold, you shall try to find new TRX to meet the demands of PS channel application to search new TRX.

For instance: PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1=3/2

It indicates the idlest timeslot group for TRX has 3Abis resource for each radio timeslot, and it carries more than 2 users, you shall attempt aborting this TRX, and attempt PS access on some idle TRXs. If idler TRX can’t be found, you have to allocate it on the carrier with very poor access capability.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 40

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BVC Flow Control Parameters

The interface of BVC flow control parameters is as shown in Figure 23.



F I G U R E 23 - BVC FLOW CONTROL P ARAMETERS

BVC flow control supported (BVCFlowCtrl)

T AB L E 204 - BVC F L O W C O N T R O L S U P P O R T E D

Full name BVC flow control supported

Abbreviation BVCFlowCtrl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes, in order to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandoning some LLC data because of the overtime caused by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC data because of limit of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame caches).

BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking rate of BVC periodically (including short statistics and long statistics). This parameter originates unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows and SGSN acknowledgement is necessary if discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs. ‘BVC flow control supported’ originates and SGSN confirmation is necessary if short statistics timer overflows and discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs.

Management Object

BSC



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MS flow control supported (MSFlowCtrl)

T AB L E 205 - MS F L O W C O N T R O L S U P P O R T E D

Full name MS flow control supported

Abbreviation MSFlowCtrl

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

MS flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes, to avoid one MS on BSS to abandoning some LLC data because of the overtime caused by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC data because of limit of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame caches).

BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking rate of MS periodically (including short statistics and long statistics). This parameter originates unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows and SGSN acknowledgement is necessary if discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over MsFcThs. “MS flow control supported” originates and SGSN confirmation is necessary if short statistics timer overflows and discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over MsFcThs.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode)

T AB L E 206 - F L O W C O N T R O L M O D E

Full name Flow control mode

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BSC has different flow control modes report flow control parameters to SGSN. The modes are as follows:

1: Mode 1: Report flow control parameters according to actual traffic on radio interface counted at BSC;

2: Mode 2: Report flow control parameters according to max traffic that the cell can provide;

3: Mode 3: Reserved

"Flow control mode 1 parameter" is enabled if selecting "mode 1"; "Flow control mode 2 parameter" is enabled if selecting "mode 2".

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Parameter of flow control mode1 (FlowCtrlMode1Para)

T AB L E 207 - P AR AM E T E R O F FL O W C O N T R O L M O D E 1

Full name Parameter of Flow control mode 1

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode1Para



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BSC reports flow control parameters according to actual traffic at radio interface when adopting mode 1. Actual counted value is smaller due to radio interface re-transmission and TBF failure. So BSC multiplies the actual traffic with a multiple determined by this parameter when reporting flow control parameters.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 bps

Default 1

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Parameter of flow control mode2 (FlowCtrlMode2Para)

T AB L E 208 - P AR AM E T E R O F FL O W C O N T R O L M O D E 2

Full name Parameter of Flow control mode 2

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode2Para

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BSC reports flow control parameters according to max traffic that the cell can provide when adopting mode 2. Maximum value depends on configured channels. Counting formula: channels * max traffic that every channel can provide. This parameter is max traffic that every channel can provide, with the unit of 100 bps.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 bps

Default 214

Relevant Functions





Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

BVC flow control R MIN value (BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100bps)

T AB L E 209 - BVC F L O W C O N T R O L R MIN V A L U E

Full name BVC flow control R MIN value

Abbreviation BVCFlowCtrlRMin

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in reported BVC flow control parameters under all kinds of flow control mode, that is, the reported parameter R must be equal or over the set value, in the unit of 100 bps.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 bps

Default 80

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MS flow control R MIN value (MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100bps)

T AB L E 210 - MS F L O W C O N T R O L R MIN V AL U E

Full name MS flow control R MIN value

Abbreviation MSFlowCtrlRMin

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in reported MS flow control parameters under all kinds of flow control mode, that is, the reported parameter R must be equal or over the set value, in the unit of 100 bps.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100 bps

Default 80

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BVC flow control threshold (CellFcThs, %)

T AB L E 211 - BVC F L O W C O N T R O L T H R E S H O L D

Full name BVC flow control threshold

Abbreviation CellFcThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It is the triggering threshold of 'BVC flow control'. BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes, in order to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandoning some LLC data because of the overtime caused by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC data because of limit of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame caches). The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically (long or short) measures the current leakage ratio of BVC. If the long measurement timer overflows, the "BVC Flow Control" process is initiated unconditionally. If the difference between the two consecutive leakage ratios is more than CellFcThs, SGSN must acknowledge it. If the short measurement timer overflows and the difference between the two consecutive leakage ratios is more than CellFcThs, the "BVC Flow Control" process is initiated, which also needs acknowledgement of SGSN.

Management Object

BSC



Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 80

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MS flow control threshold (MsFcThs, %)

T AB L E 212 - MS F L O W C O N T R O L T H R E S H O L D

Full name MS flow control threshold

Abbreviation MsFcThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The triggering threshold of MS flow control. MS flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes, to avoid one MS on BSS to abandoning some LLC data because of the overtime caused by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC data because of limit of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame caches). The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically (long or short) measures the current leakage ratio of MS. If the long measurement timer overflows, the “MS Flow Control” process is initiated unconditionally. If the difference between the two consecutive leakage ratios is more than MsFcThs, SGSN must acknowledge it. If the short measurement timer overflows and the difference between the two consecutive leakage ratios is more than MsFcThs, the “MS Flow Control” process is initiated, which also needs acknowledgement of SGSN.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 80

Relevant Functions





Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

FUC Flow Control Map Parameter

Interface of FUC Flow Control Map parameter shown in Figure 24.

F I G U R E 24 - FUC FL O W C O N T R O L M AP P AR AM E T E R S

Flow control reason

T AB L E 213 - FL O W C O N T R O L R E AS O N

Full name Flow control reason

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes FUC flow control level.

The parameter value corresponding to level 0 can’t be modified.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Level 0~10



Unit None

Default [Level 0~10]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Hurry Call

T AB L E 214 - H U R R Y C AL L

Full name Emergency call

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes hurry call percentage corresponding to certain FUC flow control level.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range Level 0~10, value range is: 0~100

Unit %

Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]

Relevant Functions


ZGF05-25-006 Emergency Call Handling

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Call Rebuilt

T AB L E 215 - C AL L R E B U I L T

Full name Call Rebuilt

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter describes call rebuilt percentage corresponding to certain FUC flow control level.


Management Object

BSC


Unit %

Default [0, 50, 75, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Call Response

T AB L E 216 - C AL L R E S P O N S E

Full name Call Response

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes call response percentage corresponding to certain FUC flow control level.


Management Object

BSC


Unit %

Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 50, 50, 75, 75, 75]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Calling

T AB L E 217 - C AL L I N G

Full name Calling

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes calling percentage corresponding to certain FUC flow control level.


Management Object

BSC


Unit %

Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 40, 78, 100, 100, 100]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Site Refresh

T AB L E 218 - S I T E R E F R E S H

Full name Location Update

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes site refresh percentage corresponding to certain FUC flow control level.


Management Object

BSC


Unit %

Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 50, 75]



Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Access

T AB L E 219 - GPRS AC C E S S

Full name GPRS access

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description



Management Object

BSC


Unit %

Default [0, 0, 0, 20, 46, 73, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Restore

T AB L E 220 - R E S T O R E

Full name Restore

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description





Management Object

BSC


Unit %

Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Flow control map slim adjust (bit)

T AB L E 221 - FL O W C O N T R O L M AP S L I M AD J U S T (B I T )

Full name Flow control map slim adjust (bit)

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

FUC establishes a channel request refuse map. After flow control is started, you can be based on this bitmap to determine whether certain access can be refused.

Each bit in this map represents whether to allow channel access due to this reason: 1 represents refusal, 0 represents allowance.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range None

Unit Bit

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 25.



F I G U R E 25 - EDGE P R O P E R T Y P AR AM E T E R S

Support PFC (PFC Support)

T AB L E 222 - S U P P O R T PFC

Full name Support PFC

Abbreviation PFCSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

Section 44.060 12.24, 23.060, 48.018

Description

This parameter is broadcasted through SI13, PSI1, and PSI13 messages.

In EGPRS system with broadband features, the QoS concept of UMTS has been imported, which enables transferring the negotiable QoS configuration to BSS through Gb interface. BSS can maintain QoS subscribing information through function PFC (packet flow context) flow, which include acquiring QoS, modifying QoS, and deleting QoS signaling flow.

Network notifies MS whether the network supports PFC flow through the system message parameter PFC_FEATURE_MODE. If yes, the MS will add PFI when establishing uplink TBF (PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST). BSS can decide QoS as MS requires according to PFI.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BSC support page coordination (PagCoordination)

T AB L E 223 - BSC S U P P O R T P AG E C O O R D I N AT I O N

Full name BSC support page coordination

Abbreviation PagCoordination

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter determines whether intra-BSC cell supports CS based paging. This parameter is broadcasted in GPRS CELL OPTIONS through SI13, PSI1, and PSI13 messages. For more information, refer to the protocol 04.60 12.24. It is invalid when NMO is 1.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

R99 Ind (R99Ind)

T AB L E 224 - R99 I N D

Full name R99 Ind

Abbreviation R99Ind



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

R99 protocol version ID. BSS considers this parameter as a basis to determine whether to encode/decode message field added after R99 version for the protocol.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range Version of R98 or it’s before, Version of R99

Unit None

Default R99 version

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

RS

T AB L E 225 - RS

Full name RS

Abbreviation RS

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Uplink throughput weight value at Gb interface, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 20

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



RR

T AB L E 226 - RR

Full name RR

Abbreviation RR

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Downlink throughput weight value at Gb interface, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 20

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RA

T AB L E 227 - R A

Full name RA

Abbreviation RA

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Weight value of EGPRS MS accessing request times, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

RM

T AB L E 228 - RM

Full name RM

Abbreviation RM

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Weight value of high-bandwidth request times, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 25

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RB

T AB L E 229 - RB

Full name RB

Abbreviation RB

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Weight value of the highest bandwidth usage, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RG

T AB L E 230 - RG

Full name RG

Abbreviation RG

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter defines weights of GPRS carrier proportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RE

T AB L E 231 - RE

Full name RE

Abbreviation RE

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter defines weights of EDGE carrier proportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100



Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

C

T AB L E 232 - C

Full name C

Abbreviation C

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter defines how to trigger adjustment threshold of dynamic resource

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS

The interface of IP information parameters is as shown in Figure 26.



F I G U R E 26 - IP I N F O R M AT I O N P AR AM E T E R S

Begin NSVC of IPGB (IPGBStartNSVC)

T AB L E 233 - B E G I N NSVC O F IPGB

Full name Begin NSVC of IPGB

Abbreviation IPGBStartNSVC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes the initial value of foreground NSVC on IPGB, indicating NSVC value for IPGB is generated from this value.

Management Object

BSC


Unit None

Default 32768

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-01-027 Gb over IP

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

Gb interface

SNS add retries (SNSAddMax)

T AB L E 234 - SNS AD D R E T R I E S

Full name SNS add retries

Abbreviation SNSAddMax

3GPP Name SNS-ADD-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

This parameter describes the max retries of SNS addition operation, when SNS Ack is not received for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries addition operation repeatedly. The process ends and informs O&M when SNS Ack is still not received after the max retries.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

SGSN configure retries (SNSConfigMax)

T AB L E 235 - C O N F I G U R E R E T R I E S

Full name SGSN configure retries

Abbreviation SNSConfigMax

3GPP Name SNS-CONFIG-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

This parameter describes the max retries of SNS configuration operation, when SNS Config Ack is not received for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries configuration operation repeatedly. The process ends and informs O&M when SNS Config Ack is still not received after the max retries.



Management Object

BSC

Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

SNS modify retries (SNSChgWeightMax)

T AB L E 236 - SNS M O D I F Y R E T R I E S

Full name SNS modify retries

Abbreviation SNSChgWeightMax

3GPP Name SNS-CHANGEWEIGHT-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

This parameter describes the max retries of SNS change weight, when SNS Ack is not received for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries change weight repeatedly. The process ends and informs O&M when SNS Ack is still not received after the max retries.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

SNS delete retries (SNSDelMax)

T AB L E 237 - SGSN D E L E T E R E T R I E S

Full name SNS delete retries

Abbreviation SNSDelMax



3GPP Name SNS-DELETE-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

This parameter describes the max retries of SNS delete operation, when SNS Ack is not received for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries delete operation repeatedly. The process ends and informs O&M when SNS Ack is still not received after the max retries.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

SNS SIZE (SNSSizeMax)

T AB L E 238 - SNS S IZE

Full name SNS SIZE

Abbreviation SNSSizeMax

3GPP Name SNS-SIZE-RETRIES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

This parameter describes the max retries of SNS SIZE operation, when SNS Size Ack is not received for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries SIZE operation repeatedly. The process ends and informs O&M when SNS Size Ack is still not received after the max retries.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

Gb interface

SNS process monitoring timer (SNS_T1, 100ms)

T AB L E 239 - SNS P R O C E S S M O N I T O R I N G T I M E R

Full name SNS process monitoring timer

Abbreviation SNS_T1

3GPP Name Tsns-prov

3GPP reference

3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Description

This parameter describes SNS process monitoring timer. The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

Timer start: it starts after SNS process begins;

Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGS response from SGSN;

Timeout action: retransfer for N times (N is configurable)

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100ms

Default 30

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Gb interface

Abis CS

T AB L E 240 - AB I S CS

Full name Abis CS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

CS service corresponds to used TOS under IP Abis.

This parameter field belongs to service IP telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS means TypeOfService, which is used to indicate service type or quality required by datagram.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Abis PS

T AB L E 241 - AB I S PS

Full name Abis PS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

PS service corresponds to used TOS under IP Abis.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



A CS

T AB L E 242 - A CS

Full name A CS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

CS service corresponds to used TOS under IP A.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IPOE CS

T AB L E 243 - IPOE CS

Full name IPOE CS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

CS service corresponds to used TOS under IP Over E1.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None



Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IPOE PS

T AB L E 244 - IPOE PS

Full name IPOE PS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

PS service corresponds to used TOS under IP Over E1.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IPOE SCTP

T AB L E 245 - T AB L E 0-2 IPOE SCTP

Full name IPOE SCTP

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

SCTP packets corresponds to used TOS under IP Over E1.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IPGb Conversation TOS

T AB L E 246 - IPGB C O N V E R S A T I O N TOS

Full name IPGb Conversation TOS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

TOS used while Qos service type is conversation under IP GB.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



IPGb Streaming TOS

T AB L E 247 - IPGB S T R E AM I N G TOS

Full name IPGb Streaming TOS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

TOS used while Qos service type is streaming media service under IP GB.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IPGb Interactive TOS

T AB L E 248 - IPGB I N T E R AC T I V E TOS

Full name IPGb Interactive TOS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

TOS used while Qos service type is interactive under IP GB.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None



Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IPGb Background TOS

T AB L E 249 - IPGB B AC K G R O U N D TOS

Full name IPGb Background TOS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

TOS used while Qos service type is background service under IP GB.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

IPGb TOS

T AB L E 250 - IPGB TOS

Full name IPGb TOS

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

TOS used while Qos service type is general under IP GB.


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

DSCP Field of SCTP Packet (Info3)

T AB L E 251 - DSCP F I E L D O F SCTP P AC K E T

Full name DSCP Field of SCTP Packet

Abbreviation Info3

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

DSCP Field of SCTP Packet


Management Object

BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Timer parameters at Ater interface

In basic property interface, if you select "Outer TC" in "TC type supported (TCType)", a parameter interface named Ater Timer will be added.

For Ater Timer parameter interface see Figure 27.

F I G U R E 27 - T I M E R P AR AM E T E R S AT AT E R I N T E R F AC E

Ater wait SCCP connection timer (TAterWaitConn, 100ms)

T AB L E 252 - AT E R W A I T SCCP C O N N E C T I O N T I M E R

Full name Ater wait SCCP connection timer

Abbreviation TAterWaitConn

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes SCCP CONNECT CONFIRM message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 5 ~ 20

Unit 100ms



Default 15

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater wait resource timer (TWaitAterRes, 100ms)

T AB L E 253 - AT E R W AI T R E S O U R C E T I M E R

Full name Ater wait resource timer

Abbreviation TWaitAterRes

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes RESOURCE REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 10 ~ 30

Unit 100ms

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater wait resource release timer (TAterWaitRel, 100ms)

T AB L E 254 - AT E R W AI T R E S O U R C E R E L E AS E T I M E R

Full name Ater wait resource release timer

Abbreviation TAterWaitRel

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description This parameter describes RESOURCE RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 20 ~ 50

Unit 100ms

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater handover monitor timer (TAterMoniterHO, 100ms)

T AB L E 255 - AT E R H AN D O V E R M O N I T O R T I M E R

Full name Ater handover monitor timer

Abbreviation TAterMoniterHO

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes monitor handover process when iBSC configures this timer to use outer iTC.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100ms

Default 120

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface



Ater wait resource acknowledge timer (TWaitAterResAck, 100ms)

T AB L E 256 - AT E R W AI T R E S O U R C E AC K N O W L E D G E T I M E R

Full name Ater wait resource acknowledge timer

Abbreviation TWaitAterResAck

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes the response to apply for resource from iTC, to configure this timer wait for iTC during iBSC handover.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 5 ~ 25

Unit 100ms

Default 15

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk, 100ms)

T AB L E 257 - AT E R B L O C K C I R C U I T T I M E R

Full name Ater block circuit timer

Abbreviation TAterCicBlk

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100ms

Default 80



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater wait resource timer (TAterBlkCicGrp, 100ms)

T AB L E 258 - AT E R W AI T R E S O U R C E T I M E R

Full name Ater wait resource timer

Abbreviation TAterBlkCicGrp

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes BLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100ms

Default 80

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic, 100ms)

T AB L E 259 - AT E R R E S E T C I R C U I T T I M E R

Full name Ater reset circuit timer

Abbreviation TAterRstCic

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.



Management Object

BSC


Unit 100ms

Default 80

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms)

T AB L E 260 - AT E R R E S E T T I M E R

Full name Ater reset timer

Abbreviation TAterRst

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC when iBSC configures this timer.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst, 100ms)

T AB L E 261 - AT E R R E S E T G U AR D T I M E R

Full name Ater reset guard timer

Abbreviation TITCRst

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter describes iBSC configures this timer to delay when resetting globally, to release resource.

Management Object

BSC

Value Range 30 ~ 60

Unit 100ms

Default 40

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

Ater reset timer (TBIkACic, 100ms)

T AB L E 262 - AT E R R E S E T T I M E R

Full name Ater reset timer

Abbreviation TBlkACic

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC when iBSC configures this timer.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface



Ater reset guard timer (TBIkACicGrp, 100ms)

T AB L E 263 - AT E R R E S E T G U AR D T I M E R

Full name Ater reset guard timer

Abbreviation TBlkACicGrp

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING A CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.

Management Object

BSC


Unit 100ms

Default 100

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Ater Interface

GERAN External Cell Parameters

The interface of GERAN external cell parameters is as shown in Figure 28.



F I G U R E 28 - GER AN E X T E R N AL C E L L PAR AM E T E R S

User label



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specific GERAN cell name for users to identify

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default None



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

External cell ID

T AB L E 265 - E X T E R N AL C E L L ID

Full name External cell ID

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description External cell number

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cell type

T AB L E 266 - C E L L TY P E

Full name Cell Type

Abbreviation CellType

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description GERAN External Cell type

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro Cell, Extended Cell

Unit None



Default Macro Cell

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 267 - M O B I L E C O U N T R Y C O D E


Abbreviation MCC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It is used to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile user (or system).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 999

Unit None

Default 460

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 268 - M O B I L E N E T W O R K C O D E


Abbreviation MNC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country (determined by MCC).



Management Object

Cell

Value Range



Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 269 - FR E Q U E N C Y BAN D

Full name Frequency Band

Abbreviation FreqBand

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description The frequency band of the system

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range is GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;

When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) is PCS1900, it value range is GSM900, EXT900, PCS1900, GSM850;

Unit None

Default GSM900

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)

Related interfaces

--



BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)

T AB L E 270 - BCCH F R E Q U E N C Y

Full name BCCH frequency

Abbreviation BcchArfcn

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description ARFCN of the cell BCCH carrier

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

When Frequency Band is GSM900, its value range is 1~124;

When Frequency Band is EXT900, its value range is 0~124, 975~1023;

When Frequency Band is PCS1900, its value range is 512~810;

When Frequency Band is DCS1800, its value range is 512~885;

When Frequency Band is GSM850, its value range is 128~251;

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

LAC

T AB L E 271 - L AC

Full name LAC

Abbreviation LAC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas (LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the location area code identifies the different location areas. LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC). One location area contains multiple cells.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CI

T AB L E 272 - C I

Full name Cell ID

Abbreviation CI

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN uniquely, the network operators allocate a unique code for each cell in a location area.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



NCC

T AB L E 273 - NCC

Full name Network Colour Code

Abbreviation NCC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). NCC is to enable mobile stations to distinguish adjacent and different GSM PLMN cells. Neighboring operators usually have different NCCs. The NccPermitted parameter uses NCC to assist MS in BCCH frequency selection of adjacent cells belonging to other PLMN networks. NCC is the cell parameter. NccPermitted prohibits MS to measure cell information of other operators. NCC actually occupies three bits. NCC is one of the network identification parameters.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BCC

T AB L E 274 - BS C O L O R CO D E (BCC)

Full name BS Color Code (BCC)

Abbreviation BCC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). BCC is used to enable mobile stations to distinguish the adjacent cells with same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM specifications recommend defining TSC (Training Sequence Code) of BCCH channel of every cell equal to the respective cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits. BCC is one of the network identification parameters.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 275 - GPRS S E R V I C E S U P P O R T E D

Full name GPRS service supported

Abbreviation PsSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Determine if the cell supports GPRS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

5.1.2.1 TsChannelComb

Related interfaces

--



GPRS Property Parameters

If ‘GPRS service supported’ is ‘YES’, a sub-interface ‘GPRS property’ will appear in the main interface, as shown in Figure 29.

F I G U R E 29 - GPRS P AR AMETERS OF GER AN EXTERNAL CELL

Reselection offset (ReselOffset_0)

T AB L E 276 - R E S E L E C T I O N O F F S E T

Full name Reselection offset

Abbreviation ReselOffset_0

3GPP Name GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32 standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection offset parameter. This parameters not necessary to append in packet system message when the offset value is 0 dB. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 2 dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH.Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32 standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection offset parameter. This parameters not necessary to append in packet system message when the offset value is 0 dB. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 2 dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Reselection temporary offset (TempOffset_0, dB)

T AB L E 278 - R E S E L E C T I O N T E M P O R AR Y O F F S E T

Full name Reselection temporary offset

Abbreviation TempOffset_0

3GPP Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite

Unit dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell


Unit dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_0, 10s)

T AB L E 280 - P E N AL T Y T I M E O F C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N

Full name Penalty time of cell reselection

Abbreviation PenalTime_0

3GPP Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 10 s

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 10 s

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

HSC exist (HCS_EXIST_0)

T AB L E 282 - HSC E X I S T

Full name HCS Exist

Abbreviation HCS_EXIST_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.PSI message indicates whether the HSC exist (HCS priority and Threshold of HSC signal level) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity). This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

HSC Exist (HCS_EXIST_1)

T AB L E 283 - HSC E X I S T

Full name HCS Exist


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and be informed to MS on PACCH.PSI message indicates whether the HSC exist (HCS priority and Threshold of HSC signal level) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity). This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Threshold of HSC signal level (HCS_THR_0)

T AB L E 284 - TH R E S H O L D O F HSC S I G N AL L E V E L

Full name Threshold of HSC signal level

Abbreviation HCS_THR_0

3GPP Name HCS_THR

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.Threshold of HSC signal level identifies the HCS signal strength threshold of the cell. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name HCS_THR

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.Threshold of HSC signal level identifies the HCS signal strength threshold of the cell. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

HCS priority (PrioClass_0)

T AB L E 286 - HCS P R I O R I T Y

Full name HCS Priority

Abbreviation PrioClass_0

3GPP Name PRIORITY_CLASS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS, indicating cell HCS priority. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--




T AB L E 287 - P R I O R I T Y




3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH, indicating cell HCS priority. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC)

T AB L E 288 - AL L O W SOLSA MS T O A C C E S S

Full name Allow SOLSA MS to access

Abbreviation EXC_ACC

3GPP Name EXC_ACC

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing in the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cell reselection status (CellBrAc2)

T AB L E 289 - C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N S T AT U S

Full name Cell Reselection Status

Abbreviation CellBrAc2

3GPP Name CELL_BAR ACCESS_2

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description Cell reselection status belongs to HCS, and the system broadcasts to MS in PSI3 message. It indicates the cell reselection status.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

LSA ID (LSA_ID)

T AB L E 290 - LS A ID

Full name LSA Mark

Abbreviation LSA_ID

3GPP Name LSA ID

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition, system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSA ID specifies LSA identifier of the cell.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RAC

T AB L E 291 - R AC

Full name RAC

Abbreviation RAC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

RAC is a composition part of Routing Area Identity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS serving cell identification. GPRS system divides the location area (LAs) to several routing areas (RAs) using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). Routing Area (RA) distribution, similar to GSM system, uses the location area to manage a group of cells. MS initiates ‘Routing area update’ procedure in cell reselection mode if new RAI differs from old RAI during cell reselection.

MS and SGSN in standby state can know the routing area information. SGSN sends request to BSC for MS paging in that new routing area when network carries packet data or circuit data to transmit. RAI cannot span more than one SGSN.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 0



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS access minimum signal level (RxLevAsMin_0)

T AB L E 292 - GPRS AC C E S S M I N I M U M S I G N AL L E V E L

Full name GPRS access minimum signal level

Abbreviation RxLevAsMin_0

3GPP Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.This parameter indicates the minimum receiving level while allowing MS access to this system (GPRS).

GSM Specifications recommend that the receiving level must be larger than the threshold level when MS needs to access the network (GPRS access minimum signal level). Such condition prevents MS from accessing the system in case of low receiving signal level (the communication quality cannot guarantee normal communication process after system access).

In addition, it is also one of the standards for MS to make the cell selection and the cell reselection (a parameter to calculate C31 and C32). This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm)

Unit None

Default 12 (-99 dBm~-98 dBm)



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter is informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter indicates the minimum receiving level while allowing MS access to this system (GPRS).

GSM Specifications recommend that the receiving level must be larger than the threshold level when MS needs to access the network (GPRS access minimum signal level). Such condition prevents MS from accessing the system in case of low receiving signal level (the communication quality cannot guarantee normal communication process after system access).

In addition, it is also one of the standards for MS to make the cell selection and the cell reselection (a parameter to calculate C31 and C32). This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm)

Unit None




Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCCH_0)

T AB L E 294 - GPRS MAX I N I T I AL A C C E S S S I G N AL L E V E L

Full name GPRS MAX initial access signal level

Abbreviation MsTxMaxCCH_0

3GPP Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.Network controls the MS transmit power during communication with BTS. The network controls MS power using power command. MS outputs transmit power closest to the specified power value if unavailable. The power before MS receives the network power control information (the power used in random access), depends on this parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.

MS uses this parameter for cell selection and reselection involving calculation of C1 and C2 values.

Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power before MS receives the power control information.

Setting principle: in the premise of certain MS access success rate at the cell edge, decrease the access level of MS as much as possible. Generally, it is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).

In practice, after setting this parameter, perform dialing test at the cell edge, increase or decrease the value of this parameter according to the MS access success rate and access time tested with different parameter setup. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 5



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCCH_1)

T AB L E 295 TAB L E 0-3 GPRS MAX I N I T I A L AC C E S S S I G N A L L E V E L


Abbreviation MsTxMaxCCH_1


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter is informed to MS on PACCH.Network controls the MS transmit power during communication with BTS. The network controls MS power using power command. MS outputs transmit power closest to the specified power value if unavailable. The power before MS receives the network power control information (the power used in random access), depends on this parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.

MS uses this parameter for cell selection and reselection involving calculation of C1 and C2 values.



In practice, after setting this parameter, perform dialing test at the cell edge, increase or decrease the value of this parameter according to the MS access success rate and access time tested with different parameter setup. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 5



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN External Cell Parameters

The interface of UTRAN external cell parameters is shown in Figure 30.

F I G U R E 30 - UTR AN E X T E R N AL C E L L P AR AM E T E R S



User label



Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specific UTRAN cell name for users to identify

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

External UTRAN ID (EcUTRANId)

T AB L E 297 - E X T E R N AL UTR AN ID

Full name External UTRAN ID

Abbreviation EcUTRANId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Serial number of UTRAN external cell

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



UTRAN cell type (CellTypeUTRAN)

T AB L E 298 - UTR AN C E L L T Y P E

Full name UTRAN cell type

Abbreviation CellTypeUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The type of this UTRAN cell. When selecting TDD, two configurable parameters may occur in the interface, such as "UTRAN adacent cell bandwidth" and "Apply Sync Case".

Management Object

Cell

Value Range FDD, TDD

Unit None

Default FDD

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

UTRAN cell Frequency (ArfcnUTRAN)

Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)

Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 299 - M O B I L E C O U N T R Y C O D E


Abbreviation MCC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It is used to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile user (or system).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 999

Unit None

Default 460



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 300 - M O B I L E N E T W O R K C O D E


Abbreviation MNC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country (determined by MCC).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range



Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 301 - UTR AN C E L L FR E Q U E N C Y

Full name UTRAN cell Frequency

Abbreviation ArfcnUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description UTRAN cell Frequency



Management Object

Cell

Value Range

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is FDD, value range is 9612 ~ 9888, 10562 ~ 10838;

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), value range is 9262 ~ 9638, 9662 ~ 9938, 10062 ~ 10113;

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), value range is 9254 ~ 9646, 9654 ~ 9946, 10054 ~ 10121;

Unit None

Default

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is FDD, default value is 9612;

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), default value is 9262;

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), default value is 9254;

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

LAC

T AB L E 302 - L AC

Full name LAC

Abbreviation LAC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Location area code identifies the different location areas. LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC). One location area contains multiple cells.



Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RNC ID (RNC_Id)

T AB L E 303 - RNC ID

Full name RNC ID

Abbreviation RNC_Id

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Each RNC has a unique number in the UTRAN network of PLMN to route corresponding UTRAN interface message correctly.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

C ID (C_Id)

T AB L E 304 - C ID

Full name C ID

Abbreviation C_Id

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description Identify UTRAN adjacent cell

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)

T AB L E 305 - S C R AM B L I N G C O D E O R C E L L P AR AM E T E R

Full name Scrambling code or Cell Parameter

Abbreviation ScCodeCellPara

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

FDD: It is described in detail in protocol 3GPP TS25.213. The scrambling code is used to distinguish the carriers in UTRAN/FDD network. MS measure the main scrambling code of the downlink CPICH channel in cell for handover or cell reselection. The scrambling codes are divided into 0~511. There are one main scrambling code and 15 auxiliary scrambling codes in each group. 511 main scrambling codes could be divided into 64 scrambling code sets, and there are 8 scrabbling codes in each set;

TDD: The parameters describing adjacent cell

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is FDD, this parameter represents FDD interference code, value range is 0 ~ 511;

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD, this parameter represents TDD cell parameter, value range is 0 ~ 127;

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TX diversity indication (DiverSity)

T AB L E 306 - TX D I V E R S I T Y I N D I C AT I O N

Full name TX diversity indication

Abbreviation DiverSity

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Whether UTRAN adjacent cell employs diversity transmission.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RAC

T AB L E 307 - R AC

Full name RAC

Abbreviation RAC



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

RAC is a part of Routing Area Identity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS serving cell identification. GPRS system divides the Location Area (LA) to several routing areas (RAs) using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). Routing Area (RA) distribution, similar to GSM system, uses the location area to manage a group of cells. MS initiates ‘Routing area update’ procedure in cell reselection mode if new RAI differs from old RAI during cell reselection.


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)

T AB L E 308 - UTR AN AD J A C E N T C E L L B AN D W I D T H

Full name UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth

Abbreviation BandWidthUTRAN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Whether UTRAN adjacent cell employs diversity transmission.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 (1.28Mcps), 0 (3.84Mcps)

Unit None

Default 1 (1.28Mcps)



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters


Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)

Related interfaces

--

Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD (SyncCaseTSTD)

T AB L E 309 - AP P L Y S Y N C C A S E / AP P L Y TSTD

Full name Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD

Abbreviation SyncCaseTSTD

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When "UTRAN cell type" is TDD, this parameter occurs and can be configured, indicating whether to apply SyncCase or TSTD. Based on different parameter value of "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)", this parameter name may be varied.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether to apply TSTD, parameter value is "apply TSTD", value range is Yes, No;

When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether to apply SyncCase, parameter value is "apply Sync Case", value range is Yes, No;

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


A p p e n d i x A


A


A (dB)






C



CS Circuit Switch

D



F

FR Full Rate

G




H

HR Half Rate

I



L





M


MS Mobile Station




N

NS Network Service


O




P




PCH Paging Channel





PS Packet Switch

PTP Point To Point

Q


R



S





T





TCH Traffic Channel




TS Time Slot

U



Um Um Interface

V






A p p e n d i x B

Figures

Figure 1 - Select Start NE Agent ...........................................3

Figure 2 - Select [NE Management→Configuration Management].......................................................................................4

Figure 3 - Configuration Management Interface ......................4

Figure 4 - Select [Apply Mutex Right] ....................................6

Figure 5 - [Prompt] Dialog Box.............................................7

Figure 6 - Successful Apply Mutex Right.................................7

Figure 7 - Select [Release Exclusive Permission] .....................8

Figure 8 - GERAN SUBNETWORK PARAMETERS ..................... 11

Figure 9 - BSC MANAGED ELEMENT PARAMETERS ................. 13

Figure 10 - CONFIGURATION SET PARAMETERS.................... 19

Figure 11 - BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS.......................... 22

Figure 12 - RADIO BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS................ 39

Figure 13 - Other Parameters............................................. 51

Figure 14 - Function Parameters ......................................... 65

Figure 15 - TIMER 1 PARAMTERS ........................................ 71

Figure 16 - TIMER 2 PARAMTERS ........................................ 89

Figure 17 - GRPS MAX RETRYING TIMES............................ 107

Figure 18 - GPRS timer parameters................................... 117

Figure 19 - AMR Half Method Parameters ........................... 132

Figure 20 - AMR full Method Parameters ............................ 139



Figure 23 - BVC FLOW CONTROL PARAMETERS................... 164

Figure 24 - FUC Flow Control Map Parameters .................... 171

Figure 25 - EDGE Property Parameters .............................. 177



Figure 26 - IP Information Parameters............................... 184

Figure 27 - Timer Parameters at Ater Interface................... 196

Figure 28 - GERAN External Cell Parameters....................... 204

Figure 29 - GPRS PARAMETERS OF GERAN EXTERNAL CELL.. 212

Figure 30 - UTRAN External Cell Parameters....................... 227


Tables



Table 3- Mouse Operation Conventions ................................. iii

Table 4 - Format to Describe Radio Parameters.......................8

Table 5 - User Label.......................................................... 11

Table 6 - Subnetwork ID ................................................... 12

Table 7 - Subnetwork Type ................................................ 12

Table 8 - User Label.......................................................... 13

Table 9 - Managed Element ID ........................................... 14

Table 10 - 1Managed element type ..................................... 14

Table 11 - O&M Board IP Address ....................................... 15

Table 12 - Software Version ............................................... 16

Table 13 - Vendor Name.................................................... 16

Table 14 - Location........................................................... 17

Table 15 - Longitude......................................................... 17

Table 16 - Latitude ........................................................... 18

Table 17 - User Label ........................................................ 19

Table 18 - User Label ........................................................ 22

Table 19 - Mobile Country Code.......................................... 23

Table 20 - The max length to support MNC........................... 23

Table 21 - Mobile Network Code ......................................... 24

Table 22 - OMP IP ............................................................ 24

Table 23 - OMP MAC ......................................................... 25

Table 24 - subnet mask at OMC interface............................. 26

Table 25 - OMC Gateway ................................................... 26

Table 26 - OMC SERVER IP ................................................ 27

Table 27 - OMCB IP .......................................................... 28

Table 28 - Net Type (Net).................................................. 28

Table 29 - SP Type ........................................................... 29



Table 30 - Restart Flag...................................................... 29

Table 31 - Bureau No........................................................ 30

Table 32 - Signaling Point Restart Time as STP ..................... 31

Table 33 - Test Code......................................................... 31

Table 34 - CPU Thread Tracing ........................................... 32

Table 35 - Alarm value of communicate flux of module control 32

Table 36 - Longitude......................................................... 33

Table 37 - Latitude ........................................................... 33

Table 38 - Support GE platform .......................................... 34

Table 39 - Is TC Type........................................................ 34

Table 40 - SNTP SYNC Cycle .............................................. 35

Table 41 - SNTP Server Address ......................................... 36

Table 42 - Global Time Zone .............................................. 36

Table 43 - Summer Time Flag ............................................ 37

Table 44 - Summer Start Time ........................................... 37

Table 45 - Summer End Time............................................. 38

Table 46 - Dynamic HR Enable ........................................... 39

Table 47 - Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR ............ 40

Table 48 - DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported............................. 40

Table 49 - Load Indication ................................................. 41

Table 50 - Send confusion message allowed ......................... 42

Table 51 - Inter-Cell handover allowed ................................ 42

Table 52 - Send assignment failure allowed.......................... 43

Table 53 - Load Valid Time ................................................ 43

Table 54 - Load Indication Period........................................ 44

Table 55 - Automatic resource indication threshold................ 45

Table 56 - Resource adjust threshold .................................. 46

Table 57 - BSC Max Reset Num .......................................... 47

Table 58 - AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold................ 48

Table 59 Table0-1 Range of BARANG.................................. 48

Table 60 - MR report enable............................................... 49

Table 61 - TRX PS busy threshold ....................................... 50

Table 62 - User Priority ..................................................... 51

Table 63 - Low User Priority ............................................... 52

Table 64 - Preferred speech version (half)............................ 53

Table 65 - Preferred speech version (full)............................. 53

Appendix B - Tables


Table 66 - Reserved Channel First....................................... 54

Table 67 - EMLPP channel Reserved time ............................. 54

Table 68 - Length of super vision........................................ 55

Table 69 - Length of radio ................................................. 56

Table 70 - Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover........... 56

Table 71 - Starting time for oriented retry............................ 57

Table 72 - Monitor physical context request.......................... 58

Table 73 - Timer for MSG Waiting ....................................... 58

Table 74 - Timer for RANCSEST Waiting............................... 59

Table 75 - Timer for RANCSCLECOM waiting......................... 59

Table 76 - Timer for CCM waiting........................................ 60

Table 77 - Get Static param timer....................................... 61

Table 78 - HR channel percentage threshold......................... 61

Table 79 - TFO Enable....................................................... 62

Table 80 - Coding/decoding type optimization enable ............ 63

Table 81 - Coding/decoding type unmatched enable .............. 63

Table 82 - AMR Optimization Mode...................................... 64

Table 83 - Support Multi PLMN ........................................... 65

Table 84 - Support BTS of different net handover.................. 66

Table 85 - Support FLEX A ................................................. 66

Table 86 - Support FLEX GB............................................... 67

Table 87 - MSP Support..................................................... 67

Table 88 - Support RIM ..................................................... 68

Table 89 - RIM retry times................................................. 68

Table 90 - Support different reset parameter in idle and transfer status ............................................................................. 69

Table 91 - Support HR channel frag finishing ........................ 70

Table 92 - Report Voice Quality .......................................... 70

Table 93 - Blocking/unblocking period ................................. 71

Table 94 - Global Resetting Period ...................................... 72

Table 95 - Protection period for handover request ................. 73

Table 96 - Source BSC handover execution period................. 74

Table 97 - Assignment period............................................. 74

Table 98 - Protection period for global resetting.................... 75

Table 99 - Circuit resetting period on BSS side ..................... 76

Table 100 - Circuit group blocking/unblocking Period ............. 77

Table 101 - RLSD message receive protection timer .............. 77



Table 102 - Channel activation protection timer .................... 78

Table 103 - MSC clear command protection timer ................. 79

Table 104 - SCCP connection protection timer ...................... 80

Table 105 - External handover protection Timer in target cell . 81

Table 106 - Protective time waiting for access ...................... 81

Table 107 - Protection time for channel request .................... 82

Table 108 - Protection time for link establishment response.... 83

Table 109 - Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS COM............................................................................... 84

Table 110 - Encryption mode modification time..................... 84

Table 111 - SAPI3 link establishment time ........................... 85

Table 112 - External handover protective time...................... 86

Table 113 - Protective time for No7 signal instantaneous disconnection................................................................... 87

Table 114 - Protective time that PO responses external handover completion message ......................................................... 88

Table 115 - Protective time for RF channel release ................ 89

Table 116 - Queue period of assignment.............................. 90

Table 117 - Acknowledgment interval for periodic status ........ 90

Table 118 - Mode modification process time ......................... 91

Table 119 - Protective time of UM assignment completion ...... 92

Table 120 - Waiting time for oriented retry .......................... 92

Table 121 - Queue period for handover................................ 93

Table 122 - First Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control......... 94

Table 123 - Second Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control..... 94

Table 124 - Time of Micro-Micro handover delay ................... 95

Table 125 - BSIC decoding period ....................................... 96

Table 126 - Protection of resources on external in-Handover... 97

Table 127 - Serving status protection timer.......................... 97

Table 128 - Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD.......... 98

Table 129 - Immediate assignment period ........................... 99

Table 130 - Handover period of source cel ......................... 100

Table 131 - Assignment period ......................................... 100

Table 132 - Channel release period ................................... 101

Table 133 - Channel deactivation delay ............................. 102

Table 134 - Continue Timer for mode modify...................... 103

Table 135 - Handover protecting time to UTRAN ................. 103

Appendix B - Tables


Table 136 - Time of destination instance waiting for available resources when forced disconnection................................. 104

Table 137 - Protecting time of FUC response to system message broadcast ...................................................................... 105

Table 138 - HO performed ack timer ................................. 106

Table 139 - MAX times of BVC block retry .......................... 107

Table 140 - MAX times of BVC unblock retry....................... 108

Table 141 - MAX times of BVC reset retry .......................... 109

Table 142 - MAX times of NS block retry ............................ 110

Table 143 - MAX times of NS unblock retry ........................ 111

Table 144 - MAX times of NS Alive retry ............................ 112

Table 145 - MAX times of suspend retry............................. 112

Table 146 - MAX times of resume retry.............................. 113

Table 147 - MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry................................................................................... 114

Table 148 - Maximum times of retrying to create PFC .......... 115

Table 149 - MAX times of PFC modify retry ........................ 116

Table 150 - BVC block/unblock retry time .......................... 117

Table 151 - BVC reset retry time ...................................... 118

Table 152 - Suspend retry time ........................................ 119

Table 153 - Resume retry time ......................................... 119

Table 154 - Access capability update retry time .................. 120

Table 155 - PFC creating retry time................................... 121

Table 156 - PFC modifying retry time ................................ 121

Table 157 - Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure122

Table 158 - Timer that monitors reset procedure................. 123

Table 159 - NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process ....................... 123

Table 160 - Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC ........ 124

Table 161 - Maximum attempt period of reset .................... 125

Table 162 - TFI and USF release timer............................... 126

Table 163 - TBF release timer .......................................... 126

Table 164 - TBF release time of downlink transmission ........ 128

Table 165 - TBF protect time when radio link failure ............ 128

Table 166 - PS channel delay release timer ........................ 129

Table 167 - RIR Timer..................................................... 130

Table 168 - RI Timer....................................................... 130

Table 169 - RIAE Timer ................................................... 131



Table 170 - AMR Half Active Codec Set .............................. 133

Table 171 - Thresholds of AMR ......................................... 134

Table 172 - Hysteresis of AMR.......................................... 134

Table 173 - Initial codec mode ......................................... 135

Table 174 - startmode codec mode ................................... 136

Table 175 - Enable noise control....................................... 137

Table 176 - AMR full Active Codec Set ............................... 139

Table 177 - Thresholds of AMR ......................................... 140

Table 178 - Hysteresis of AMR.......................................... 141

Table 179 - Initial codec mode ......................................... 141

Table 180 - startmode codec mode ................................... 142

Table 181 - Enable noise control....................................... 143

Table 182 - BVC flow control period .................................. 145

Table 183 - MS flow control period.................................... 146

Table 184 - NSVC peer to peer delay................................. 147

Table 185 - Cn............................................................... 147

Table 186 - Nn............................................................... 148

Table 187 - Xn ............................................................... 149

Table 188 - MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink data blocks.................................................................... 150

Table 189 - Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries .......... 151

Table 190 - MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink RLC/MAC control message ............................................... 152

Table 191 - Support extended uplink dynamic allocation ...... 153

Table 192 - NACC supported ............................................ 154

Table 193 - BSC's net operation mode............................... 155

Table 194 - Satellite transmission at Gb interface indication . 157

Table 195 - Extended RLC send window allowed ................. 157

Table 196 - Support TBF establish .................................... 158

Table 197 - Support signal extended uplink TBF.................. 158

Table 198 - Resource pool for PS rate................................ 159

Table 199 - Downlink TBF retry ........................................ 160

Table 200 - Maximum PS uplink user per ts........................ 160

Table 201 - Maximum PS downlink user per ts.................... 161

Table 202 - PS capability threshold 0 ................................ 161

Table 203 - PS capability threshold 1 ................................ 162

Table 204 - BVC flow control supported ............................. 164

Appendix B - Tables


Table 205 - MS flow control supported............................... 165

Table 206 - flow control mode .......................................... 166

Table 207 - Parameter of Flow control mode 1.................... 166

Table 208 - Parameter of Flow control mode 2.................... 167

Table 209 - BVC flow control R MIN value .......................... 168

Table 210 - MS flow control R MIN value............................ 168

Table 211 - BVC flow control threshold .............................. 169

Table 212 - MS flow control threshold................................ 170

Table 213 - Flow Control Reason....................................... 171

Table 214 - Hurry Call ..................................................... 172

Table 215 - Call Rebuilt ................................................... 172

Table 216 - Call Response ............................................... 173

Table 217 - Calling ......................................................... 174

Table 218 - Site Refresh.................................................. 174

Table 219 - GPRS Access ................................................. 175

Table 220 - Restore ........................................................ 175

Table 221 - Flow control map slim adjust (bit) .................... 176

Table 222 - Support PFC.................................................. 177

Table 223 - BSC support page coordination ........................ 178

Table 224 - R99 Ind........................................................ 178

Table 225 - RS............................................................... 179

Table 226 - RR............................................................... 180

Table 227 - RA............................................................... 180

Table 228 - RM .............................................................. 181

Table 229 - RB............................................................... 181

Table 230 - RG............................................................... 182

Table 231 - RE ............................................................... 182

Table 232 - C................................................................. 183

Table 233 - Begin NSVC of IPGB....................................... 184

Table 234 - SNS Add Retries ............................................ 185

Table 235 - configure retries ............................................ 185

Table 236 - SNS Modify Retries ........................................ 186

Table 237 - SGSN delete retries........................................ 186

Table 238 - SNS SIZE ..................................................... 187

Table 239 - SNS process monitoring timer ......................... 188

Table 240 - Abis CS ........................................................ 188



Table 241 - Abis PS ........................................................ 189

Table 242 - A CS............................................................ 190

Table 243 - IPOE CS ....................................................... 190

Table 244 - IPOE PS ....................................................... 191

Table 245 - Table0-2 IPOE SCTP...................................... 191

Table 246 - IPGb Conversation TOS .................................. 192

Table 247 - IPGb Streaming TOS ...................................... 193

Table 248 - IPGb Interactive TOS ..................................... 193

Table 249 - IPGb Background TOS .................................... 194

Table 250 - IPGb TOS ..................................................... 194

Table 251 - DSCP Field of SCTP Packet .............................. 195

Table 252 - Ater wait SCCP connection timer...................... 196

Table 253 - Ater wait resource timer ................................. 197

Table 254 - Ater wait resource release timer ...................... 197

Table 255 - Ater handover monitor timer ........................... 198

Table 256 - Ater wait resource acknowledge timer .............. 199

Table 257 - Ater block circuit timer ................................... 199

Table 258 - Ater wait resource timer ................................. 200

Table 259 - Ater reset circuit timer ................................... 200

Table 260 - Ater reset timer............................................. 201

Table 261 - Ater reset guard timer.................................... 201

Table 262 - Ater reset timer............................................. 202

Table 263 - Ater reset guard timer.................................... 203

Table 264 - User Label .................................................... 204

Table 265 - External cell ID ............................................. 205

Table 266 - Cell Type...................................................... 205

Table 267 - Mobile Country Code ...................................... 206

Table 268 - Mobile Network Code ..................................... 206

Table 269 - Frequency Band ............................................ 207

Table 270 - BCCH frequency ............................................ 208

Table 271 - LAC ............................................................. 208

Table 272 - CI ............................................................... 209

Table 273 - NCC............................................................. 210

Table 274 - BS Color Code (BCC)...................................... 210

Table 275 - GPRS service supported.................................. 211

Table 276 - Reselection offset .......................................... 212

Appendix B - Tables



Table 278 - Reselection temporary offset ........................... 214


Table 280 - Penalty time of cell reselection......................... 215

Table 281 - Penalty time of cell reselection......................... 216

Table 282 - HSC Exist ..................................................... 216

Table 283 - HSC Exist ..................................................... 217

Table 284 - Threshold of HSC signal level .......................... 218


Table 286 - HCS Priority .................................................. 219

Table 287 - Priority......................................................... 220

Table 288 - Allow SOLSA MS to access .............................. 220

Table 289 - Cell Reselection Status ................................... 221

Table 290 - LSA ID ......................................................... 221

Table 291 - RAC............................................................. 222

Table 292 - GPRS access minimum signal level ................... 223


Table 294 - GPRS MAX initial access signal level ................. 225

Table 295 Table0-3 GPRS MAX initial access signal level...... 226

Table 296 - User Label .................................................... 228

Table 297 - External UTRAN ID......................................... 228

Table 298 - UTRAN cell type............................................. 229

Table 299 - Mobile Country Code ...................................... 229

Table 300 - Mobile Network Code...................................... 230

Table 301 - UTRAN cell Frequency .................................... 230

Table 302 - LAC ............................................................. 231

Table 303 - RNC ID......................................................... 232

Table 304 - C ID ............................................................ 232

Table 305 - Scrambling code or Cell Parameter................... 233

Table 306 - TX diversity indication .................................... 234

Table 307 - RAC............................................................. 234

Table 308 - UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth........................ 235

Table 309 - Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD......................... 236





Index

Abbreviations ................... 237 AMR Full Method Parameters

.................................. 138 AMR Half Method Parameters

.................................. 132 Basic Property Parameters....21 BSC Global Resource

Parameters.....................21 BSC Managed Element

Parameters.....................13 BSC System Radio Parameters

....................................21 BVC Flow Control Parameters

.................................. 163 Configuration Set Parameters18 EDGE Property Parameters . 176 Format to Describe Radio

Parameters.......................8 FUC Flow Control Map

Parameter .................... 171 Function Parameters............64 GERAN External Cell

Parameters................... 203 GERAN Subnetwork Parameters

....................................11 GPRS Max Retrying Times .. 107

GPRS Property 1 Parameters.................................. 144

GPRS Property 2 Parameters.................................. 154

GPRS Property Parameters . 212 GPRS Timer Parameters..... 116 IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS

.................................. 183 Methods to Modify Radio

Parameters ......................2 Others .............................. 51 Overview.............................1 Precautions in Radio

Parameters Adjustment......9 Public Resource Radio

Parameters .................... 11 Radio Basic Property

Parameters .................... 39 Radio Parameters in GSM

Network...........................1 Timer 1 ............................. 71 Timer 2 parameter .............. 88 Timer parameters at Ater

interface ...................... 196 UTRAN External Cell Parameters

.................................. 227


Radio Parameters Manual(Volume II)

Version 6.20



Revision History


Nov 30, 2008 R1.0 sjzl20086194 First edition

Apr 24, 2009 R1.1 sjzl20086194 Updated




Document Name


















Other suggestions

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________



Name Company

Postcode Address

Telephone E-mail


Contents


Purpose................................................................................ i Intended Audience ................................................................. i Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge .............................................. i What Is in This Manual ........................................................... i Related Documentation.......................................................... ii Conventions........................................................................ iii How to Get in Touch............................................................. iv

Chapter 1.......................................................................... 5

Cell Parameters................................................................5

Basic Parameters 1..........................................................5 Basic Parameters 2 ............................................................. 19 Basic Parameters 3 ............................................................. 32 Optional Parameters............................................................ 48 Cell Selection Parameters..................................................... 55 Service Process Additional Parameters ................................... 66 System Parameters ............................................................. 76 AMR Half Method Parameters................................................ 84 AMR Full Method Parameters ................................................ 91 Cell Optional Parameters...................................................... 97 Other Parameters ............................................................. 102 GPRS Basic Parameters...................................................... 108 SGSN ID (SGSNID) ........................................................... 108 GPRS Property 1 Parameters .............................................. 112 GPRS Other Parameters 2 .................................................. 123 GPRS Property 3 Parameters .............................................. 136 GPRS Cell Optional Parameters ........................................... 142 GPRS NC Survey Parameters .............................................. 151 GPRS Power Control Parameters ......................................... 159 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters ....................................... 164

GPRS Channel Parameters .................................................. 190 EDGE Property Parameters ................................................. 201

Appendix A...................................................................211

Abbreviations...............................................................211

Appendix B ...................................................................215

Figures..........................................................................215

Tables ...........................................................................217

Index............................................................................225


About This Manual


Purpose


Working Principles

Structures


Intended Audience












Section Summary

Cell Parameters Introduces the cell parameters.



Appendix B

Figures and Tables



















About This Manual


Conventions



Typeface Meaning













Typeface Meaning




Drag Refers to pressing and holding a mouse button and moving the mouse.


Mouse Operation

Conventions



How to Get in Touch




Customer Support



C h a p t e r 1

Cell Parameters

This chapter explains the cell parameters, including basic parameters, optional parameters, and GPRS/EDGE parameters.

Basic Parameters 1 The interface of cell basic parameters 1 is shown in Figure 1.

F I G U R E 1 - C E L L B AS I C P A R A M E T E R S 1

User label





Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specific cell name for users to identify

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BTS ID (BtsId)

T AB L E 5 - BTS ID

Full name Cell ID

Abbreviation BtsId

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Serial number of this cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 6

Unit None

Default Sorted by practice

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Chapter 1 - Cell Parameters


Cell type

T AB L E 6 - C E L L TY P E

Full name Cell Type

Abbreviation CellType

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description The type of this cell.

If you need configure S8001 cell, “micro-micro cell” shall be selected for “cell type”.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro Cell, Extended Cell

Unit None

Default Macro Cell

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

TA MAX (TaMax)

TA allowed (TaAllowed)

Related interfaces

--

Country Code (MCC)

T AB L E 7 - C O U N T R Y C O D E

Full name Country Code

Abbreviation MCC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile users (or system), assigned internationally, China is 460.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC global resource parameters.

Unit None

Default Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC global resource parameters.



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MNC

T AB L E 8 - MNC

Full name MNC

Abbreviation MNC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country (decided by MCC). For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China Mobile.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC global resource parameters.

Unit None

Default Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC global resource parameters.

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

LAC

T AB L E 9 - L AC

Full name LAC

Abbreviation LAC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas (LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the location area code identifies the different location areas. LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC). One location area contains multiple cells.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CI

T AB L E 10 - C I

Full name Cell ID

Abbreviation CI

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN uniquely, the network operators allocate a unique code for each cell in a location area, that is, CI.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



NCC

T AB L E 11 - NCC

Full name Network Colour Code

Abbreviation NCC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

NCC is one of the composing parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). NCC is to enable mobile stations to distinguish adjacent and different GSM PLMN cells. Generally, different adjacent operator has different NCC. NCC has three digits. NCC is one of the network identification parameters.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BCC

T AB L E 12 - BS C O L O R C O D E (BCC)

Full name BS Color Code (BCC)

Abbreviation BCC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). BCC is used to enable mobile stations to distinguish the adjacent cells with same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM specifications recommend defining TSC (Training Sequence Code) of BCCH channel of every cell equal to the respective cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits. BCC is one of the network identification parameters.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 13 - FR E Q U E N C Y B AN D

Full name Frequency band

Abbreviation FreqBand

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description The frequency band types for GSM operation.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range



Unit None

Default GSM900

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-01-015 EGSM Frequency Band Support

ZGF05-01-003 Multiband BSC

Relevant parameters

5.1.1.9 Frequency

Related interfaces

--



Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

T AB L E 14 - SU B C E L L U S E D

Full name Subcell used

Abbreviation SubCellUsed

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Defined according to user requirement.

If user selects subcell used, the system may automatically add "power control 2" node under cell node, used to control cell power. If the user selects don't use subcell, "power control 2" node may be automatically deleted.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

5.1.1.3 Subcell ID (SubCellId)

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 15 - FR E Q U E N C Y B AN D O F S U B C E L L

Full name Frequency band of subCell

Abbreviation SubFreqBand

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description If 'Subcell used' is 'Yes', this parameter is configurable.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range



Unit None

Default GSM900

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-01-003 Multiband BSC



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)

T AB L E 16 - ARFCN L I S T

Full name ARFCN list

Abbreviation CaArfcnList

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description The radio frequency set.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

ARFCN set, the value range of each ARFCN is the same as BCCH. Based on frequency setting at subsequent BTS, the system automatically fills it in this box.

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--




T AB L E 17 - GPRS S E R V I C E S U P P O R T E D

Full name GPRS service supported

Abbreviation PsSurpport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Whether this cell supports GPRS (EDGE) service. If selecting "GPRS supported" or "EDGE supported", relevant sub-page may occur in the interface.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Don't support GPRS, Support GPRS, Support EDGE

Unit None

Default Don’t support GPRS

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-09-004 EGPRS Activation per Cell

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

T AB L E 18 - D Y N AM I C HR EN AB L E

Full name Dynamic HR Enable

Abbreviation DynaHREnable

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description If this cell supports dynamic HR.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)

T AB L E 19 - U S E C E L L D Y N AM I C HR P AR A M E T E R

Full name Use cell dynamic HR parameter

Abbreviation UseCellDynHRPara

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description If ‘Dynamic HR support indication’ is ‘Yes’, this parameter is configurable, indicating whether cell dynamic HR parameter is enabled.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CBC supported (SmsCbUsed)

T AB L E 20 - CBC S U P P O R T E D

Full name CBC supported

Abbreviation SmsCbUsed

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

CBC service is an important service provided by mobile communication system, mainly used to distribute information to the mobile subscribers within certain geographical location area. The difference from P2P sms service contains: receiver for P2P sms is specific mobile subscriber, but receiver for CBC is all mobile subscribers within certain area, including external subscribers roaming in this area.

This parameter identifies whether this cell supports the function of cell broadcasting short message.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-26-002 Cell Broadcast SMS

Relevant parameters


Related interfaces

--

Threshold for a single trx switched from FR to HR (HRThs, %)

T AB L E 21 - TH R E S H O L D F O R A S I N G L E T R X S W I T C H E D F R O M FR T O HR

Full name Threshold for a single trx switched from FR to HR

Abbreviation HRThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When iBSC and cell enables dynamic HR functions, and percentage of TCH/F channel used in the cell (TCH/F channels occupied in the cell / all available TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY)) exceeds this threshold, convert TCH/F -> TCH/H.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 60

Relevant Functions





Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Use cell dynamic AMR parameter (UseCellAMRParam)

T AB L E 22 - U S E C E L L D Y N AM I C AMR P AR AM E T E R

Full name Use cell dynamic AMR parameter

Abbreviation UseCellAMRParam

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether AMR parameter in the cell is enabled.

If the cell doesn't enable its own AMR parameters, AMR parameter value configured by BSC is configured as the predominent;

If the cell is enabled, AMR parameter value configured by the cell is configured as the predominent;

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Use, not use

Unit None

Default Not use

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 23 - C O M M O N C O N T R O L C H AN N E L C O N F I G U R AT I O N

Full name Common control channel configuration

Abbreviation CcchConf

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

Common control channel configuration is one of the system control parameters. In GSM system, CCCH includes Access Grant Channel (AGCH) and Paging Channel (PCH). It is used to send access granting (that is instant assignment) message and paging message.

In each cell, all service channels share CCCH. According to the configuration of the service channel in the cell and the traffic mode of the cell, CCCH could be one or more than one physical channel, and CCCH could share the same physical channel with SDCCH

The combination mode of the common control channel in cell depends on CCCH configuration parameter and it should be consistent with the actual configuration of cell CCH. It could be observed from this parameter: BS_CC_CHANS (Number of CCCH); BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB (If combined with SDCCH).

This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in the cell by message RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses one physical channel, combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses two physical channels, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses three physical channels, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses four physical channels, not combined with SDCCH.

Unit None

Default CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with SDCCH

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-09-002 Supports SDCCH/4 and SDCCH/8

Relevant parameters


Related interfaces

--

Template file

T AB L E 24 – TE M P L AT E F I L E

Full name Template file

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description Click <Select> button, a windows pops up, select the template file in this path; click <Clear> button to clear selected template files.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Local File

Unit None

Default --

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Basic Parameters 2

The interface of cell basic parameters 2 is shown in Figure 2.




TA MAX (TaMax)

T AB L E 25 - TA M AX

Full name TA Max

Abbreviation TaMax

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It represents the maximum TA supported by extended cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extended cell, value range is 0 ~ 63;

When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended cell, value range is 0 ~ 219;

Unit None

Default

When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extended cell, default value is 63;

When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended cell, default value is 219;

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-13-001 Extended Cell Coverage

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

TA allowed (TaAllowed)

T AB L E 26 - TA AL L O W E D

Full name TA Allowed

Abbreviation TaAllowed

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It represents the maximum TA granted to be accessed into the cell.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extended cell, value range is 0 ~ 63;

When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended cell, value range is 0 ~ 219;

Unit None

Default 63

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CCCH load indication period (CcchLoadIndPrd, s)

T AB L E 27 - CCCH LO AD I N D I C AT I O N P E R I O D

Full name CCCH Load Indication Period

Abbreviation CcchLoadIndPrd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to the GSM standard, BTS sends periodical message CCCH LOAD INDICATION to BSC as long as CCCH (RACH+PCH+AGCH) channel exceeds the threshold value set in O&M until the CCCH is not over the threshold value any more.

CCCH load indication period parameter defines the period of sending CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. This parameter is one of the BTS configuration parameters.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit s

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Periodical location updating timer (T3212, 360s)

T AB L E 28 - PE R I O D I C AL L O C AT I O N U P D AT I N G T I M E R

Full name Periodical location updating timer

Abbreviation T3212

3GPP Name T3212

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.13.0

Description

Location update results from two major causes in GSM system. One is when MS changes from old LAC to new LAC and the second is when the network notifies MS for periodic location update.

Network controls the location time interval and depends upon T3212 timer. Network broadcasts to all MSs in the cell by RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 message. T3212 timer is one of the system control parameters.

This parameter affects the overall service performance of the network and the utilization of the radio resource. For the area with higher traffic, the period could be bigger (for example 16 or 20 hours, even 25 hours); for the area with ordinary traffic, the value of T3212 could be smaller (for example 3 or 6 hours); for the area with extreme overload traffic, it is recommended to set T3212 as 0.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 255

0: positive infinite, location update is not required;

1: 6 minutes;

2: 12 minutes;

……

255: 1530 minutes;

Unit 360 s

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



CCCH load indication (RACH) (CcchLoadINDThs_0)

T AB L E 29 - CCCH L O AD I N D I C AT I O N (R ACH)

Full name CCCH load indication (RACH)

Abbreviation CcchLoadINDThs_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When load degree in RACH channel for BTS exceeds this threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION message periodically to iBSC until load degree in RACH channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 80

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CCCH load indication (PAGCH) (CcchLoadNDThs_1)

T AB L E 30 - CCCH L O AD I N D I C AT I O N (P AGCH)

Full name CCCH load indication (PAGCHRACH)

Abbreviation CcchLoadINDThs_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When load degree in PCH channel for BTS exceeds this threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION message periodically to iBSC until load degree in PCH channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None



Default 80

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

NCC permitted (NccPermitted)

T AB L E 31 - NCC P E R M I T T E D

Full name NCC permitted

Abbreviation NccPermitted

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Add or Delete NCC within the value range in

.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0~7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support Repeated ACCH (RepeatACCH)

T AB L E 32 - SU P P O R T R E P E A T E D ACCH

Full name Support Repeated ACCH

Abbreviation RepeatACCH

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter determines whether to use FACCH/SACCH retransmission function.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-010 Repeated FACCH/SACCH for AMR

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Start PA Power Off (StartPAPowerOff)

T AB L E 33 - ST AR T P A P O W E R OF F

Full name Start PA Power Off

Abbreviation StartPAPowerOff

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

To save energy and reduce consumption, BTS system shall turn off PA offset voltage while close power for idle timeslots.l If configuring on BTS, FPGA can determine whether PA offset voltage shall be turned off.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

Yes/No

Yes: enable;

No: disable;

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-13-007 Intelligent Timeslot Shutdown

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off (StartTRXPowerOff)

T AB L E 34 - SW I T C H FL AG O F C E I L TRX PO W E R OF F

Full name Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off

Abbreviation StartTRXPowerOff

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It marks whether "Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off" is enabled.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR FR Bug (AMR FR)

T AB L E 35 - B S S R AD I O L I N K T I M E R ' S M AX V AL U E F O R AMR FR B U G

Full name Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug

Abbreviation AMR FR



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Fault detection period in AMR-FR channel. Within this period, pick average value through s times of measurement, and judge link fault threshold, to dertermine whether the channel is failed.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64

Unit None

Default 64

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR FR Bug (AMR HR)

T AB L E 36 - B S S R AD I O L I N K T I M E R ' S M AX V AL U E F O R AMR FR B U G

Full name Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug

Abbreviation AMR HR

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Fault detection period in AMR-HR channel. Within this period, pick average value through s times of measurement, and judge link fault threshold, to dertermine whether the channel is failed.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64

Unit None

Default 64

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

AMR Codec Adjust Mode (AmrAdjMode)

T AB L E 37 - AMR C O D E C AD J U S T M O D E

Full name AMR Codec Adjust Mode

Abbreviation AmrAdjMode

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Setting of AMR rate adjustment mode:

AMR quick rate adjustment mode: master adjustment time by BTS itself;

Interval to adjust configuration: adjustment time shall be defined at background

Management Object

Cell

Value Range AMR quick rate adjustment mode, interval to adjust configuration

Unit None

Default AMR quick rate adjustment mode

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

AMR Codec Interval (480ms, AmrAdjInterval)

T AB L E 38 - AMR C O D E C IN T E R V AL

Full name AMR Codec Interval

Abbreviation AmrAdjInterval

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description AMR adjustment interval.This parameter is only meaningful when AmrAdjMode is "interval to adjust configuration".



Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 50

Unit 480 ms

Default 1

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support HR channel frag collected (HRDfragSupport)

T AB L E 39 - SU P P O R T HR C H AN N E L F R AG C O L L E C T E D

Full name Support HR channel frag collected

Abbreviation HRDfragSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is a switch of frag collection in HR channel, which can be configured on BSC and BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled, and finished HR frags / idle HR channel in the cell is no more than HRDefragThs, HR channel defragmentation function is enabled, otherwise it is disabled

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Threshold of HR Defrag (HRDefragThs)

T AB L E 40 - TH R E S H O L D O F HR D E F R AG

Full name Threshold of HR Defrag

Abbreviation HRDefragThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Threshold of HR Defrag. This parameter can be configured on BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS can enable HRDfragSupport, and finished HR frags / idle HR channel in the cell is no more than HRDefragThs, HR channel defragmentation function is enabled, otherwise it is disabled

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 70

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Percentage of HR Ts (HRTsPercentage)

T AB L E 41 - PE R C E N T AG E O F HR TS

Full name Percentage of HR Ts

Abbreviation HRTsPercentage

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot in the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can generate new HR channel.

This parameter can be configured on BSC and BTS. If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell is lower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS, the cell can generate new HR channel.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100



Unit %

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold (AmrHRThs)

T AB L E 42 - AMR D Y N AM I C HR C O N V E R S I O N TH R E S H O L D

Full name AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

Abbreviation AmrHRThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When busy timeslot/general timeslot >= AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR, subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.

This threshold value can be configured on BSC and BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter" (UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value configured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThs configured by BSC is used.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 50

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-008 Independent Threshold for Dynamic AMR HR/FR Conversion

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load (FRTHRHOSupport)

T AB L E 43 - FR-HR H AN D O V E R B AS E D O N C E L L LO AD

Full name FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load



Abbreviation FRTHRHOSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Basic Parameters 3

The interface of cell basic parameters 3 is shown in Figure 3.




Average bursts count surveyed by RACH (AvgSlots)

T AB L E 44 - AV E R A G E B U R S T S C O U N T S U R V E Y E D B Y RACH

Full name Average bursts count surveyed by RACH

Abbreviation AvgSlots

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Average bursts count surveyed by RACH specifies the number of bursts measured on RACH. RACH channel overloads if receiving signal levels of this parameter BP are less than RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst. BTS uses this parameter.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 60

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Overload sending period (OverloadPrd, s)

T AB L E 45 - OV E R L O AD S E N D I N G P E R I O D

Full name Overload sending period

Abbreviation OverloadPrd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specification, TRX sends periodic OVERLOAD message to notify BSC until overload disappears. Overload sending period specifies period for TRX to send OVERLOAD message. It is one of the configuration parameters of BTS (all TRXs under BTS use same period).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 255



Unit s

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

BA Show (BcchBaInd)

T AB L E 46 - BA S H O W

Full name BA Show

Abbreviation BcchBaInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BA indication of BCCH. Adjacent cell list can be broadcasted on BCCH and transferred on SACCH. The adjacent cell list transferred on BCCH can be different from that on SACCH. When MS reports the measurement data of adjacent cell, either BCCH adjacent cell list or SACCH adjacent cell list will be referred. Therefore, to know which adjacent cell list is referred by MS, a BA indication is added when transferring adjacent cell list on BCCH and SACCH. When reporting the measurement result, MS notifies the network side about the corresponding BA indication of the referred adjacent cell list. As a result, the network side recognizes which adjacent cell list this MS uses. This parameter describes the BS indication value when the adjacent cell list being transferred on BCCH. In the case of transferring adjacent cell list on SACCH, the BA indication value used is the reverse of the parameter.

0: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH (System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 0; BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (System message 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 1.

1: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH (System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 1; BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (System message 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 0.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0，1

Unit None



Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MIN received signal level to access (RxLevAccessMin)

T AB L E 47 - MIN R E C E I V E D S I G N AL L E V E L T O AC C E S S

Full name MIN received signal level to access

Abbreviation RxLevAccessMin


3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

Description

MIN received signal level to access specifies the minimum received signal level for MS to access any cell. In general, GSM system specifies to keep the receiving level greater than a threshold in order to maintain communication speech quality.

In addition, the criterion assists MS to select and reselect the cell. System broadcasts parameter information to all MSs in a cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. MIN received signal level to access is one of the cell selection parameters.

Recommended value is usually approximated according to MS receiving sensitivity. When network observes uneven traffic distribution in certain cells, MIN received signal level to access increases the resulting C1 and C2 to decrease the cell effective coverage range. However, the value of this parameter cannot be too large. Otherwise, large value change can bring ‘void area’ across cell boundaries to result in sudden call drop problem.

The value of this parameter must not exceed -90 dBm for cell traffic balancing conditions. At the preliminary running stage of the network, this parameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher than the MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm. However, when the network capacity is expanded or the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Unit None


Relevant Functions

ZGF06-01-002 Support of C1 Criteria

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX number of re-transmitting events times (MRetrans)

T AB L E 48 - MAX N U M B E R O F R E -T R AN S M I T T I N G E V E N T S T I M E S

Full name MAX number of re-transmitting events times

Abbreviation MRetrans

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

MS sends the channel request message on RACH channel to the network to start immediate assignment process.

RACH is an ALOHA channel, the network enables MS to send multiple channel request messages before the MS receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message to increase the access success rate of MS. Maximum number of allowable resend time depends on MAX number of re-transmitting events times.

Network broadcasts this parameter information to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4’ messages. MAX number of re-transmitting events times is one of the control parameters of GSM system.

For the cell radius over 3km and the area with small traffic, it can be set as 3 (that is, the maximum number of resending times is 7) to improve the access success rate of MS.

For the cell radius less than 3km and the area with common traffic, it can be set as 2 (that is, the maximum number of resending times is 4);

Define value as 1 (maximum number of resending times is 2) for the micro cell.

Define value as 0 (maximum number of resending times is 1) for the micro cell with heavy traffic and the cell with congestion.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 3

0: 1 times;

1: 2 times;

2: 4 times;

3: 7 times;

Unit None

Default 2 (4 times)

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Control channel MAX power level (MsTxPwrMaxCch)

T AB L E 49 - C O N T R O L C H AN N E L MAX P O W E R L E V E L

Full name Control channel MAX power level

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMaxCch

3GPP Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

Description


MS sets the specified output transmission power according to the power control header extracted from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible output power even if the power command sends maximum output power.

For SACCH is Channel Associated Signaling and it has to be used together with SCCCH and TCH, so the power control of MS starts after MS receives SACCH.

The power of MS before receiving SACCH (that is the power when sending channel request on RACH) is determined by Control channel MAX power level.

Control channel MAX power level is one of the cell selection and reselection parameters of MS, involving calculation of C1 and C2 values.

This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell via RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4.


If this parameter is too large, the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent channel; If it is too small, the MS access success rate at the edge of cell will be very low.


In practice, after setting this parameter, perform dialing test at the cell edge, increase or decrease the value of this parameter according to the MS access success rate and access time tested with different parameter setup.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Number of multiframes of the PCH (BsPaMframe)

T AB L E 50 - N U M B E R O F M U L T I F R AM E S O F T H E PCH

Full name Number of multiframes of the PCH

Abbreviation BsPaMframs

3GPP Name BS-PA-MFRMS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

Description

Number of multiframes of the PCH specifies the repeat cycle of PCH group subchannel using multiple 51-MultiFrame structures. It is one of the system control parameters.

According to GSM Specifications, a unique IMSI identifies MS and paging group. IMSI determines the PCH sub-channel for MS in a paging group.

In the actual network, MS tunes only to the paging sub-channel during IDLE mode in the serving cell and ignores other paging sub-channels. In other IDLE time, MS shuts off the hardware equipment power supply to save power. Number of multiframes of the PCH determines the number of paging sub-channels of the paging channel in a cell.

MS use this parameter to find out its home paging group, so as to monitor corresponding paging sub-channel. Network broadcasts the parameter information to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 message. Number of multiframes of the PCH is one of the system control parameters.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 2 ~ 9

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-15-001 Paging



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Number of slots to spread transmission (TxInteger)

T AB L E 51 - N U M B E R O F S L O T S T O S P R E AD T R AN S M I S S I O N

Full name Number of slots to spread transmission

Abbreviation TxInteger

3GPP Name Tx_integer

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to PRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. Whenever establishing a new connection, MS sends a channel request message to the network through PRACH channel.

As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve MS access success rate, the network allows MS to send multiple channel request messages before receiving packet assignment message. If MS does not receive any response for the previous channel request message, MS resends channel request message after waiting for a random period. Network uses S parameter to determine random waiting time.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 15

Assume timeslot number is S, so

0: S=12;

1: S=15;

2: S=20;

3: S=30;

4: S=41;

5: S=55;

6: S=76;

7: S=109;

8: S=163;

9: S=217;

10 ~ 15: reserved



Unit None

Default 14

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Interval of SDCCH re-sending phy info message (T3105d, 10ms)

T AB L E 52 - I N T E R V AL O F SDCCH R E -S E N D I N G P H Y I N F O M E S S AG E

Full name Interval of SDCCH re-sending phy info message

Abbreviation T3105d

3GPP Name T3105

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

Description

It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an asynchronous handover of SDCCH channel. This timer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Timer Start: It starts when network sends the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.

Timer Stop: It stops when the network receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE message from the former channel.

Overtime Acton: If the timer is overtime, RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message will be redelivered.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 67

Unit 10 ms

Default 28

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Interval of TCH re-sending PHY INFO message (T3105f, 10ms)

T AB L E 53 - I N T E R V AL O F TCH R E -S E N D I N G PHY INFO M E S S A G E

Full name Interval of TCH re-sending PHY INFO message

Abbreviation T3105f

3GPP Name T3105

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

Description

It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an asynchronous handover of TCH channel. This timer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Timer Start: It starts when network sends the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.

Timer Stop: It stops when the network receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE message from the former channel.

Overtime Acton: If the timer is overtime, RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message will be redelivered.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 32

Unit 10 ms

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Number of blocks reserved for AGCH (BsAgBlkRes)

T AB L E 54 - N U M B E R O F B L O C K S R E S E R V E D F O R AGCH

Full name Blocks for PAGCH in Frames

Abbreviation BsAgBlkRes

3GPP Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

Description The number of blocks used for AGCH in 51-MultiFrame. It is recommended that this value of the cells in the same local area is identical.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch channel (T200_0, 5ms)

T AB L E 55 - LAP D M T I M E R F O R C O N T R O L L I N G S D C C H C H AN N E L

Full name LAPDM timer used for controlling the SDCCH channel.

Abbreviation T200_0

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference

--

Description T200 is the timer used on various control channels in LAPDm protocol of BTS. There are 7 kinds of T200.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 5ms

Default 1



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel (T200_1, 5ms)

T AB L E 56 - LAP D M T I M E R F O R C O N T R O L L I N G F AC C H / F U L L R AT E C H AN N E L

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel

Abbreviation T200_1

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 5ms

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel (T200_2, 5ms)

T AB L E 57 - LAP D M T I M E R F O R C O N T R O L L I N G F AC C H / H A L F R AT E C H AN N E L

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel

Abbreviation T200_2

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference

--




Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 5ms

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi0 channel (T200_3, 10ms)

T AB L E 58 - LAP D M T I M E R F O R C O N T R O L L I N G S AC C H W I T H T C H S AP I0 C H AN N E L

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi0 channel

Abbreviation T200_3

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 10ms

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface



Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch channel (T200_4, 10ms)

T AB L E 59 - LAP D M T I M E R F O R C O N T R O L L I N G S AC C H W I T H S D C C H C H AN N E L

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch channel

Abbreviation T200_4

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 10ms

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch sapi3 channel (T200_5, 5ms)

T AB L E 60 - LAP D M T I M E R F O R C O N T R O L L I N G S D C C H S AP I 3 C H AN N E L

Full name LAPDM timer used for controlling the SDCCH sapi3 channel.

Abbreviation T200_5

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 5ms



Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi3 channel (T200_6, 10ms)

T AB L E 61 - LAP D M T I M E R F O R C O N T R O L L I N G S AC C H W I T H T C H S AP I3 C H AN N E L

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi3 channel

Abbreviation T200_6

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 10ms

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Support TFO (TFOSupport)

T AB L E 62 - SU P P O R T TFO

Full name Support TFO

Abbreviation TFOSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description This describes whether cell supports TFO.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-17-006 TFO

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Optional Parameters

The interface of optional parameters is shown in Figure 4 - .

F I G U R E 4 - OP T I O N AL P AR AM E T E R S

IMSI attach/detach allowed (ImsIadAllowed)

T AB L E 63 - IMSI AT T AC H / D E T AC H AL L O W E D

Full name IMSI attach/detach allowed

Abbreviation ImsIadAllowed

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

IMSI attach/detach allowed determines whether cell allows IMSI Attach/Detach procedure. IMSI detach occur when MS reports switch-off or when the SIM card is taken out from the MS.

The network (normally VLR) marks ‘Detach’ flag in subscriber information table. Such procedure assists the network to prevent unnecessary paging broadcast message to MS. Likewise, the IMSI Attach occur when the MS reports switch-on or reinserting of the SIM card. After successful IMSI attach, MS requests for Location Update (LU) for inconsistent LAI in SIM card with that of serving cell.

The network (normally VLR) marks ‘Attach’ flag in subscriber information table.

This parameter is included in ‘Control channel information’ and is used for RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 message.

This parameter of each cell in the same location area should be identical.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cell bar access (CellBarAccess)

T AB L E 64 - C E L L B AR AC C E S S

Full name Cell bar access

Abbreviation CellBarAccess

3GPP Name CELL_BAR_ACCESS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

PLMN carriers can determine whether to allow MS to access a specific cell (for example the cell in test or the cell for absorbing traffic only).

Network broadcasts Cell bar access information to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Call re-establishment allowed (CallReestablish)

T AB L E 65 - C AL L R E -E S T AB L I S H M E N T AL L O W E D

Full name Call re-establishment allowed

Abbreviation CallReestablish

3GPP Name RE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

For the call drop caused by radio link failure resulted from burst interference or high building, MS could originate call re-establishment process to restore the call. However, the network determines whether to allow reestablishment by enabling Call re-establishment allowed.

Network broadcasts the parameter information to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message. Call re-establishment allowed is one of the network function parameters.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed (DtxDwlink)

T AB L E 66 - D O W N L I N K D I S C O N T I N U O U S T R AN S M I S S I O N AL L O W E D

Full name Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed

Abbreviation DtxDwlink

3GPP Name DTX

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

3GPP TS 48.058 V5

Description

DTX mode is an optional downlink feature of GSM System.

The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means that the system does not transmit signals during the speech intermission of the subscriber conversation. This parameter participates in determining to use DTX mode in downlink direction.

Actually, using DTX in downlink direction (in CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and MODE MODIFY message sent to BTS) is determined together by this parameter and the DTX indication in downlink direction in ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and HANDOVER REQUEST message of MSC.

Yes: enable;

No: disable

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-08-001 Discontinuous Transmission Downlink

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Emergency call allowed (EmergencyCall)

T AB L E 67 - EM E R G E N C Y C AL L AL L O W E D

Full name Emergency call allowed

Abbreviation EmergencyCall

3GPP Name EC



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Description

Generally, a valid SIM card is required for any MS in GSM Network to get various network services. But the operators could decide whether to allow MS emergency call service for the MS without SIM card or with SIM card whose access level is disabled by current cell, for example the police station. Select ‘Yes’ for Emergency call allowed to enable this function.

Network broadcasts the parameter information to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message. Call re-establishment allowed is one of the network function parameters.

Yes: Do not allow Emergency call for MSs whose access level is 0~9. For the MSs whose access level is 11~15, if its corresponding access control bit is T, the emergency call is also not allowed.

No: Allow Emergency call for all MSs

GSM specifications define emergency call phone number as 112, which is different from Chinese emergency call, but 112 is generally connected to the automatic voice service to inform the users about the number of various special services. Hence, EC should be set as ‘No’, that is to allow the emergency call.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify)

T AB L E 68 - C E L L B AR Q U AL I F Y

Full name Cell bar qualify

Abbreviation CellBarQualify

3GPP Name CBQ，CELL_BAR_QUALIFY



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter preferably selects certain cells in the cell selection process according to capacity, traffic and functional difference in overlapping areas.

This function can be implemented by configuring CellBarQualify. CellBarQualify is used to limit cell priority in special case. Network broadcasts the parameter information to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It is one of the cell selection parameters. The validity of this parameter depends upon cell reselection parameter indication.

Select ‘No’ for Cell Bar Access and ‘No’ for Cell bar qualify, that is, the cell priority is defined as ‘Normal’. MS preferably enter some types of cells. Set the priority of this cell type as ‘Normal’, while the priorities of other cells to ‘Low’. In some cases, such as micro cellular application, and dual-frequency networking, this setting will not affect the cell reselection.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Access control (AccessControl)

T AB L E 69 - AC C E S S C O N T R O L

Full name Access control

Abbreviation AccessControl

3GPP Name AC CN, Access Control Class N

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0



Description

All MSs in GSM system have an access class (15 classes in total). The MSs that are in the class ranging between 0 and 9 are common ones. The MSs that are in the class ranging between 11 and 15 are special MSs (no access class 10). Therefore, the system can disable the MSs with certain access classes to access the cell (for example during the installation and commissioning or the congestion control). This information can reach MS inside the cell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages through Access control. It is also one of the system control parameters.

The degree of congestion for any CCCH or processor overload during congestion control can be reduced by temporarily prohibiting one type or multiple types of subscribers from accessing the system (for subscribers of access levels 0 ~ 9). In general, the system shows the following overload conditions:

RACH overload, which should be found in the “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” message and processed by BSS according to the standard GSM08.58;

AGCH overload, which should be found in the “DELETE INDICATION” message first, and handled by BSS by not sending the “IMMEDIATE REJECT” message;

PCH overload, which should be found in the “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” message, and the BSS will not make any process but notify the MSC;

Other types of overload, which can be found in the “OVERLOAD” message, for example, MTP overload.

Input the control level value in

, add and delete in this pane.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 9, 11 ~ 15

Unit None

Default None

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-22-001 MS Access Control

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cell Selection Parameters

The interface of cell selection parameters is shown in Figure 5.

F I G U R E 5 - C E L L S E L E C T I O N P AR AM E T E R S

Additional reselection parameter indication (AdditionReselPI)

T AB L E 70 - AD D I T I O N AL R E S E L E C T I O N P AR AM E T E R I N D I C AT I O N

Full name attached reselection parameter indication

Abbreviation AdditionReselPI

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

The cell selection and reselection of MS depends on the C1 and C2 parameters, according to the definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers decide whether to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter. Additional reselection parameter indication is to notify MS whether C2 criterion is adoptable during the cell reselection.

Network broadcasts the parameter information to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Additional reselection parameter indication is one of the cell selection parameters. Value Instruction:

Yes: MS takes off cell reselection parameter PI and the parameters related to computing C2 from the rest bytes ‘SI7/8 Rest Octets’ of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 7 or 8.

No: MS should obtain the PI parameter related to the cell reselection and parameters related to the C2 calculation from the rest octets of the SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4 message (SI4 Rest Octets).

Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are seldom used. Normally this parameter is ‘No’. It should be ‘Yes’ when the system adopts the system messages 7 and 8, and the cell reselection uses C2.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cell reselection parameter indication (CellReselPI)

T AB L E 71 - C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N P AR AM E T E R I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Cell reselection parameter indication

Abbreviation CellReselPI



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Cell reselection parameter indication notifies the MS whether to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter and if there is the related parameter for calculating C2.

It indicates whether the related parameter for calculating cell reselection standard C2 is contained in SYSTEM INFORMATION message and whether C2 standard is adopted in the cell reselection. The successive Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset and Penalty time are invalid, and MS takes C1 as the cell reselection standard when this value is ‘No’.

This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Cell reselection parameter indication is one of the cell selection parameters. Value Instruction:

Yes: MS gets parameters to compute C2 from cell broadcast system messages and regard C2 as a cell reselection standard. Parameters Cell bar qualify, Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset and Penalty time are invalid.

No: MS considers C1 parameter as a cell reselection standard. Parameters Cell bar qualify, Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset and Penalty time are invalid.

Enable this parameter, if related cell adopts C2 as the cell reselection standard. Otherwise, disable it.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Reselection offset (ReselOffset)





Abbreviation ReselOffset

3GPP Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

The cell reselection due to radio channel quality takes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according to C1 parameter, and some special offset parameters, to add the special influence as to enable MS to enter some cells in priority. Usually, such measures allow balancing the traffic on the network.

Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2: Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penalty time.

Cell reselection offset is a magnitude value, which indicates the human modified value of C2. Calculate a modified value of C2 to encourage or prevent MS accessing a certain cell, so as to implement balance network.

Network broadcasts the parameter information to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It is one of the cell selection parameters. The validity of this parameter depends upon Cell reselection parameter indication.

The setting of Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset and the Penalty time are are classified into three cases:

In case of large traffic or poor communication quality inside a cell due to certain causes, normally MS is expected not to work in that cell (that is, certain repulsion to that cell).

Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases. Temporary offset is invalid, and the numerical value of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value corresponding to the cell is decreased, and reduces the possibility that MS reselecting the cell. Besides, the proper value of this parameter Cell reselection offset can be set according to the repulsive nature of cell. The more is the repulsive nature, the larger is the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in case of a smaller Cell reselection offset.

For cells with small traffic and low equipment utilization, normally MS is encouraged to work in that cell (that is, certain propensity to that cell).

Cell reselection offset must be set between 0 ~ 10 (corresponding to 0 ~ 20 dB) in this case, according to tendency of the cell. The more is the tendency, the larger is the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in case of a smaller Cell reselection offset. It is usually better to set the Temporary offset same as Cell reselection offset, or a little higher than Cell reselection offset. The main function of Penalty time is to avoid frequent cell reselection of MS. The common recommended setting is 1 (20 seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the 1800 cell of dual-frequency network is such a case).

For cells with ordinary traffic, usually “ReselOffset” should be set as 0 and “PenaltyTime” as 31. Thus, C2 is equal to C1, that is, without human factors on the cell.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit 2 dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset, 10dB)

T AB L E 73 - TE M P O R AR Y O F F S E T

Full name Temporary offset

Abbreviation TemporaryOffset

3GPP Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2: Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penalty time. Temporary offset indicates the temporary modification value for C2. Temporary means that it only acts on C2 for a period and the period depends on parameter Penalty time.


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit 10 dB

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s)

T AB L E 74 - PE N AL T Y T I M E

Full name Penalty time

Abbreviation PenaltyTime

3GPP Name PENALTY_TIME

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description


Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2: Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penalty time. Temporary offset indicates the temporary modification value for C2. Temporary means that it only acts on C2 for a period and the period depends on parameter Penalty time.


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 20 s

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Cell reselecting hysteresis level (ReselHysteresis, 2dB)

T AB L E 75 - C E L L R E S E L E C T I N G H Y S T E R E S I S L E V E L

Full name Cell reselecting hysteresis level

Abbreviation ReselHysteresis

3GPP Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

Whenever MS moves across the two cell boundary-regions with different location area codes, it initiates Location Update (LU) procedure in IDLE mode.

C2 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacent cells are different because of fading characteristic of radio channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently. In this case, LU interval is more than cell reselection interval. This affects call success rate, due to unreachable paging response to calling party.

This increases the signaling flow on the network and causes radio resources to be fully utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion rate of the system, as MS cannot respond to paging during location update.

In addition, value difference must be greater than the value specified in CRH.

Network broadcasts the parameter information to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Cell reselecting hysteresis level is one of the cell selection parameters.

Define Cell reselecting hysteresis level to 4 or 5 and make certain adjustments in following cases:

Increase cell reselection parameters of adjacent cells with different LAC. Signaling traffic overload often occurs due to large demand of services.

When the adjacent cells in different location areas have large overlapped coverage, it is suggested to increase the CRH parameter.

If the adjacent cells with different LACs are poor in overlapped coverage, that is, there is coverage gap, or the adjacent place is an area with few slow moving objects such as the expressway, the CRH parameter should be set as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).



Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit 2 dB

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Early category classmark sending control (ECSC)

T AB L E 76 - EAR L Y C AT E G O R Y C L AS S M AR K S E N D I N G C O N T R O L

Full name Early category classmark sending control

Abbreviation ECSC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

According to GSM specification, MS transmits appended class mark information (Classmark 3) to the network through the CLASSMARK CHANGE message as soon as possible.

Early category classmark sending control determines whether the network supports ECSC function. Network broadcasts the parameter information to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 message.

If there is a cell in another frequency band in the adjacent cell for handover or the current cell itself is extended GSM cell and the function of early category classmark sending control is enabled, set ECSC as ‘Yes’, otherwise set as ‘No’.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



New setup cause indication (NECI)

T AB L E 77 - N E W S E T U P C AU S E I N D I C AT I O N

Full name New setup cause indication

Abbreviation NECI

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The serving channels in the GSM system can be classified into channels with full rate and channels with half rate according to GSM specifications. Common GSM system supports channels with full rate. The network operators decide whether the network support half rate service.

The new setup reason denotes the NECI to notify MS if the area supports the half rate service. The parameter notifies MS through the RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. NECI is one of network’s functional parameters.

No: half rate service access not supported by this cell;

Yes: half rate service access supported by this cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power offset indication (PowOffsetInd)

T AB L E 78 - PO W E R O F F S E T I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Power offset indication

Abbreviation PowOffsetInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter decides whether to add offset value for Control channel MAX power level parameter while sending access request message on RACH for Class 3 MS of GSM1800. The necessity of offset value depends on Power offset indication, that is, this parameter decides whether Power offset indication is valid. This parameter also affects MS calculating cell selection and cell reselection standards C1 and C2.

Network broadcasts the parameter information to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power offset (PowOffset, 2dB)

T AB L E 79 - PO W E R O F F S E T

Full name Power offset

Abbreviation PowOffset

3GPP Name POWER OFFSET

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

According to the GSM specification, for Class 3 MS of GSM 1800, the transmission power for sending access request message on RACH is to the value of Control channel MAX power level plus a modified value. Power offset specifies the modified value. It determines if this parameter is valid.

This parameter also affects the calculation of cell selection standard C1 and cell reselection standard C2. Network broadcasts the parameter information to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 3

Unit 2 dB



Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Service Process Additional Parameters

The interface of service process additional parameters is shown in Figure 6 - .

F I G U R E 6 - S E R V I C E P R O C E S S AD D I T I O N A L P AR AM E T E R S

Directed retry indication (DrInd)

T AB L E 80 - D I R E C T E D R E T R Y I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Directed retry indication

Abbreviation DrInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter indicates whether to use directed retry feature. Network assigns corresponding service channel for MS in an adjacent cell, if there is no service channel available in serving cell.

Directed retry indication defines a special handover process that can reduce the call drop ratio. Directed retry falls into intra-BSC directed retry and inter-BSC directed retry. The former one does not need the participation of MSC, while the latter one does.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Queue allowed when assign (QueueInd_0)

T AB L E 81 - QU E U E AL L O W E D W H E N AS S I G N

Full name Queue allowed when assign

Abbreviation QueueInd_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter decides whether to allow queuing in assignment process. Cell improves the call drop rate with the use of such techniques.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Queue allowed when handover (QueueInd_1)

T AB L E 82 - QU E U E AL L O W E D W H E N H AN D O V E R

Full name Queue allowed when handover

Abbreviation QueueInd_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter decides whether queuing can be performed during a handover process and when there are no available channels in the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Preemption allowed when assign (PreemptionInd_0)

T AB L E 83 - PR E E M P T I O N AL L O W E D W H E N AS S I G N

Full name Preemption allowed when assign

Abbreviation PreemptionInd_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It decides whether forced disconnection is allowed during the assignment. The priority in the assignment request or handover is valid and the preemption is valid. Those connections with low priority can be forcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate their resources to other assignments or handover request with higher priority. Assignment request indicate the call status.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Preemption allowed when handover (PreemptionInd_1)

T AB L E 84 - PR E E M P T I O N AL L O W E D W H E N H AN D O V E R

Full name Preemption allowed when handover

Abbreviation PreemptionInd_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It decides whether forced disconnection is allowed during the handover. The priority in the assignment request or handover is valid and the preemption is valid. Those connections with low priority can be forcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate their resources to other assignments or handover request with higher priority. A Handover request indicates the call status.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

When assigned forced handover (ForcedHoInd_0)

T AB L E 85 - WH E N AS S I G N E D F O R C E D H AN D O V E R

Full name When assigned forced handover

Abbreviation ForcedHoInd_0

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether the low priority subscribers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so that high priority subscribers can obtain channels. This parameter represents whether forced handover is allowed during assignment.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

When handover forced handover (ForcedHoInd_1)

T AB L E 86 - WH E N H AN D O V E R F O R C E D H AN D O V E R

Full name When handover forced handover

Abbreviation ForcedHoInd_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether the low priority subscribers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so that high priority subscribers can obtain channels. This parameter represents whether forced handover is allowed during handover.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



NO. of candidate cells for handover (CandidateNum)

T AB L E 87 - NO. O F C AN D I D AT E C E L L S F O R H AN D O V E R

Full name NO. of candidate cells for handover

Abbreviation CandidateNum

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter decides maximum number of candidate cells for handover that can be contained in BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message from BSC to MSC.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 16

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Fast average indication (FastAvg)

T AB L E 88 - FAS T AV E R AG E I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Fast average indication

Abbreviation FastAvg

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Network may not perform handover or power control if less measurement data is available during call process. The average calculating process for these processes is enabled only when the measured data reaches a certain window size.

Common average process does not take place, for the five measured values BSC receives. BSC directly calculates the average of the 5 measured values if the fast average process is adopted.

There are three cases resulting in insufficient data for calculating the average value, that is, call establishment period, after handover and after power control. After performing power control once, former measured values are discarded in situations where they could result in an error control (measured values without the influence on handover control are still existing).

In addition, old measured values are discarded after the handover has occurred keeping it from causing error control (the forward and backward cells are in the same BSC).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call (FacchCallInd_0)

T AB L E 89 - AL L O W E D FACCH C AL L S E T U P AF T E R E M E R G E N C Y C AL L

Full name Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call

Abbreviation FacchCallInd_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BSC can allocate the suitable TCH channel when an MS attempts to access the network, and there is no SDCCH available in the cell. That is the so-called FACCH call establishment.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-11-001 Immediate TCH Assignment

ZGF05-09-003 Channel Assignment Algorithm


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond (FacchCallInd_1)

T AB L E 90 - AL L O W E D FACCH C AL L S E T U P W H E N P AG E R E S P O N D

Full name Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allowed call setup on FACCH (FacchCallInd_2)

T AB L E 91 - AL L O W E D C AL L S E T U P O N FACCH

Full name Allowed call setup on FACCH




3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Allowed call reestablished on FACCH (FacchCallInd_3)

T AB L E 92 - AL L O W E D C AL L R E E S T AB L I S H E D O N FACCH

Full name Allowed call reestablished on FACCH


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch)

T AB L E 93 - BCCH S W I T C H AL L O W E D

Full name BCCH switch allowed

Abbreviation CanBcchExch

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter decides whether the cell allows BCCH switch.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed (CanSdcchDyn)

T AB L E 94 - SDCCH D Y N AM I C C O N F I G U R AT I O N AL L O W E D

Full name SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed

Abbreviation CanSdcchDyn

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter decides whether the cell allows SDCCH dynamic configuration.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Minimal resource threshold (ResourceThs, %)

T AB L E 95 - M I N I M AL R E S O U R C E T H R E S H O L D

Full name Minimal resource threshold

Abbreviation ResourceThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Minimum resource threshold allowed by the cell, which is used to calculate dynamic cell priority.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 100

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

System Parameters

The interface of system parameters is shown in Figure 7.



F I G U R E 7 - S Y S T E M P AR AM E T E R S

Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd)

T AB L E 96 - I N T E R F E R E N C E AV E R AG I N G P E R I O D

Full name Interference averaging period

Abbreviation InterfAvgPrd

3GPP Name INTAVE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

Description

BTS needs to measure interference on the unallocated traffic channels, calculate the average of the recent interference values periodically and convert it into the corresponding interference band information, and then transfer it to BSC in the “RF RESOURCE INDICATION” message as a factor to be considered in channel allocation of BSC. This parameter is one of the BTS configuration parameters.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 31

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-09-008 Idle Channel Measurement

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Interference Band Boundary (InterfBoundary_0~ InterfBoundary_5)

T AB L E 97 - I N T E R F E R E N C E B AN D B O U N D AR Y

Full name Interference Band Boundary

Abbreviation InterfBoundary_0~ InterfBoundary_5

3GPP Name LIMITn

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

Description

BTS needs to measure interference on the unallocated traffic channels. BTS calculates the average of recent interference values on periodic basis and converts it into corresponding interference band information. BTS then, transfers to BSC in the RF RESOURCE INDICATION message to consider it as a factor in channel allocation strategy.

The interface boundaries are used to help the conversion of the interference level (average) value into corresponding interference band information. Altogether six boundaries determine five interference bands. In fact, it is unnecessary to set interference boundary 0 and interference boundary 5. One represents infinity and the other represents negative infinity. This parameter, describing the remaining four boundaries, is one of the BTS configuration parameters.

Generally, -85 dBm ~ -115 dBm is used for interference boundaries 1 ~ 4.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Assuming the value of interference boundary is L:

L=0: -110 dBm;

L=1: -109 dBm

……

L=63: -47 dBm;

L=Other: reserved

Unit None

Default Interference band 0~5: [0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 63]

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-09-008 Idle Channel Measurement

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Radio link timeout on MS side (MsRadioLKTmOut)

T AB L E 98 - R AD I O L I N K T I M E O U T O N MS S I D E

Full name Radio link timeout on MS side

Abbreviation MsRadioLKTmOut

3GPP Name RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is the maximum value of radio link counter S at Ms side, transmitted on BCCH or SACCH by BSS. Radio link counter S is used to evaluate radio link failure. When MS can't decode SACCH message (BFI=1), S decrements; when MS successfully receives SACCH message (BFI=0), S increases by 2. If S is decreased to 0, it indicates radio link fault, call shall be reestablished or released.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 15

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Radio link failure criterion (ConFailCriterion)

T AB L E 99 - R AD I O L I N K F AI L U R E C R I T E R I O N

Full name Radio link failure criterion

Abbreviation ConFailCriterion

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio link fails according to two criteria: One is based on the uplink SACCH error rate and the other is based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL. Radio link failure criterion determines the method that the BTS uses as the standard to judge connection failure.

If SACCH error rate is used as the standard to judge connection failure, BTS uses the same value of Radio link timeout and the same process as MS does. Thus, BTS avoids inconsistent judgment standards in the uplink and downlink directions. Meanwhile, the Receiving level threshold and Receiving quality threshold parameters are invalid.

If the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard to judge connection failure, BTS will use the two parameters Receiving level threshold and Receiving quality threshold.

The value range is as follows:

1: Uplink SACCH Error Rate Based (in order to ensure the same judgment standard in the uplink and downlink directions);

2: RXLEV/RXQUAL Measurement Based

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 2

Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Radio link timeout on BSS side (BsRadioLKTmOut)

T AB L E 100 - R AD I O L I N K T I M E O U T O N BSS S I D E

Full name Radio link timeout on BSS side

Abbreviation BsRadioLKTmOut

3GPP Name RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0



Description

This parameter is the maximum value of radio link counter S at BSS side, transmitted on PBCCH by BSS under the leading of packet system message 2.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 15

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs)

T AB L E 101 - R E C E I V I N G L E V E L T H R E S H O L D

Full name Receiving level threshold

Abbreviation RxLevThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio link fails according to two criteria: One is based on the uplink SACCH error rate and the other is based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.

The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects one of the following conditions: The uplink receiving level is smaller than a certain threshold; The uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain threshold. This only applies, if the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard to judge a connection failure. Receiving level threshold specifies the threshold of receiving level.

This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH error rate is used as the standard to judge connection failure (Radio link failure criterion is 1). Receiving level threshold is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Receiving quality threshold (RxQualThs)

T AB L E 102 - R E C E I V I N G Q U AL I T Y T H R E S H O L D

Full name Receiving quality threshold

Abbreviation RxQualThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

GSM 12.21

Description

The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio link fails according to two criteria. One is based on uplink SACCH error rate, and the other is based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.

The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects one of the following conditions: The uplink receiving level is smaller than a certain threshold; The uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain threshold. This only applies, if the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as a standard to judge a connection failure. Receiving quality threshold specifies the receiving threshold quality.

This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH error rate is used as the standard to judge a connection failure. This parameter is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0 ~ 7

0: corresponding BER range <0.2%;

1: 0.2% ~ 0.4%;

2：0.4% ~ 0.8%；

……

6：6.4% ~ 12.8%；

7: > 12.8%

Unit None

Default 6

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Radio link failure checking period (RxLevQualprd)

T AB L E 103 - R AD I O L I N K F A I L U R E C H E C K I N G P E R I O D

Full name Radio link failure checking period

Abbreviation RxLevQualprd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

GSM 12.21

Description

Period to detect radio linkd failure at network side (in the unit of SACCH multiframe), including the detection of channel strength (dBm) and signal quality received in each channel.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 63


Default 63

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--




The interface of AMR half method parameters is shown in Figure 8.

F I G U R E 8 - AMR H AL F M E T H O D P AR AM E T E R S



AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs)

T AB L E 104 - AMR H AL F AC T I V E C O D E C S E T

Full name AMR Half Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrHalfAcs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The code has 8 bits. Bit 6~ Bit 8: reserved; Bit 5: 7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70 kbps …… Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. ‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’ represents ‘0’. Four coding modes could be set at the most. Default code is 00011110 (that is 30).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70 kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, to 7.95 kbit/s. Value range is Yes/No.

Unit None

Default Default is [No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, No] in order.

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters


Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

The threshold of changing AMR mode includes four factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, AmrThresholds5. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1≤AmrThresholds2≤AmrThresholds3≤AmrThresholds4≤AmrThresholds5

AmrThresholds1＋AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThresholds2＋AmrHysteresis2≤AmrThresholds3＋AmrHysteresis3≤AmrThresholds4＋AmrHysteresis4≤AmrThresholds5＋AmrHysteresis5

Management Object

Cell

Value Range


0: 0.0 dB;

1: 0.5 dB;

2: 1.0 dB

……

63: 31.5 dB

Unit None

Default ［22，25，29，34，40］

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes five factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, and AmrHysteresis5. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1＋AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThresholds2＋AmrHysteresis2≤AmrThresholds3＋AmrHysteresis3≤AmrThresholds4＋AmrHysteresis4≤AmrThresholds5＋AmrHysteresis5

Management Object

Cell

Value Range


0: 0.0 dB;

1: 0.5 dB;

2: 1.0 dB

……

15: 7.5 dB

Unit None

Default ［4，5，5，6，6］

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM)



Abbreviation IsAmrlCM

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell


Unit None


Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell



Value Range

When only a value is configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;

When two values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~3;

When three values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~2;

When four values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1;

When all values are configured as "No" for 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is null;






Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--







3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description




Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Reserved rate of eMLPP (EmlppThs)

T AB L E 110 - R E S E R V E D R A T E O F E MLPP

Full name eMLPP channel Reserved time

Abbreviation EmlppThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter defines eMLPP channel reserved time, that is, the proportion of eMLPP channel in all available channels in the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 20

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Use cell EMLPP Threshold (UseCellEmlppThs)

T AB L E 111 - U S E C E L L EMLPP TH R E S H O L D

Full name Use cell EMLPP Threshold

Abbreviation UseCellEmlppThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter defines whether to use eMLPPThs. If yes, you shall select cell property, otherwise to select BSC property.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


The interface of AMR full method parameters is shown in Figure 9 - .



F I G U R E 9 - AMR F U L L M E T H O D P AR AM E T E R S

AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)

T AB L E 112 - AMR F U L L AC T I V E C O D E C SE T

Full name AMR full Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrFullAcs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits. Bit 8: 12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit 5: 6.70 kbps … Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. ‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’ represents ‘0’. Default code is 10101010 (that is 170).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70 kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, 7.95 kbit/s, 10.2 kbit/s to 12.2 kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.

Unit None

Default Default is [No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes] in order.

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters




Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The threshold of changing AMR mode includes seven factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, AmrThresholds5, AmrThresholds6, AmrThresholds7. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1≤AmrThresholds2≤AmrThresholds3≤AmrThresholds4≤AmrThresholds5≤AmrThresholds6≤AmrThresholds7，AmrThresholds1＋AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThresholds2＋AmrHysteresis2≤AmrThresholds3＋AmrHysteresis3≤AmrThresholds4＋AmrHysteresis4≤AmrThresholds5＋AmrHysteresis5≤AmrThresholds6＋AmrHysteresis6≤AmrThresholds7＋AmrHysteresis7

Management Object

Cell

Value Range


0: 0.0 dB;

1: 0.5 dB;

2: 1.0 dB

……

63: 31.5 dB

Unit None

Default ［6，9，13，18，24，31，39］

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--







3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes seven factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5, AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1＋AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThresholds2＋AmrHysteresis2≤AmrThresholds3＋AmrHysteresis3≤AmrThresholds4＋AmrHysteresis4≤AmrThresholds5＋AmrHysteresis5≤AmrThresholds6＋AmrHysteresis6≤AmrThresholds7＋AmrHysteresis7

Management Object

Cell

Value Range


0: 0.0 dB;

1: 0.5 dB;

2: 1.0 dB

……

15: 7.5 dB

Unit None

Default ［3，4，3，5，5，5，6］

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--




Abbreviation IsAmrICM

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell


Unit None


Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--


Management Object

Cell



Value Range

When four values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;

When five values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~3;

When six values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~2;

When seven values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1;

When all values are configured as "No" for 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is null;






Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--







3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description




Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cell Optional Parameters

The interface of cell optional parameters is shown in Figure 10.



F I G U R E 10 - CE L L OP T I O N AL P AR AM E T E R S

Protection period for access attempt (T3122, s)

T AB L E 118 - P R O T E C T I O N P E R I O D F O R AC C E S S AT T E M P T

Full name Protection period for access attempt

Abbreviation T3122

3GPP Name T3122

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

Description

The network sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message to MS when it receives a channel request message from MS and will not allocate a suitable channel to MS. IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message contains T3122 timer parameter to prevent possible wireless channel blocking caused by repeated channel requests sent by the MS, which is waiting for indication information unit.

MS cannot restart a new call until the time indicated by T3122 is elapsed if it receives the ‘IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message. This parameter is also one of the system control parameters, and is sent to MS in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.

Following are the suggested values: 10 s ~ 15 s for normal traffic area; 15 s ~ 25 s for dense traffic area

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255



Unit s

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Multiband report indication (MulbandReport)

T AB L E 119 - M U L T I B AN D R E P O R T I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Multiband report indication

Abbreviation MulbandReport


3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0



Description

MS in single-frequency GSM system needs only to report contents of six adjacent cells with the strongest signals in a frequency band, when reporting the survey result of adjacent cells to the network.

In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority into a specific frequency band during handover. The MS reports the survey result according to the signal intensity and the frequency band of the signals, according to the actual situation.

Multiband report indication is used to notify MS to report contents of adjacent cells in multiple frequency bands. It is one of the system control parameters.

The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic in each frequency band. General principles to set the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of 　each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the operator has no choice over the frequency band.

3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite 　different, and the operator hopes that MS enters a specific frequency band with priority.



1: MS reports the measurement result of one adjacent cell with strongest signal in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list (excluding frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in.

2: MS reports the survey result of two adjacent cells with the strongest signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in.

3: MS reports the survey result of three adjacent cells with the strongest signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 3

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxUplinkBcch)

T AB L E 120 - U P L I N K D I S C O N T I N U O U S T R AN S M I S S I O N

Full name Uplink discontinuous transmission

Abbreviation DtxUplinkBcch

3GPP Name DTX

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

Description

The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means that the system does not transmit signals during the speech intermission of the subscriber conversation.

This parameter controls how MS uses the DTX mode. System broadcasts ‘RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3’ message to all MSs in the cell. In addition, it may be necessary to notify MSs of older versions (of the first stage) through the RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message on SACCH. For MSs of newer versions, the RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message contains Uplink discontinuous transmission. This parameter is one of the network function parameters.


MS could use DTX;

MS should use DTX;

MS should not use DTX;

If both the BTS equipment and TRAU support the DTX mode, set the parameter as 1 (employ DTX). Otherwise set it as 2 (not employ DTX).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 2



Unit None

Default 1

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-08-002 Discontinuous Transmission Uplink

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Other Parameters

The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 11.




RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst (RachBuysThs)

T AB L E 121 - R ACH R E C E I V I N G S I G N AL L E V E L T H R E S H O L D F O R B U S Y B U R S T

Full name RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst

Abbreviation RachBuysThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst is the threshold for receiving signal level in RACH bursts. If the value is exceeded (that is less than RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst dBm), system considers that as a busy RACH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default 63

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Preprocessing indication (Preprocess)

T AB L E 122 - P R E P R O C E S S I N G I N D I C AT I O N

Full name Preprocessing

Abbreviation Preprocess

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

The survey report contains the large amount (message amount) of Abis interface information. Preprocess of the survey report can be transferred to BTS to reduce the burden of Abis interface link. After preprocess, BTS averages the survey data of MS by its own, and reports to BSC in a lower frequency.

Average reporting period can be two, three or four SACCH multi-frames (480 ms). That is, the frequency decreases from the original twice/s to once/2 s, so the message amount of Abis interface decreases. However, the decrease of message amount still depends on whether the message length before preprocess is same as that after preprocess. One disadvantage of preprocess is that the handover control and power control are not in time, which increases the possibility of disconnection rate. This parameter determines whether to use preprocess and its period or not.


0: Do not use preprocess

2: Use preprocess; the average reporting period is 2 SACCH multi-frames



Other values: Reserved

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 4

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX resending times for physical information (NY1)

T AB L E 123 - M AX R E S E N D I N G T I M E S F O R P H Y S I C AL I N F O R M AT I O N

Full name MAX resending times for physical information

Abbreviation NY1



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BTS sends RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message to notify MS the advanced time value that is used during asynchronous handover process to be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTS starts the T3105 timer after the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message is sent once. BTS resends message ‘RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION’ and restart the T3105 timer if the timer stops and fails to decode the frames in second layer correctly (format A or format B) or TCH frames.

MAX resending times for physical information decides maximum number of resending times for RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message. This parameter is one of the BTS configuration parameters.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 5 ~ 35

Unit None

Default 8

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Low priority of channel select priority (ChanSelectPrio_0)

T AB L E 124 - LO W P R I O R I T Y O F C H AN N E L S E L E C T P R I O R I T Y

Full name Low priority of channel select priority

Abbreviation ChanSelectPrio_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specify the channel type used by low priority subscriber.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range No change, Full rate first, Half rate first, Only full rate allowed, Only half rate allowed

Unit None



Default No change

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

High priority of channel select priority (ChanSelectPrio_1)

T AB L E 125 - H I G H P R I O R I T Y O F C H AN N E L S E L E C T P R I O R I T Y

Full name High priority of channel select priority

Abbreviation ChanSelectPrio_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Specify the channel type used by high priority subscriber.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range No change, Full rate first, Half rate first, Only full rate allowed, Only half rate allowed

Unit None

Default No change

Relevant Functions



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Cell Support Encryption Mode (CipherMode-0~ CipherMode-7)

T AB L E 126 - C E L L S U P P O R T E N C R Y P T I O N M O D E

Full name Cell Support Encryption Mode

Abbreviation CipherMode-0~ CipherMode-7

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

Cell Support Encryption Mode is the encryption mode supported by BTS. The required encryption algorithm is contained in BSSAP CIPHER MODE COMMAND or BSSAP ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message sent by the MSC side. By checking this parameter, BSC can learn whether the cell supports this required encryption algorithm to give a proper response.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 8 types, Value Ranges are all Yes/No

Unit None

Default [Yes, No, No, No, No, No, No, No]

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-21-001 Support of A5/1 and A5/2 Ciphering Algorithm

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MR report time bitmap (MrRptTimeBmp)

T AB L E 127 - MR R E P O R T T I M E B I T M AP

Full name MR report time bitmap

Abbreviation MrRptTimeBmp

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter provides a check function about 0 ~ 23 time points. You can enable measurement data report at different points. Each time point indicates a hour, within 0~23 hours.

Only if checking corresponding time and enabling report function about measurement report data, MR data can be reported.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

checked, unchecked

Checked: it indicates that measurement report shall be enabled within this time duration;

Unchecked: it indicates that measurement report shall be disabled within this time duration;

Unit None



Default Unchecked

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Basic Parameters

If ‘GPRS service supported’ in ‘Basic parameters 1’ is ‘support GPRS’, the sub-interface of GPRS parameters will appear.

The interface of GPRS basic property parameters is as shown in Figure 12.

F I G U R E 12 - GPRS B AS I C P R O P E R T Y P AR AM E T E R S

SGSN ID (SGSNID) T AB L E 128 - SGSN ID

Full name SGSN ID

Abbreviation SGSNID

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

SGSN serial number assigned by internal iBSC, which is assigned while user creates SGSN. This serial number can't be modified and can be deleted after creation.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 16

Unit None

Default Depends on the actual configuration.

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

NSEI

T AB L E 129 - NSEI

Full name NSEI

Abbreviation NSEI

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

In GPRS protocol stack, every unique BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) that is NSEI+BVCI for each GPRS cell belongs to Network Service Entity (NSE). NSEI uniquely identifies every NSE. ZXG10 iBSC supports several NSEs for future expandability option.

Only when user firstly configures NSE in "Relevant configuration at GB interface", this parameter is optional.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default Depends on the NSE configuration at Gb interface

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



BVCI

T AB L E 130 - BVCI

Full name BVCI

Abbreviation BVCI

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) provides an approach for communication between different BSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-to-Point (PTP) or Point-to-Multipoint (PTM) or inter-signaling entity transmission of BSSGP PDUs lies on BVC.

BVCI identifies each virtual connection. BVCI enables the network service layer to route BSSGP PDUs to the peer entity. One NSE carries only one signaling BVC (BVCI=0).

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RAC

T AB L E 131 - R AC

Full name RAC

Abbreviation RAC

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

RAC is a part of Routing Area Identity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS serving cell identification. GPRS system divides the Location Area (LA) to several routing areas (RAs) using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). Routing Area (RA) distribution, similar to GSM system, uses the location area to manage a group of cells. MS initiates ‘Routing area update’ procedure in cell reselection mode if new RAI differs from old RAI during cell reselection.


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

UPU unit

T AB L E 132 - UPU U N I T

Full name UPU Unit

Abbreviation UpuUnit

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It is corresponding with the board position in physical configuration

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Depends on the actual configuration.

Unit None

Default Depends on the actual selection.

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

DSP No.

T AB L E 133 - DSP N O.

Full name DSP ID

Abbreviation DSP

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter depends on physical configured DSP, if all DSPs are configured, DSP number is within range of 9~22, otherwise it is configured DSP number.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

Determined by user configured DSP quantity.

If all DSPs on UPPB are configured, DSP number shall be within 9~22, otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.

If all DSPs on UPPB/2 board are configured, DSP number shall be within 9~13, 17~21, 25~29, otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.

Unit None

Default Minimum DSP number configured by user

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






Additional reselect parameter indictor (AddResPI2)

T AB L E 134 - AD D I T I O N AL R E S E L E C T I O N P AR AM E T E R I N D I C AT I O N

Full name attached reselection parameter indication

Abbreviation AddResPI2

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

The cell selection and reselection of MS depends on the C1 and C2 parameters, according to the definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers decide whether to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter.

Additional reselection parameter indication is to notify MS whether C2 criterion is adoptable during the cell reselection.

System broadcasts through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages to MS in the cell. It is one of the cell selection parameters.


Yes: MS takes off cell reselection parameter PI and the parameters related to computing C2 from the rest bytes ‘SI7/8 Rest Octets’ of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 7 or 8.

No: MS should obtain the PI parameter related to the cell reselection and parameters related to the C2 calculation from the rest octets of the SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4 message (SI4 Rest Octets).

Generally, system information TYPE 7 and TYPE 8 are rarely used, this parameter must be set as ‘No’, otherwise some MS (for example NEC) are not able to access the network.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)

T AB L E 135 - S I13 S E N D I N G P O S I T I O N

Full name SI13 Sending Position

Abbreviation Si13Locate

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. SI13 sending position indicates the scheduling position of SI13 on BCCH.

SI13 is related to the GPRS services. SI13 can be sent on either of the following: BCCH Norm position. In this case, it occupies the BCCH block with TC = 4; TC = ((FN DIV 51) mod (8)).

BCCH Ext position. In this case, it occupies one fixed AGCH block with TC = 0. SI13 is sent with low success rate on the BCCH Ext position, because SI13 has to compete with other messages, such as IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message, for delivery opportunity. For this case, the parameter value of Access Allowed Reserved Blocks must be set greater than 0. Otherwise, SI13 will not be sent.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext

Unit None

Default BCCH Norm

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

RACOLOR (RaColor)

T AB L E 136 - R ACOLOR

Full name RACOLOR

Abbreviation RaColor

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through SI3, SI4, SI7 and SI8 messages. RACOLOR is similar to the BCC function in the GSM system. In some cases, such as inter-BSC cell reselection, the GPRS network assigns different RACOLOR values to adjacent cells with the same route area code to ensure that MS can initiate the ‘Routing Area Updating’ process.

In this way, when MS receives different RACOLOR values in the cells with the same routing area code, it initiates the ‘Routing Area Updating’ process similar as when it spans two different routing areas.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Minimal number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs)

T AB L E 137 - M I N I M AL N U M B E R O F I D L E CS C H AN N E L

Full name Minimal number of idle CS channel

Abbreviation CsChansThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

DBS uses this parameter on BSC MP. It indicates minimum threshold of the number of IDLE channels under the CS status, when the network converts the switchable channel to the PS channel.

System may fail to convert a dynamic switchable channel to a PS channel, if the number of idle CS channels is lower than the threshold. When a PS + CS channel in the CS status is released, it can be converted and used by PS if the total number of idle channels in the cell is greater than this threshold.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None



Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)

T AB L E 138 - P AC K E T AC C E S S P R I O R I T Y T H R E S H O L D

Full name Packet access priority threshold

Abbreviation PriAcThr

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI13 and SI13 messages. Packet access priority threshold indicates the priority level of MS packet access allowed in the cell as similar to the function of ACCESS CLASS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range No package access, Allow priority 1, Allow priority 1-2, Allow priority 1-3, Allow priority 1-4, Allow priority

Unit None

Default Allow priority

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Packet System Information Send Speed (SendSpeed)

T AB L E 139 - P AC K E T S Y S T E M I N F O R M AT I O N S E N D S P E E D

Full name Packet System Information Send Speed

Abbreviation SendSpeed (PSI2, PSI3, PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5, PSI13, PSI3ter, PSI8, PSI3quater)

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used for global process on BRP. Packet System Information Send Speed indicates whether various types of PSI messages are sent at high rate. As there are limited packet system messages (16) sent at high rate, and the number of sent messages often varies due to different content lengths of different types of packet system messages, the user can only roughly specify the sending rate of each type of system message.

Before sending the message, the global process dynamically specifies the sending rate of each packet system message type according to the user requirement and the system limitation.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 9 types, Yes/No

Unit None

Default [Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes]

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Overload report period on PRACH (OvLoadPer, s)

T AB L E 140 - OV E R L O AD R E P O R T P E R I O D O N PRACH

Full name PRACH OverLoad Report Period

Abbreviation OvLoadPer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Parameters used by FUC at BTS side. The interval of PRACH overload period reported by BTS and informed by BSC.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit s

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

Link error counter (RLTimeout)

T AB L E 141 - L I N K E R R O R C O U N T E R

Full name Link error counter

Abbreviation RLTimeout

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used by BTS. BSC informs this parameter to BTS through O&M message, explaining measurement counter while BTS can't correctly decode GPRS data.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 20

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

PRACH receive signal level threshold (PrachBusyT)

T AB L E 142 - PRACH R E C E I V E S I G N AL L E V E L T H R E S H O L D

Full name PRACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst

Abbreviation PrachBusyT

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

BTS uses this parameter information. PRACH channel overload is one of the reasons for overload control. The busy ratio of random access burst decides the PRACH overload.

If a burst’s level exceeds the value specified by PRACH receive signal level threshold, the burst is considered as a busy burst.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default 63

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Average measuring bursts number on PRACH (MeaAvgSlot)

T AB L E 143 - AV E R AG E M E AS U R I N G B U R S T S N U M B E R O N PRACH

Full name Average measuring bursts number on PRACH

Abbreviation MeaAvgSlot

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

BTS uses this parameter information. and this parameter must be in sync with BTS whenever changed. Average measuring bursts number on PRACH indicates the number of measured bursts on PRACH. If the receiving signal level of Average bursts count surveyed by RACH BPs is lower than the value of this parameter, overloading of PRACH channel occur.BTS uses this parameter. The BTS needs to be synchronized when modifying the parameter.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default 60

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Buffer threshold of paging message (PccchIndTh_0, %)

T AB L E 144 - B U F F E R T H R E S H O L D O F P AG I N G M E S S AG E

Full name Buffer threshold of paging message

Abbreviation PccchIndTh_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Paging message buffer is overloaded threshold for packet paging channel PPCH. The judgment scheme is as follows: i.Calculate the paging message buffer corresponding to a paging channel. ii.Divide the message number stored in the buffer by the maximum storage amount. iii.Multiply the obtained percentage by 100. Compare the result with the threshold. If the result exceeds the threshold, then the overload can be decided.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 50

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-15-001 Paging

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period (PccchIndTh_1, %)

T AB L E 145 - QU E U E L E N G T H T H R E S H O L D I N 64 M U L T I F R AM E P AG I N G P E R I O D

Full name Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

FUC on BTS uses this parameter information. It indicates overload threshold in PCCCH (PRACH, PPCH) threshold. This parameter is an array with 3 elements, in the unit of %.

PccchIndTh[0]: paging message buffer is overloaded for packet paging channel PPCH. Its decision mechanism is to first calculate paging message body buffer corresponding to one paging channel, then message total quantity saved in this buffer divided by maximum storage to gain a percentage, multiplied by 100, then compared with this threshold, if it exceeds it will be considered as overload;

PccchIndTh[1]: paging group overload threshold of packet paging channel. Its decision mechanism is to first accumulate the message ready to issue in buffer queue for each paging group pair, then divided by accumulation of maximum storage in buffer queue corresponding to each paging group, multiplied by 100, compared with this threshold, if it exceeds the threshold, it will be considered as overload;

PccchIndTh[2]: PRACH overload threshold. Its decision mechanism is to first divide total blocks quantity of this PRACH by busy blocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, compared with this threshold, if it exceeds the threshold, it will be considered as overload.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 50



Relevant Functions

ZGF05-15-001 Paging

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PRACH overload threshold ratio (PccchIndTh_2, %)

T AB L E 146 - PRACH O V E R L O AD T H R E S H O L D R AT I O

Full name PRACH overload threshold ratio


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Total block quantity on this PRACH divided by busy blocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, then compared with this threshold, if it exceeds this threshold, it will be considered as overload.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 50

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Other Parameters 2





Is Support CCN mode (CCNActive)


Full name Is Support CCN mode

Abbreviation CCNActive

3GPP Name CCN_ACTIVE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter indicates whether the cell supports CCN mode. CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall be delivered to network in normal case. After network receives this message, it can send specific system message about standby cell to MS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No



Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Is cell support system message status flow (SIStatusInd)

T AB L E 148 - IS C E L L S U P P O R T S Y S T E M M E S S A G E S T A T U S F L O W

Full name Is cell support system message status flow

Abbreviation SIStatusInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether the cell supports system message status flow, broadcasted to MS in SI13 and PSI13. It describes whether the network supports PSI (SI) Status process. MS informs its network side which PSI (SI) subsets are required for received PSI (SI) message by sending Packet PSI (SI) Status message on PACCH. This parameter is used in CCN mode, to assist finishing NACC fast cell reselection

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC)

T AB L E 149 - AL L O W SOLSA MS T O A C C E S S

Full name Allow SOLSA MS to access

Abbreviation EXC_ACC

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing in the cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

CCCH SplitPgCycle support (SpgcSuport)

T AB L E 150 - CCCH S P L I TPG C Y C L E S U P P O R T

Full name CCCH SplitPgCycle support

Abbreviation SpgcSuport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used at MS side and FUN side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI3 and SI13 messages. CCCH SplitPgCycle support indicates whether to support the ‘SplitPg¬Cycle’ function on CCCH. ‘Split_Pg_Cycle’ means sending the PACKET IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT, PACKET PAGING and PACKET IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages on multiple blocks.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Extended paging supported (EpageMode)

T AB L E 151 - E X T E N D E D P A G I N G S U P P O R T E D

Full name Extended paging supported

Abbreviation EpageMode

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether support extended paging. Extended paging means that MS still can receive and analyze the message within 3 intervals after the blocks indicated by its paging group.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF05-15-001 Paging

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

PSI status supported (PsiStatInd)

T AB L E 152 - PS I S T AT U S S U P P O R T E D

Full name PSI status supported

Abbreviation PsiStatInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is used at the MS side and on the BRP. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message, and indicates whether the network supports PACKET PSI STATUS message.

This function is optional. When PsiStatInd = 1, MS can send the PACKET PSI STATUS message to the network and indicate the current value of the PSI message stored on it. Later, the network sets PSI message for this MS on the PACCH to speed up the subsequent flow of MS. Otherwise MS has to listen to the PSI message only at the time points scheduled by the network.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Is the cell support extendable uplink TBF (EXT_UTBF)

T AB L E 153 - IS T H E C E L L S U P P O R T E X T E N D AB L E U P L I N K TBF

Full name Is the cell support extendable uplink TBF

Abbreviation EXT_UTBF

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether the cell supports extended uplink TBF. After BSS receives CV=0 uplink block, if the cell supports extended uplink TBF, it enters into extended uplink TBF status. At this time, it continues assign uplink block resource to MS. If new uplink data is required to send during extended uplink, re-establishment of uplink TBF is not required.

This function requires extended uplink function shall be supported at MS side.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default Yes

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms)

T AB L E 154 - U P L I N K D E L AY T I M E

Full name Uplink delay time

Abbreviation UlDelayTime

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates uplink delay time, to describe uplink TBF delay time. When uplink TBF is released, if extended uplink TBF function is not supported, this timer starts, access to uplink delay state, to wait for downlink LLC arrival. Release uplink TBF after timer is timeout.

Management Object

Cell


Unit ms

Default 1000

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime, ms)

T AB L E 155 - D O W N L I N K D E L AY T I M E

Full name Downlink delay time

Abbreviation DlDelaytime

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

It indicates downlink TBF delay time. When downlink TBF is released, this timer starts, access to delay state, to wait for new downlink LLC frame. Release downlink TBF after timer is timeout.

Management Object

Cell


Unit ms

Default 2000

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-07-007 Delayed TBF Release in DL

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Extend uplink TBF time (ExtUITBFTime, ms)

T AB L E 156 - E X T E N D U P L I N K TBF T I M E

Full name Extend uplink TBF time

Abbreviation ExtUITBFTime

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It indicates extended uplink TBF delay time. When uplink TBF is released, if extended uplink TBF function is supported, this timer starts, access to extended uplink TBF state, to wait for new uplink LLC frame. Release uplink TBF after timer is timeout.

Management Object

Cell


Unit ms

Default 1500

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface



Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP (GPRSDIRrbpInterVal)

T AB L E 157 - IN T E R V AL N U M B E R O F GPRS TBF D O W N L I N K ' S RRBP

Full name Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP

Abbreviation GPRSDIRrbpInterVal

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Interval that downlink Gprs TBF requires MS to send Packet Downlink Ack/Nack.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 3 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP (EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal)

T AB L E 158 - IN T E R V AL N U M B E R O F EGPRS TBF D O W N L I N K ’ S RRBP

Full name Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP

Abbreviation EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Interval that downlink EGPRS TBF requires MS to send EGPRS Packet Donwlink Ack/Nack.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 6 ~ 60

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--



Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink’s ACK (GPRSUIAckInterVal)

T AB L E 159 - IN T E R V AL N U M B E R O F GPRS TBF U P L I N K ’S ACK

Full name Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink’s ACK

Abbreviation GPRSUlAckInterVal

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Interval that uplink Gprs TBF network sends Packet Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 3 ~ 20

Unit None

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink’s ACK (EGPRSUIAckInterVal)

T AB L E 160 - IN T E R V AL N U M B E R O F EGPRS TBF U P L I N K’ S ACK

Full name Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink’s ACK

Abbreviation EGPRSUlAckInterVal

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description Interval that uplink Egprs TBF network sends Packet Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 3 ~ 20



Unit None

Default 8

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Uplink measure report period (Ulmeasureperiod, ms)

T AB L E 161 - U P L I N K M E AS U R E R E P O R T P E R I O D

Full name Uplink measurement report period

Abbreviation Ulmeasureperiod

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter is used by UPPB, describing uplink measurement report period reported by BTS and handled by BSC.

Management Object

Cell


Unit ms

Default 800

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

Calculating period of load on PPCH (LoadPer, s)

T AB L E 162 - C AL C U L AT I N G P E R I O D O F L O AD O N PPCH

Full name Calculating period of load on PPCH

Abbreviation LoadPer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description This parameter is used by FUC at BTS side, describing period to calculate PPCH channel load.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 16

Unit s

Default 10

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Abis interface

PSI1 send period (Psi1ReppPer)

T AB L E 163 - PS I1 S E N D PE R I O D

Full name PSI1 Send Period

Abbreviation Psi1ReppPer

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used at MS side and FUN side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI3 messages of local and adjacent cells. PSI1 send period indicates the sending period and destination of the PSI1 message in a cell. PSI1 contains information about cell reselection, PRACH control, control channel description, and possible global power control parameters. System sends the message at high repetition rate as long as PBCCH exists.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 15

0: The PSI1 repeat period is equal to 1 multiframes;


……


Unit s

Default 4



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Selective granularity (USFGranularity)

T AB L E 164 - S E L E C T I V E G R AN U L AR I T Y

Full name Selective granularity

Abbreviation USFGranularity

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

IT IS ASSIGNED TO THE MS IN PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT MESSAGE, indicating the uplink block allocation granularity of the GPRS MS from the network when cell employs ‘dynamic allocation’.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 1

0: allocation granularity is 1 for uplink block;

1: allocation granularity is 4 for uplink block;

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support extended uplink dynamic allocation (EXUPDYNSUPPORT)

T AB L E 165 - S U P P O R T E X T E N D E D U P L I N K D Y N AM I C AL L O C AT I O N

Full name Support extended uplink dynamic allocation

Abbreviation EXUPDYNSUPPORT

3GPP Name --



3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates whether cell supports extended uplink dynamic allocation. While using this function, the MS only need listen USF allocation with the least timeslot, so you can determine to send uplink block on all allocated uplink timeslot.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-05-002 Extended Dynamic Allocation

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface






C/I (Sc)

T AB L E 166 - C / I (S C )

Full name C/I

Abbreviation Sc

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

iBSC uses MEAN_BEP as C/I to indicate radio transmission quality, and adjusts block allocation according to radio transmission quality. Divide MEAN_BEP into 7 grades, and each grade corresponds to a weight. The weight is dynamically added to the weight calculated from UMTS QoS parameters, as the evidence of allocating shared block.

Allocation weight that corresponds to MEAN_BEP grade is as follows:

MEAN_BEP grade MEAN_BEP value Allocation weight

0 0 ~ 4 -3*Sc

1 5 ~ 9 -2*Sc

2 10 ~ 13 -Sc

3 14 ~ 17 0

4 18 ~ 21 Sc

5 22 ~ 26 2*Sc

6 27 ~ 31 3*Sc

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 8

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-10-003 C/I based Packet Scheduling

ZGF06-07-005 Packet Scheduling

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

ARP (Sa)

T AB L E 167 - ARP (S A)

Full name ARP (Sa)

Abbreviation sa



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block by ARP parameters (priority level).

Allocation weight that corresponds to ARP is as follows:

ARP Allocation weight

1 2*Sa

2 Sa

3 0

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 8

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-10-002 Support ARP in packet scheduling


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

THP (St)

T AB L E 168 - THP

Full name THP

Abbreviation St

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block by THP parameters included in interactive service. Allocation weight that corresponds to THP is as follows:

THP Allocation weight

0 0

1 St

2 2*St

3 3*St

4 4*St

5 5*St

6 6*St

7 7*St

8 8*St

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 8

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support PS Queuing (PsQueueInd)

T AB L E 169 - S U P P O R T PS QU E U I N G

Full name Support PS Queuing

Abbreviation PsQueueInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

If PFC is suppoted, iBSC allocates radio resource according to signature QoS parameters from user side, when QoS guarantee rate for user signature is unsatisfied (including through grabbing), and the QoS parameter allows queuing, if this parameter is enabled, iBSC allocates radio resource to user according to Best Effort, and insert the user into the queue, to wait for allocation of radio resource. Queuing time can be gotten through PFC process; otherwise if this parameter is disabled, access to this service is directly refused.

When this parameter is Yes, you can configure PsMaxQueueInstNum.



Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Max PS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)

T AB L E 170 - M AX PS QU E U E C O U N T

Full name Max PS Queue Count

Abbreviation PsMaxQueueInstNum

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This paramter indicates the number of allowed queues in the cell. When the user number in queue reaches this value, the service that shall be queued shall be refused to access.

When PsQueueInd is Yes, you can configure this paramter.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 16

Unit None

Default 8

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Support PS Preemption (PsPreemptionInd)

T AB L E 171 - S U P P O R T PS P R E E M P T I O N

Full name Support PS Preemption

Abbreviation PsPreemptionInd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When PFC is supported, iBSC allocates radio resource according to signature QoS parameters from user side. When signed QoS guarantee rate can't be satisfied and user own QoS parameter allows preemption. When this parameter is enabled, this user can preempte radio resource with low priority.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support 3G NACC (Support3GCCN)

T AB L E 172 - S U P P O R T 3G N ACC

Full name Support 3G NACC

Abbreviation Support3GCCN

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter indicates whether support NACC to 3G cell.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No



Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support PS Prmp CS (PSPrmpCSSupport)

T AB L E 173 - S U P P O R T PS P R M P CS

Full name Support PS Prmp CS

Abbreviation PSPrmpCSSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates when dynamic channel with preferred PDCH is occupied, to determine whether the channel can be preempted by PS service.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Cell Optional Parameters

The interface of GPRS cell optional parameters is shown in Figure 16 - .



F I G U R E 16 - GPRS C E L L OP T I O N AL P A R AM E T E R S

T3168 (s)

T AB L E 174 - T3168

Full name T3168 (s)

Abbreviation T3168

3GPP Name T3168

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

MS uses this parameter, it is one of the GPRS cell options parameters and it is broadcasted to the MS in PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 message.

T3168 indicates the maximum time to wait for PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message after MS sends PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message (or PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message with Channel Request Description IE).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0.5 ~ 4.0 (Step length is 0.5)

Unit s

Default 4.0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

Um interface

T3192

T AB L E 175 - T3192

Full name T3192

Abbreviation T3192

3GPP Name T3192

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side.

During the packet downlink transmission, if RLC data block is the final downlink data block to be transmitted, the network sends the RLC data block with the Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain as 1. It contains an effective RRBP field to initialize the release of the downlink TBF.

For each RLC data block that receives FBI with value 1 and contains effective RRBP domain:

In acknowledged mode, the MS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message whose FBI domain is 1 on the uplink block specified by the RRBP domain.

In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the uplink block specified as per RRBP field. Then MS starts the T3192 timer.

When T3192 stops, the system releases the resources, stops listening to the PDCCH channel, and turns to listen to the paging channel. Within the protection period of T3192, if the MS receives the “PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT” or “PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE” message from the network, T3192 will stop and turn to the packet transmission status.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120, 160, 200

Unit ms

Default 500

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

Um interface

DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)

T AB L E 176 - DRX M O D E H O L D I N G T I M E

Full name DRX mode holding time

Abbreviation DrxTimeMax

3GPP Name DRX_TIMER_MAX

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages, and indicates the value of DRX_TIMER_MAX.

When the MS changes from the packet BUSY mode to the packet IDLE mode, it should first enter the Non-DRX mode. Minimum values of this parameter and DRX_TIMER_MAX parameters determine the time length for MS to stay in the Non-DRx mode.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64

Unit s

Default 2

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-07-012 GPRS non-DRX Mode

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

MAX blocks transmission in each TS (BsCvMax)

T AB L E 177 - M AX B L O C K S T R AN S M I S S I O N I N E AC H TS

Full name Max Blocks Transmission in Each TS

Abbreviation BsCvMax

3GPP Name BS_CV_MAX

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13, and SI13 messages.

This parameter indicates the value of MAX blocks transmission in each TS. Blocks Transmission in each TS. This parameter determines the following: Time length of T3198 timer used by MS. This time length is equal to the time represented by this parameter. Time length of T3200 used by MS in Non-DRX mode. This time length = 4 ⅹ time represented by this parameter. Value of N3104max = (3 ⅹ (BsCvMax+3) ⅹ Number of timeslots assigned in the uplink).

All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain the COUNT DOWN VALUE (CV) field. The network can use this field to calculate the data blocks to be sent on current uplink TBF.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 15

Unit None

Default 15

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)

T AB L E 178 - P AC K E T C O N T R O L AC K N O W L E D G M E N T T Y P E

Full name Packet control acknowledgment type

Abbreviation CtraCKType

3GPP Name CONTROL_ACK_TYPE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used on RLC/MAC layer of BRP and at MS side. It belongs to the GPRS cell option parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages, indicating the default format for the MS to send the “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT” message.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 4 access bursts, RLC/MAC control block



Unit None

Default RLC/MAC control block

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Access burst type (AccessType)

T AB L E 179 - AC C E S S B U R S T T Y P E

Full name Access burst type

Abbreviation AccessType

3GPP Name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13, and SI13 messages. Access burst type indicates whether to use the 8-bit or 11-bit access burst in PRACH and PTCCH/U, and the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message.

The main difference between the two types is that the 11-bit access burst can take more content than the 8-bit access burst.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 8 bits, 11 bits

Unit None

Default 8 bits

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-04-003 8/11 bit Access Burst

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

N3102 decrease step (PanDec)

T AB L E 180 - N3102 D E C R E A S E S T E P

Full name N3102 decrease step

Abbreviation PanDec



3GPP Name PAN_DEC

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. They belong to the GPRS cell option parameters, and they are broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages, indicating the values of parameters of “PAN_DEC”, “PAN_INC” and “PAN_MAX”. After each cell reselection, the MS will set the initial value of N3102 as the “PanMax” value. (1) When the MS receives the “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message to move V(S) forward, it adds PanInc to N3102 (but the maximum value shall not exceed PanMax). (2) When the MS detects the stall condition (V(S) = V(A) + W(S)), T3182 will start. When it receives the “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message that enables V(S) < V(A) + W(S), T3182 stops. If T3182 expires, the MS will subtract PanDec from N3102. When the condition satisfies N3102 < 0, the MS will take cell reselection as abnormal release. When one of PanDec, PanInc, and PanMax is zero, N3102 is invalid.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

N3102 increase step (PanInc)

T AB L E 181 - N3102 I N C R E A S E S T E P

Full name N3102 increase step

Abbreviation PanInc

3GPP Name PAN_INC

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32

Unit None

Default 8

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

N3102 MAX (PanMax)

T AB L E 182 - N3102 MAX

Full name N3102 Max

Abbreviation PanMax

3GPP Name PAN_MAX

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description


Management Object

Cell

Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32

Unit None

Default 32

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

GPRS phone init coding

T AB L E 183 - GPRS P H O N E I N I T C O D I N G

Full name GPRS phone init coding

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter indicates the default-coding mode for GPRS MS initial access, under different Abis interface link bandwidths. It is a two-dimensional array. It represents the default coding mode corresponding to GPRS MS less than 1 × 16 kbps and 2 ~ 5 × 16 kbps bandwidth respectively.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range 1*16 kbps: CS1, CS2;

2~4*16 kbps: CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4

Unit None

Default [CS2, CS2]

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-03-002 Initial Coding Scheme per Cell Settable

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0)

T AB L E 184 - GPRS P H O N E S I N I T C O D E C AN B E C H AN G E D

Full name GPRS phones init code can be changed

Abbreviation InitAttachExch_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter indicates whether GPRS phones default code can be changed dynamically.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

GPRS NC Survey Parameters

The interface of GPRS NC survey parameters is shown in Figure 17 - .



F I G U R E 17 - GPRS NC SU R V E Y P AR AM E T E R S

Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)

T AB L E 185 - P AC K E T I D L E M O D E

Full name Packet Idle mode

Abbreviation NcRepPerI

3GPP Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts the parameter information to MS through SI2Quater and PSI5 message. This parameter indicates the period of MS reporting cell reselection survey in packet IDLE mode. When Network control order is NC0, the parameter information is not necessary to broadcast through PSI5 message. This parameter also can be sent to MS through PMO message.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44

Unit s

Default 61.44

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Packet transmission mode (NcRepPerT, s)

T AB L E 186 - P AC K E T T R AN S M I S S I O N M O D E

Full name Packet transmission mode

Abbreviation NcRepPerT

3GPP Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to NC measurement parameter, which is broadcasted to MS in system message SI2Quater and PSI5 message. This parameter indicates the period of MS reporting cell reselection survey in packet transmission mode. When Network control order is NC0, the parameter information is not necessary to broadcast through PSI5 message. This parameter also can be sent to MS through PMO message.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44

Unit s

Default 3.84

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Extended measurement report order (MeaOrder)

T AB L E 187 - E X T E N D E D M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T O R D E R

Full name Extended measurement report order

Abbreviation MeaOrder

3GPP Name MEASUREMENT_ORDER

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts the parameter information to MS through PSI1 message. Extended measurement report order is to indicate the survey report command of MS in a cell.

This parameter indicates whether PSI5 is sent.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Network control order (CtrlOrder)

T AB L E 188 - N E T W O R K C O N T R O L O R D E R

Full name Network control order

Abbreviation CtrlOrder

3GPP Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI5, PSI13, SI3 and SI2quater messages. Network control order indicates the network control command used in the cell. If the parameter equals to NC0, then NC survey parameters (NC hold time in non-drx mode, and Cell Reselection Survey Report Period) can be ignored; if the parameter is NC1 or NC2 and NC measurement parameters are ignored, use the default value.


NC0: MS controls cell reselection, and there is no survey report;

NC1: MS controls cell reselection and sends the survey report;

NC2: The network controls cell reselection and MS sends the survey report.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range NC0, NC1, NC2



Unit None

Default NC0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)

T AB L E 189 - NC H O L D T I M E I N N O N -D R X M O D E

Full name NC hold time in non-drx mode

Abbreviation NcNoDrxPer

3GPP Name NC_ NON_DRX_PERIOD

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to network control survey and is used at MS side. System broadcasts the parameter information to MS through SI2Quater and PSI5 message. This parameter indicates the minimal time for an MS to stay in the non-DRX mode after sending an NC survey report. When Network control order is NC0, the parameter information is not necessary to broadcast through PSI5 message. This parameter also can be sent to MS through PMO message.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range No non-DRX mode, 0.24, 0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20, 1.44, 1.92

Unit s

Default 0.48

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface



Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder)

T AB L E 190 - E X T E N D E D M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T O R D E R

Full name Extended measurement report order

Abbreviation ExMeaOrder

3GPP Name EXT_MEASUREMENT_ORDER

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI5 message. This parameter indicates whether the MS performs extended survey. In addition, it indicates how to interpret the other extended survey parameters (Type of extended measurement report and Report period of extended measurement).


EM0: MS performs no extended survey

EM1: MS must send the extended survey report to the network

Management Object

Cell

Value Range EM0, EM1

Unit None

Default EM0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType)

T AB L E 191 - TY P E O F E X T E N D E D M E AS U R E M E N T R E P O R T

Full name Type of extended measurement report

Abbreviation ExtRepType

3GPP Name EXT_REPORTING_TYPE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to extended survey and is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI5 message. This parameter indicates the type of extended survey report sent by MS. System sends the parameter information through the PSI5 message when Extended measurement report order is EM1.


Type I: This type of report must be extended if the frequency points for the extended survey are among the six strongest carrier frequencies, even if the BSIC decoding is successful. The report should cover the receiving signal level and the successfully decoded BSIC (if any);

Type II: This type of report must be extended if all the frequency points for the extended survey are located in the six strongest carrier frequencies, the BSIC decoding is successful and the NCC part is allowed for survey. The report should cover the receiving signal level and the successfully decoded BSIC;

Type III: Use this type of report to report all the frequency points for the extended survey. No BSIC decoding is necessary. The report should contain the receiving signal level. Besides, the interference of each carrier frequency shall be reported.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Type1, Type2, Type3

Unit None

Default Type 1

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)

T AB L E 192 - R E P O R T P E R I O D O F E X T E N D E D M E AS U R E M E N T

Full name Report period of extended measurement

Abbreviation ExtRepPer



3GPP Name EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to extended survey and is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI5 message. This parameter indicates the interval of the extended survey report. System sends the parameter information through the PSI5 message when Extended measurement report order is EM1.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920, 3840, 7680

Unit s

Default 1920

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

The Size of Test Report's Slip Window (Wnd)

T AB L E 193 - TH E S I Z E O F TE S T R E P O R T 'S S L I P W I N D O W

Full name The Size of Test Report's Slip Window

Abbreviation Wnd

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, this parameter is used. When the number of measurement reports reaches this parameter setting value, average processing is done for measurement report.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 8

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Allowed report number of the same cell in Slip Window (AllowedRepNum)

T AB L E 194 - AL L O W E D R E P O R T N U M B E R O F T H E S AM E C E L L I N S L I P W I N D O W

Full name Allowed report number of the same cell in Slip Window

Abbreviation AllowedRepNum

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, this parameter is used. When adjacent cell receives average level, and the number of valid measurement report received in slip window is lower than setting value, this calculation shall be punished.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 6

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Power Control Parameters

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure 18.



F I G U R E 18 - GPRS P O W E R C O N T R O L P AR AM E T E R S

Filter period in the packet idle mode (T_AVG_W, s)

T AB L E 195 - F I L T E R P E R I O D I N T H E P AC K E T I D L E M O D E

Full name Filter period in the packet idle mode

Abbreviation T_AVG_W

3GPP Name T_AVG_W

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to global power control and GPRS power control, and is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the filter period of the signal intensity for power control in the packet idle mode.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0 ~ 31

0: filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes;


……


26~31: filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes;

Unit s

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Filter period in packet transmission mode (T_AVG_T, s)

T AB L E 196 - F I L T E R P E R I O D I N P AC K E T T R AN S M I S S I O N M O D E

Full name Filter period in packet transmission mode

Abbreviation T_AVG_T

3GPP Name T_AVG_T

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to global power control and GPRS power control, and is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the filter period of the signal intensity for power control in the packet transmission mode.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 31



……


26 ~ 31: reserved

Unit s



Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send)

T AB L E 197 - PS I4 S E N D I N G M AR K

Full name PSI4 sending mark

Abbreviation Psi4Send

3GPP Name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter belongs to global power control and is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. This parameter indicates whether to broadcast the optional PSI4 message. If PSI4 is to be broadcast, it will contain a list of channels that interfere with the survey.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan)

T AB L E 198 - P O W E R C O N T R O L M E AS U R E M E N T C H AN N E L

Full name Power control measurement channel

Abbreviation PcMeasChan

3GPP Name PC_MEAS_CHAN

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to global power control and GPRS power control, and is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the position where the downlink power strength is surveyed for uplink power control.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range BCCH, PDCH

Unit None

Default BCCH

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Power control parameter (Alpha)

T AB L E 199 - P O W E R C O N T R O L P AR AM E T E R

Full name Power control parameters

Abbreviation Alpha

3GPP Name ALPHA

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to global power control and GPRS power control, and is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter determines the MS transmission power control Alpha (α).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 10

parameters controlled by MS transmitting power is Alpha (α),

0: α = 0.0;

1: α = 0.1;

……

10: α = 1.0;

11~15: α = 1.0

Unit None



Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Filter constant of power control (N_AVG_I)

T AB L E 200 - F I L T E R C O N S T AN T O F P O W E R C O N T R O L

Full name Filter constant of power control

Abbreviation N_AVG_I

3GPP Name N_AVG_I

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to global power control and GPRS power control, and is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter is a filter constant used to optimize the interference signal intensity in power control.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 15

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters

The interface of GPRS cell reselection parameters is shown in Figure 19.



F I G U R E 19 - GPRS C E L L RE S E L E C T I O N PAR AM E T E R S






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32 standard. Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32 standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection offset parameter. This parameters not necessary to append in packet system message when the offset value is 0 dB. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0 ~ 31

0: -52 dB;

1: -48 dB;

……

22: +12 dB;

……

31: +48 dB

-52 dB ~ -12 dB，12 dB ~ 48 dB step is 4 dB, -12 dB ~ 12 dB step is 2 dB

Unit 2 dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-01-003 Support of C31 and C32 Criteria

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Reselection offset 2 (ReselOffset_1)

T AB L E 202 - R E S E L E C T I O N O F F S E T 2

Full name Reselection offset 2



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH.Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32 standard. Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32 standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection offset parameter. This parameters not necessary to append in packet system message when the offset value is 0 dB. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0 ~ 31

0: -52 dB;

1: -48 dB;

……

22: +12 dB;

……

31: +48 dB

Unit 2 dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time parameter. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell


Unit dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Reselection temporary offset 2 (TempOffset_1, dB)

T AB L E 204 - R E S E L E C T I O N T E M P O R AR Y O F F S E T 2

Full name Reselection temporary offset 2



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time parameter. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, Infinite

Unit dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on PenalTime of cell reselection. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 31

0: 10s;

1: 20s;

……

31: 320s

Unit 10s

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Penalty time of cell reselection 2 (PenalTime_1, 10s)

T AB L E 206 - P E N AL T Y T I M E O F C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N 2

Full name Penalty time of cell reselection 2



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on PenalTime of cell reselection. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range

0 ~ 31

0: 10s;

1: 20s;

……

31: 320s

Unit 10s

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_RESEL_0, s)

T AB L E 207 - IN T E R V AL O F R E S E L E C T I N G T H E S AM E C E L L

Full name Interval of reselecting the same cell

Abbreviation T_RESEL_0

3GPP Name T_RESEL

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.Network prevents MS to reselect this cell within Interval of reselecting the same cell period when MS performs a cell reselection and do not releases as normal, unless there is no other cell for selection. It is not necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS through PSI3 message when the time represented by this parameter is 5 s (default value). This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300

Unit s

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Interval of reselecting the same cell 2 (T_RESEL_1, s)

T AB L E 208 - IN T E R V AL O F R E S E L E C T I N G T H E S AM E C E L L 2

Full name Interval of reselecting the same cell 2

Abbreviation T_RESEL_1

3GPP Name T_RESEL

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. Network prevents MS to reselect this cell within Interval of reselecting the same cell period when MS performs a cell reselection and do not releases as normal, unless there is no other cell for selection. It is not necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS through PSI3 message when the time represented by this parameter is 5 s (default value). This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300

Unit s

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--





3GPP Name HCS_THR

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.Threshold of HSC signal level identifies the HCS signal strength threshold of the cell. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: -110 dBm;

1: -108 dBm;

……

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Threshold of HSC signal level 2 (HCS_THR_1)

T AB L E 210 - TH R E S H O L D O F HSC S I G N AL L E V E L 2

Full name Threshold of HSC signal level 2


3GPP Name HCS_THR

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH. Threshold of HSC signal level identifies the HCS signal strength threshold of the cell. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: -110 dBm;

1: -108 dBm;

……

Unit None



Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


T AB L E 211 - HCS P R I O R I T Y




3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. This parameter specifies the HCS priority of the cell. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

HCS priority 2 (PrioClass_1)

T AB L E 212 - HCS P R I O R I T Y 2

Full name HCS Priority 2



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter specifies the HCS priority of the cell. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

C31 hysteresis (C31_HYST_0)

T AB L E 213 - C31 H Y S T E R E S I S

Full name C31 hysteresis

Abbreviation C31_HYST_0

3GPP Name C31_HYST

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS through system message by BTS, which indicates whether CellReselHys parameter functions on C31 standard. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



C31 hysteresis 2 (C31_HYST_1)

T AB L E 214 - C31 H Y S T E R E S I S 2

Full name C31 hysteresis 2

Abbreviation C31_HYST_1

3GPP Name C31_HYST

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to MS on PACCH and specifies whether to use the parameter “CellReselHys” on the C31 standard. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys_0, dB)

T AB L E 215 - GPRS C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N H Y S T E R E S I S

Full name GPRS cell reselection hysteresis

Abbreviation ReselHys_0

3GPP Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. MS needs to go through location updating process after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell reselection, if the original cell and destination cell are in different locations. C32 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacent cells are different because of fading characteristic of radio channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently.

The interval between the two cell reselections of MS is not less than 15 s. However, 15 s is extremely short time in terms of location updating. This increases the signaling flow on the network and causes radio resources to be fully utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion rate of the system, as MS cannot respond to paging during location update.

GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem. MS will activate the cell reselection according to this parameter only when the signal level of adjacent cell (whose location zone is different from that of local cell) is greater than that of local cell, and meanwhile the value difference must be greater than that required by the parameter.




This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Unit dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions




Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2 (ReselHys_1, dB)

T AB L E 216 - GPRS C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N H Y S T E R E S I S 2

Full name GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2

Abbreviation ReselHys_1

3GPP Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. MS needs to go through location updating process after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell reselection, if the original cell and destination cell are in different locations. C32 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacent cells are different because of fading characteristic of radio channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently.

The interval between the two cell reselections of MS is not less than 15 s. However, 15 s is extremely short time in terms of location updating. This increases the signaling flow on the network and causes radio resources to be fully utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion rate of the system, as MS cannot respond to paging during location update.

GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem. MS will activate the cell reselection according to this parameter only when the signal level of adjacent cell (whose location zone is different from that of local cell) is greater than that of local cell, and meanwhile the value difference must be greater than that required by the parameter.




This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Unit dB

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys_0, dB)

T AB L E 217 - R O U T I N G R E S E L E C T I O N H Y S T E R E S I S

Full name Routing reselection hysteresis

Abbreviation RaReselHys_0

3GPP Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS through system message by BTS. This parameter specifies extra hysteresis value used in selecting a cell in another routing area when MS is in IDLE or BUSY mode. It is not necessary to broadcast this parameter through the PSI3 message when the value of this parameter is the same as that of GPRS cell reselection hysteresis. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Unit dB

Default 8

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Routing reselection hysteresis 2 (RaReselHys_1, dB)

T AB L E 218 - R O U T I N G R E S E L E C T I O N H Y S T E R E S I S 2

Full name Routing reselection hysteresis 2

Abbreviation RaReselHys_1

3GPP Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter specifies extra hysteresis value used in selecting a cell in another routing area when MS is in IDLE or BUSY mode. It is not necessary to broadcast this parameter through the PSI3 message when the value of this parameter is the same as that of GPRS cell reselection hysteresis. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Unit dB

Default 8

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry_0)

T AB L E 219 - R AN D O M AC C E S S AT T E M P T P E R M I T T E D

Full name Random access attempt permitted

Abbreviation RadAcRetry_0

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS through system message by BTS, which indicates whether MS is allowed to attempt to access another cell (if it exists).

If abnormal release occurs during the packet transmission, MS discards all running TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells, it should perform abnormal cell reselection, and establish TBF after initializing new cell. If other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the original cell within T_RESEL seconds. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Random access attempt permitted 2 (RadAcRetry_1)

T AB L E 220 - R AN D O M AC C E S S AT T E M P T P E R M I T T E D 2

Full name Random access attempt permitted 2

Abbreviation RadAcRetry_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to MS on PACCH, which indicates whether MS is allowed to attempt to access another cell (if it exists).

If abnormal release occurs during the packet transmission, MS discards all running TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells, it should perform abnormal cell reselection, and establish TBF after initializing new cell. If other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the original cell within T_RESEL seconds. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_QUAL_0)

T AB L E 221 - U S AG E O F C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N O F F S E T

Full name Usage of cell reselection offset

Abbreviation C32_QUAL_0

3GPP Name C32_QUAL

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS through system message by BTS, which indicates whether to use the exceptional rule when adopting ReselOff. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Usage of cell reselection offset 2 (C32_QUAL_1)

T AB L E 222 - U S AG E O F C E L L R E S E L E C T I O N O F F S E T 2

Full name Usage of cell reselection offset 2

Abbreviation C32_QUAL_1

3GPP Name C32_QUAL

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to the MS on PACCH, and it specifies whether to use the exceptional rule for “ReselOff”. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--






3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. This parameter indicates the minimum receiving level while allowing MS access to this system (GPRS). To prevent the MS from accessing the system at a low receiving signal level (usually, the poor communication quality cannot guarantee normal communication process after access) and from unreasonably wasting radio resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that the receiving level be greater than a threshold level for MS to access the network, that is, “MS Minimal Level to Access”.

In addition, it is also one of the standards for MS to make the cell selection and the cell reselection (a parameter to calculate C31 and C32). This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm



Unit None

Default 12

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS access minimum signal level 2 (RxLevAsMin_1)

T AB L E 224 - GPRS AC C E S S M I N I M U M S I G N AL L E V E L 2

Full name GPRS access minimum signal level 2



3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. This parameter indicates the minimum receiving level while allowing MS access to this system (GPRS). To prevent the MS from accessing the system at a low receiving signal level (usually, the poor communication quality cannot guarantee normal communication process after access) and from unreasonably wasting radio resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that the receiving level be greater than a threshold level for MS to access the network, that is, “MS Minimal Level to Access”.

In addition, it is also one of the standards for MS to make the cell selection and the cell reselection (a parameter to calculate C31 and C32). This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

0 ~ 63

0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

……

62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm



Unit None

Default 12

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Priority threshold (PRIO_THR, dB)

T AB L E 225 - P R I O R I T Y T H R E S H O L D

Full name Priority threshold

Abbreviation PRIO_THR

3GPP Name PRIO_THR

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

Description

System broadcasts the parameter information to MS through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This parameter relates to GPRS access minimal signal level in calculation of C4 standard.

Management Object

Cell


Unit dB

Default 6

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0)

T AB L E 226 - HCS E X I S T

Full name HCS exist


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.This parameter indicates whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity). This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

HCS exist 2 (HCS_EXIST_1)

T AB L E 227 - HCS E X I S T 2

Full name HCS exist 2


3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and be informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter indicates whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity). This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No



Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCch_0)

T AB L E 228 - GPRS MAX I N I T I AL A C C E S S S I G N AL L E V E L


Abbreviation MsTxMaxCch_0


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. Network controls the MS transmit power during communication with BTS. The network controls MS power using power command. MS outputs transmit power closest to the specified power value if unavailable. The power before MS receives the network power control information (the power used in random access), depends on this parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.

MS uses this parameter for cell selection and reselection involving calculation of C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large, the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent channel; If it is too small, the MS access success rate at the edge of cell will be very low.



The value is same as that in appendix C. This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 31



Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

Related interfaces

--

GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2 (MsTxMaxCch_1)

T AB L E 229 - GPRS MAX I N I T I AL AC C E S S S I G N AL L E V E L 2

Full name GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2

Abbreviation MsTxMaxCch_1


3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. Network controls the MS transmit power during communication with BTS. The network controls MS power using power command. MS outputs transmit power closest to the specified power value if unavailable. The power before MS receives the network power control information (the power used in random access), depends on this parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.

MS uses this parameter for cell selection and reselection involving calculation of C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large, the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent channel; If it is too small, the MS access success rate at the edge of cell will be very low.



The value is same as that in appendix C. This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in transmission state.

Management Object

Cell



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

LSA ID (LSA_Id)

T AB L E 230 - LS A ID

Full name LSA Mark

Abbreviation LSA_Id

3GPP Name LSA ID

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

System broadcasts the parameter information to MS through SI4, SI6, SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. System also broadcasts through PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of adjacent cells. LSA ID specifies LSA identifier of the cell.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

LSA Offset (LSA_Offset)

T AB L E 231 - LS A OF F S E T

Full name LSA Offset

Abbreviation LSA_Offset

3GPP Name LSA_OFFSET



3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

Description

System broadcasts the parameter information to MS through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This parameter defines the offset value for LSA reselection between two cells with the same LSA priority.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64

Unit None

Default 0

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

GPRS Channel Parameters

The interface of GPRS channel parameters is shown in Figure 20.



F I G U R E 20 - GPRS C H AN N E L P AR AM E T E R S

PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes)

T AB L E 232 - P AGCH R E S E R V E D B L O C K S

Full name PAGCH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PagBlkRes

3GPP Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message.

This parameter indicates the number of blocks in a 52-frame multiframe that allow neither packet paging nor PBCCH. Only PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH can appear on these blocks. Network sends the uplink assignment message with priority on these fixed blocks to speed up the establishment of the uplink TBF.

After sending the channel request on PRACH channel, MS waits for the uplink assignment message on all PCCCH channels of the same timeslot as the PRACH channel.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default 5

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks)

T AB L E 233 -PBCCH R E S E R V E D B L O C K S

Full name PBCCH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PbcchBlks

3GPP Name BS_PBCCH_BLKS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. This parameter indicates the number of blocks assigned as PBCCH in a 52-frame multiframe (altogether 12 blocks).

Packet system messages share the PBCCH blocks to send at high and low rates. A message sent at high rate has higher priority. This parameter must be configured together with the PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD parameter in the PSI1 message to ensure that the block resources are available for the packet system messages, sent both at high and low rates.

Management Object

Cell




Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks)

T AB L E 234 - PRACH R E S E R V E D B L O C K S

Full name PRACH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PrachBlks

3GPP Name BS_PRACH_BLKS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. This parameter indicates the number of fixed blocks reserved for the PRACH channel in the PDCH channel that bears PCCCH.

These blocks must be identified with USF = FREE. MS can use this parameter or USF = FREE to carry out the PRACH assignment.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 15

Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)

T AB L E 235 - IN T E R V AL R AN G E O F P AC K E T AC C E S S AT T E M P T

Full name Interval range of packet access attempt

Abbreviation TxInt



3GPP Name TX_INT

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to PRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. Whenever establishing a new connection, MS sends a channel request message to the network through PRACH channel.

As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the success rate of MS access, the network allows MS to send multiple channel request messages before it receives the packet assignment message. If MS does not get any response for the previous channel request message, it can resend a channel request message after waiting for a random period. Interval range of packet access attempt is used to determine the time length of random waiting. It is the number of delay timeslot randomly connected.

Both interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt) and Interval period of packet access attempt (S) commonly determine random access time.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50

Unit None

Default 14

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Interval period of packet access attempt (S)

T AB L E 236 - IN T E R V AL P E R I O D O F P AC K E T AC C E S S AT T E M P T

Full name Interval period of packet access attempt

Abbreviation S

3GPP Name S

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is used at MS side.

Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to PRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. Whenever establishing a new connection, MS sends a channel request message to the network through PRACH channel.

As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the success rate of MS access, the network allows the MS to send multiple channel request messages before receiving the packet assignment message. When the previous channel request message is not responded, MS will wait for a random period to re-send the channel request message. Parameter S decides the random waiting time. It is used to calculate the minimum timeslot number between two channel requests.

Both interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt) and Interval period of packet access attempt (S) commonly determine random access time.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217

Unit s

Default 55

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans)

T AB L E 237 - M AX T I M E S O F AT T E M P T

Full name MAX Times of Attempt

Abbreviation MaxRetrans

3GPP Name MAX_RETRANS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to PRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. This parameter indicates maximum attempts of random access allowed on PRACH for MS with radio priorities of 1 ~ 4.

This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The first array element corresponds to maximum number of attempts allowed for radio priority 1.



Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default ［4, 4, 4, 4］

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass)

T AB L E 238 - AC C E S S C O N T R O L LE V E L

Full name Access control level

Abbreviation AccCtrlClass

3GPP Name ACC_CONTR_CLASS

3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0



Description

It indicates MS access control level to access cell. Common MS has the class 0 ~ 9 and special MS has the class 11 ~ 15. Class 10 does not exist. System can prohibit MS with some access class to enter the cell according to this parameter. System allows access of a mobile with access class, N = 0, 1 …9, 11 …15. It allows emergency calls when the eleventh digit = EC. (For convenient programming, C10 is always 0)

If the Nth bit of access control level is 0 (‘0’ represents ‘access allowed’, ‘1’ represents ‘access not allowed’), it will allow the access of MS with AccCtrlClass =N (N=0, 1, … 9, 11, … 15). Bit 11= EC represent that Emergency Call is available.

This parameter consists of two bytes (16 bits).

The first bit: C15, C14, C13, C12, C11, C10, C9, C8;

The second bit: C7, C6, C5, C4, C3, C2, C1, C0

Parameter allows cell access when Cn is 0, which indicates that MS with access class of N is not forbidden (N =0,1,…, 9, 11,…, 15)

Parameter forbids cell access when Cn is 1, which indicates that MS with access class of N is forbidden (N = 0, 1,…, 9, 11,…, 15)

C10 is always 0.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default [No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No]

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Access Persist Level (PersistLev)

T AB L E 239 - AC C E S S P E R S I S T LE V E L

Full name Access Persist Level

Abbreviation PersistLev

3GPP Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL



3GPP reference

3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to PRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. The network sets a level threshold P I (I = 1, 2, 3, 4) for MS of various radio priorities.

For each attempt of packet access, MS abstracts a random value R with even distribution probability from the set {0, 1… 15}. System allows MS to initiate an attempt of packet access only when P I is lower than or equal to R.

This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The first element corresponds to the access and persisting level of radio priority 1.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16

Unit None

Default ［0，0，0，0］

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support of subscriber occupying other preference channel (HybridOccuSupp)

T AB L E 240 - S U P P O R T O F S U B S C R I B E R O C C U P Y I N G O T H E R P R E F E R E N C E C H AN N E L

Full name Support of subscriber occupying other preference channel

Abbreviation HybridOccuSupp

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes whether support subscriber occupying other preference channel. It indicates this kind of preference channel is busy, other channels are idle, to determine whether to occupy this preference channel.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

Related interfaces

--

Support of PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel (AllowPsMove)

T AB L E 241 - S U P P O R T O F PS S U B S C R I B E R M O V I N G O U T O F O T H E R P R E F E R E N C E C H AN N E L

Full name Support of PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel

Abbreviation AllowPsMove

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes whether support subscriber moving out of other preference channel. It indicates whether the user that occupies other channels shall be removed.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support of CS subscriber moving Access Persist Level (AllowCsMove)

T AB L E 242 - S U P P O R T O F CS S U B S C R I B E R M O V I N G AC C E S S P E R S I S T LE V E L

Full name Support of CS subscriber moving Access Persist Level

Abbreviation AllowCsMove



3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

This parameter describes whether support switching some CS subscriber cell to other timeslot, to leave blank for original timeslot for getting larger PS available timeslot group.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving (SfPreferBusyThs, %)

T AB L E 243 - C O N G E N E R I C S E R V I C E T H R E S H O L D F O R PS- M O V I N G

Full name Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

Abbreviation SfPreferBusyThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

During this application, on the gained preferential channel on this side, it is better that existing QoS quota / total available QoS quota is lower than allocated result for this percentage, to calculate target evaluation target function in combination with un-congeneric occupying threshold.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 100

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--

Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving (OpPreferBusyThs)

T AB L E 244 - U N -C O N G E N E R I C S E R V I C E T H R E S H O L D F O R PS-M O V I N G

Full name Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

Abbreviation OpPreferBusyThs

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

During this application, on the gained preferential channel on opposite side, it is better that existing QoS quota / total available QoS quota is lower than allocated result for this percentage, to calculate target evaluation target function in combination with un-congeneric occupying threshold.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 0

Relevant Functions


Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--


If ‘GPRS service supported’ in ‘Basic parameters 1’ is ‘support EDGE’, the sub-interface of EDGE parameters will appear.

The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 21.



F I G U R E 21 - EDGE P R O P E R T Y P AR AM E T E R S

Support DTM (DTMSupport)

T AB L E 245 TAB L E 0-1 S U P P O R T DTM

Full name Support DTM

Abbreviation DTMSupport

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It indicates if the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) which allows A class MS to initialize packet request flow in dedicated mode.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions


ZGF06-06-001 Class A, B, C mobile stations

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--



Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame (GttpLapdmNum)

T AB L E 246 - M AX N U M B E R O F GTTP L AP D M F R AM E

Full name Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame

Abbreviation GttpLapdmNum

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description This parameter indicates the maximum of GTTP Lapdm frames.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default 3

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

Support EGPRS packet channel request access program (EgprsPacketChreq)

T AB L E 247 - S U P P O R T EGPRS P AC K E T C H AN N E L R E Q U E S T AC C E S S P R O G R AM

Full name Support EGPRS packet channel request access program

Abbreviation EgprsPacketChreq

3GPP Name EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

Network broadcasts the parameter to MS in GPRS Cell Options of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13.It indicates if the cell supports EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST access flow. If the cell supports EGPRS and this flow, the EGPRS terminal is able to originate EGPRS packet access flow on RACH or PRACH (if PBCCH exists).

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-04-004 EGPRS Packet Channel Request on CCCH

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Support uplink “LA+IR” quality control (IrSupportUp)

T AB L E 248 - S U P P O R T U P L I N K “LA+IR” Q U AL I T Y C O N T R O L

Full name Support uplink “LA+IR” quality control

Abbreviation IrSupportUp

3GPP Name RESEGMENT

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

It indicates if the cell supports ‘uplink IR quality control’. If it does, the network could set the RESEGMENT in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK, PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT and PACK TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message as FALSE to inform MS system of using IR quality control mode, and MS uplink retransmission could not be segmented.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-03-006 EGPRS Link Adaptation

ZGF06-08-002 Incremental Redundancy in UL

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Take "Preemptivetrans bit" function (PreemptiveRans)

T AB L E 249 - T AK E "P R E E M P T I V E T R AN S B I T " F U N C T I O N

Full name Take "Preemptivetrans bit" function

Abbreviation PreemptivetRans



3GPP Name PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

It indicates if the cell employs ‘Preemptivetrans bit’. If the cell supports that function, network indicates MS whether to send the RLC data of PENDING-ACK when there is no data in NACK status and no new RLC data block to be transmitted or the transmission window is full by PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message.


Yes: Use preemptive transmission. MS should not send the data block in PENDING-ACK status. But for the last piece of current TBF, even if its status is PENDING –ACK, it should be transmitted.

No: Do not use preemptive transmission. MS should send the oldest data in PENDING-ACK status, then the second oldest data. If all data in PENDING-ACK status have been sent, repeat from the oldest one.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default No

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Average filter period for uplink BEP (BEPperiodUp)

T AB L E 250 - AV E R AG E F I L T E R P E R I O D F O R U P L I N K BEP

Full name Average filter period for uplink BEP

Abbreviation BEPperiodUp

3GPP Name BEP_PERIOD

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description

This parameter is internal parameter of PCU. The meaning of this parameter is the same as BEPPeriodDown, but it is to caculate the uplink measurement data inside of PCU.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

Average filter period for downlink BEP (BEPperiodDown)

T AB L E 251 - AV E R AG E F I L T E R P E R I O D F O R D O W N L I N K BEP

Full name Average filter period for downlink BEP

Abbreviation BEPperiodDown

3GPP Name BEP_PERIOD

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. In EGPRS system, EGPRS MS will determine to report the MEAN_REP_AV (average error bit rate of the radio block) and CV_BEP_AV (variance coefficient of radio block error bit rate) under the whole TBF, or the measurement data per time slot MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7).

The specification defines the formula of these measurement data (refer to 05.08 10.2.3.2.1). There is an oblivion factor e, whose value is defined by average period of BEP filter.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10

Unit None

Default 4

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

Um interface

EGPRS phone quality measure mode (LinkQuameaMode)

T AB L E 252 - EGPRS P H O N E Q U AL I T Y M E A S U R E M O D E

Full name EGPRS phone quality measure mode

Abbreviation LinkQuameaMode

3GPP Name LINK_QUALITY_MEASUREMENT_MODE

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is sent to MS in Downlink Assignment message. It indicates the measurement report mode of EGPRS MS in the cell. EGPRS measurement could be performed based on each impulse, which is to measure by the granularity of BURST. The feature of rapid EGPRS measurement makes the network side be able to respond the change of radio environment quickly, so as to choose the most proper coding mode and perform power control.

Management Object

Cell


Unit None

Default 2

Relevant Functions

--

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

Um interface

EGPRS Phone Init Coding

T AB L E 253 - EGPRS P H O N E I N I T C O D I N G

Full name EGPRS Phone Init Coding

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--



Description

It is a four-dimensional array. It represents the default coding mode corresponding to EGPRS MS with 1 × 16 kbps and 4 × 16 kbps bandwidth respectively.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range

1×16 kbps: MCS1, MCS2;

2×16 kbps: MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5;

3×16 kbps: MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6;

4×16 kbps: MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8, MCS9

Unit None

Default [MCS2, MCS5, MCS6, MCS6]

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-03-005 Modulation and Coding Scheme #1~#9

Relevant parameters

--

Related interfaces

--

EGPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_1)

T AB L E 254 - EGPRS P H O N E S I N I T C O D E C AN B E C H AN G E D

Full name EGPRS phones init code can be changed

Abbreviation InitAttachExch_1

3GPP Name --

3GPP reference

--

Description It indicates if the coding method of GPRS/EGPRS MS in cell could be changed dynamically.

Management Object

Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant Functions

ZGF06-03-005 Modulation and Coding Scheme #1~#9

Relevant parameters

--



Related interfaces

--





A p p e n d i x A


A


A (dB)






C



CS Circuit Switch

D



F

FR Full Rate

G




H

HR Half Rate

I



L





M


MS Mobile Station




N

NS Network Service


O




P




PCH Paging Channel





PS Packet Switch

PTP Point To Point

Q


R



S





T





TCH Traffic Channel




TS Time Slot

U



Um Um Interface

V






A p p e n d i x B

Figures

Figure 1 - Cell Basic Parameters 1 ........................................5

Figure 2 - Cell Basic Parameters 2 ...................................... 19

Figure 3 - Cell Basic Parameters 3 ...................................... 32

Figure 4 - Optional Parameters........................................... 48

Figure 5 - Cell Selection Parameters.................................... 55

Figure 6 - Service Process Additional Parameters .................. 66

Figure 7 - System Parameters ............................................ 77

Figure 8 - AMR Half Method Parameters............................... 84

Figure 9 - AMR full Method Parameters ................................ 92

Figure 10 - Cell Optional Parameters ................................... 98

Figure 11 - Other Parameters........................................... 102

Figure 12 - GPRS Basic Property Parameters ...................... 108




Figure 16 - GPRS Cell Optional Parameters......................... 143

Figure 17 - GPRS NC Survey parameters ........................... 152

Figure 18 - GPRS Power Control Parameters....................... 160

Figure 19 - GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters .................... 165

Figure 20 - GPRS Channel Parameters ............................... 191

Figure 21 - EDGE Property Parameters .............................. 202





Tables



Table 3- Mouse Operation Conventions ................................. iii

Table 4 - User Label............................................................5

Table 5 - BTS ID ................................................................6

Table 6 - Cell Type .............................................................7

Table 7 - Country Code .......................................................7

Table 8 - MNC....................................................................8

Table 9 - LAC.....................................................................8

Table 10 - CI .....................................................................9

Table 11 - NCC ................................................................ 10

Table 12 - BS Color Code (BCC).......................................... 10

Table 13 - Frequency Band ................................................ 11

Table 14 - Subcell used ..................................................... 12

Table 15 - Frequency band of subCell .................................. 12

Table 16 - ARFCN list ........................................................ 13

Table 17 - GPRS service supported ..................................... 14

Table 18 - Dynamic HR Enable ........................................... 14

Table 19 - Use cell dynamic HR parameter ........................... 15

Table 20 - CBC supported.................................................. 15

Table 21 - Threshold for a single trx switched from FR to HR .. 16

Table 22 - Use cell dynamic AMR parameter ......................... 17

Table 23 - Common control channel configuration ................. 17

Table 24 – Template File ................................................... 18

Table 25 - TA MAX............................................................ 20

Table 26 - TA Allowed ....................................................... 20

Table 27 - CCCH Load Indication Period ............................... 21

Table 28 - Periodical location updating timer ........................ 22

Table 29 - CCCH load indication (RACH)............................... 23



Table 30 - CCCH load indication (PAGCH)............................. 23

Table 31 - NCC permitted .................................................. 24

Table 32 - Support Repeated ACCH..................................... 25

Table 33 - Start PA Power Off............................................. 25

Table 34 - Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off ........................ 26

Table 35 - Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR FR Bug.. 26

Table 36 - Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR FR Bug.. 27

Table 37 - AMR Codec Adjust Mode ..................................... 28

Table 38 - AMR Codec Interval ........................................... 28

Table 39 - Support HR channel frag collected ....................... 29

Table 40 - Threshold of HR Defrag ...................................... 30

Table 41 - Percentage of HR Ts .......................................... 30

Table 42 - AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold................ 31

Table 43 - FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load ................... 31

Table 44 - Average bursts count surveyed by RACH............... 33

Table 45 - Overload sending period..................................... 33

Table 46 - BA Show .......................................................... 34

Table 47 - MIN received signal level to access ...................... 35

Table 48 - MAX number of re-transmitting events times......... 36

Table 49 - Control channel MAX power level ......................... 38

Table 50 - Number of multiframes of the PCH....................... 39

Table 51 - Number of slots to spread transmission ................ 40

Table 52 - Interval of SDCCH re-sending phy info message .... 41

Table 53 - Interval of TCH re-sending PHY INFO message ...... 42

Table 54 - Number of blocks reserved for AGCH.................... 43

Table 55 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch channel............ 43

Table 56 - Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel 44

Table 57 - Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel 44

Table 58 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi0 channel........................................................................... 45

Table 59 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch channel..................................................................................... 46

Table 60 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch sapi3 channel.... 46

Table 61 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi3 channel........................................................................... 47

Table 62 - Support TFO ..................................................... 47

Table 63 - IMSI attach/detach allowed ................................ 48

Appendix B – Tables


Table 64 - Cell bar access .................................................. 49

Table 65 - Call re-establishment allowed.............................. 50

Table 66 - Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed ........ 51

Table 67 - Emergency call allowed ...................................... 51

Table 68 - Cell bar qualify.................................................. 52

Table 69 - Access control................................................... 53

Table 70 - Additional reselection parameter indication ........... 55

Table 71 - Cell reselection parameter indication .................... 56

Table 72 - Reselection offset .............................................. 57

Table 73 - Temporary offset............................................... 60

Table 74 - Penalty time ..................................................... 61

Table 75 - Cell reselecting hysteresis level ........................... 62

Table 76 - Early category classmark sending control.............. 63

Table 77 - New setup cause indication ................................. 64

Table 78 - Power offset indication ....................................... 64

Table 79 - Power offset ..................................................... 65

Table 80 - Directed retry indication ..................................... 66

Table 81 - Queue allowed when assign ................................ 67

Table 82 - Queue allowed when handover ............................ 68

Table 83 - Preemption allowed when assign ......................... 68

Table 84 - Preemption allowed when handover ..................... 69

Table 85 - When assigned forced handover .......................... 69

Table 86 - When handover forced handover ......................... 70

Table 87 - NO. of candidate cells for handover...................... 71

Table 88 - Fast average indication ...................................... 71

Table 89 - Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call ...... 72

Table 90 - Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond........ 73

Table 91 - Allowed call setup on FACCH ............................... 73

Table 92 - Allowed call reestablished on FACCH .................... 74

Table 93 - BCCH switch allowed.......................................... 75

Table 94 - SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed.................. 75

Table 95 - Minimal resource threshold ................................. 76

Table 96 - Interference averaging period ............................. 77

Table 97 - Interference Band Boundary ............................... 78

Table 98 - Radio link timeout on MS side ............................. 79

Table 99 - Radio link failure criterion ................................... 79



Table 100 - Radio link timeout on BSS side .......................... 80

Table 101 - Receiving level threshold .................................. 81

Table 102 - Receiving quality threshold ............................... 82

Table 103 - Radio link failure checking period ....................... 83

Table 104 - AMR Half Active Codec Set ................................ 85

Table 105 - Thresholds of AMR ........................................... 85

Table 106 - Hysteresis of AMR............................................ 86

Table 107 - Initial codec mode ........................................... 87

Table 108 - startmode codec mode ..................................... 88

Table 109 - Enable noise control......................................... 89

Table 110 - Reserved rate of eMLPP .................................... 90

Table 111 - Use cell EMLPP Threshold.................................. 91

Table 112 - AMR full Active Codec Set ................................. 92

Table 113 - Thresholds of AMR ........................................... 93

Table 114 - Hysteresis of AMR............................................ 94

Table 115 - Initial codec mode ........................................... 94

Table 116 - startmode codec mode ..................................... 95

Table 117 - Enable noise control......................................... 96

Table 118 - Protection period for access attempt................... 98

Table 119 - Multiband report indication................................ 99

Table 120 - Uplink discontinuous transmission.................... 101

Table 121 - RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst................................................................................... 103

Table 122 - Preprocessing indication ................................. 103

Table 123 - MAX resending times for physical information .... 104

Table 124 - Low priority of channel select priority ............... 105

Table 125 - High priority of channel select priority............... 106

Table 126 - Cell Support Encryption Mode.......................... 106

Table 127 - MR report time bitmap ................................... 107

Table 128 - SGSN ID ...................................................... 108

Table 129 - NSEI............................................................ 109

Table 130 - BVCI............................................................ 110

Table 131 - RAC............................................................. 110

Table 132 - UPU Unit ...................................................... 111

Table 133 - DSP No. ....................................................... 112

Table 134 - Additional reselection parameter indication........ 113

Table 135 - SI13 sending position..................................... 114



Table 136 - RACOLOR ..................................................... 115

Table 137 - Minimal number of idle CS channel................... 116

Table 138 - Packet access priority threshold ....................... 117

Table 139 - Packet System Information Send Speed............ 117

Table 140 - Overload report period on PRACH..................... 118

Table 141 - Link error counter.......................................... 119

Table 142 - PRACH receive signal level threshold ................ 119

Table 143 - Average measuring bursts number on PRACH .... 120

Table 144 - Buffer threshold of paging message.................. 121

Table 145 - Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period........................................................................... 122

Table 146 - PRACH overload threshold ratio ....................... 123

Table 147 - Is Support CCN Mode ..................................... 124

Table 148 - Is cell support system message status flow ....... 125

Table 149 - Allow SOLSA MS to access .............................. 125

Table 150 - CCCH SplitPgCycle support.............................. 126

Table 151 - Extended paging supported............................. 127

Table 152 - PSI status supported...................................... 127

Table 153 - Is the cell support extendable uplink TBF .......... 128

Table 154 - Uplink delay time........................................... 129

Table 155 - Downlink delay time....................................... 129

Table 156 - Extend uplink TBF time................................... 130

Table 157 - Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink's RRBP... 131

Table 158 - Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP. 131

Table 159 - Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink’s ACK ........ 132

Table 160 - Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink’s ACK ...... 132

Table 161 - Uplink measure report period .......................... 133

Table 162 - Calculating period of load on PPCH ................... 133

Table 163 - PSI1 Send Period........................................... 134

Table 164 - Selective granularity ...................................... 135

Table 165 - Support extended uplink dynamic allocation ...... 135

Table 166 - C/I (Sc)........................................................ 137

Table 167 - ARP (Sa) ...................................................... 137

Table 168 - THP ............................................................. 138

Table 169 - Support PS Queuing....................................... 139

Table 170 - Max PS Queue Count...................................... 140

Table 171 - Support PS Preemption................................... 141



Table 172 - Support 3G NACC .......................................... 141

Table 173 - Support PS Prmp CS ...................................... 142

Table 174 - T3168.......................................................... 143

Table 175 - T3192.......................................................... 144

Table 176 - DRX mode holding time .................................. 145

Table 177 - MAX blocks transmission in each TS ................. 145

Table 178 - Packet control acknowledgment type ................ 146

Table 179 - Access burst type .......................................... 147

Table 180 - N3102 decrease step...................................... 147

Table 181 - N3102 increase step ...................................... 148

Table 182 - N3102 MAX................................................... 149

Table 183 - GPRS phone init coding .................................. 150

Table 184 - GPRS phones init code can be changed ............. 151

Table 185 - Packet Idle mode........................................... 152

Table 186 - Packet transmission mode............................... 153

Table 187 - Extended measurement report order ................ 153

Table 188 - Network control order .................................... 154

Table 189 - NC hold time in non-drx mode......................... 155

Table 190 - Extended measurement report order ................ 156

Table 191 - Type of extended measurement report ............. 156

Table 192 - Report period of extended measurement........... 157

Table 193 - The Size of Test Report's Slip Window .............. 158

Table 194 - Allowed report number of the same cell in Slip Window ........................................................................ 159

Table 195 - Filter period in the packet idle mode................. 160

Table 196 - Filter period in packet transmission mode.......... 161

Table 197 - PSI4 sending mark ........................................ 162

Table 198 - Power control measurement channel ................ 162

Table 199 - Power control parameter................................. 163

Table 200 - Filter constant of power control........................ 164


Table 202 - Reselection offset 2........................................ 166


Table 204 - Reselection temporary offset 2 ........................ 168

Table 205 - Penalty time of cell reselection ........................ 168

Table 206 - Penalty time of cell reselection 2...................... 169

Table 207 - Interval of reselecting the same cell ................. 170



Table 208 - Interval of reselecting the same cell 2 .............. 171


Table 210 - Threshold of HSC signal level 2........................ 172

Table 211 - HCS Priority .................................................. 173

Table 212 - HCS Priority 2 ............................................... 173

Table 213 - C31 hysteresis .............................................. 174

Table 214 - C31 hysteresis 2............................................ 175

Table 215 - GPRS cell reselection hysteresis ....................... 175

Table 216 - GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2 .................... 177

Table 217 - Routing reselection hysteresis ......................... 179

Table 218 - Routing reselection hysteresis 2....................... 179

Table 219 - Random access attempt permitted ................... 180

Table 220 - Random access attempt permitted 2................. 181

Table 221 - Usage of cell reselection offset......................... 182

Table 222 - Usage of cell reselection offset 2 ...................... 182


Table 224 - GPRS access minimum signal level 2 ................ 184

Table 225 - Priority threshold ........................................... 185

Table 226 - HCS exist ..................................................... 185

Table 227 - HCS exist 2................................................... 186

Table 228 - GPRS MAX initial access signal level ................. 187

Table 229 - GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2............... 188

Table 230 - LSA ID ......................................................... 189

Table 231 - LSA Offset .................................................... 189

Table 232 - PAGCH reserved blocks................................... 191

Table 233 -PBCCH reserved blocks.................................... 192

Table 234 - PRACH reserved blocks................................... 193

Table 235 - Interval range of packet access attempt............ 193

Table 236 - Interval period of packet access attempt ........... 194

Table 237 - MAX Times of Attempt.................................... 195

Table 238 - Access Control Level ...................................... 196

Table 239 - Access Persist Level ....................................... 197

Table 240 - Support of subscriber occupying other preference channel......................................................................... 198

Table 241 - support of PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel ......................................................... 199



Table 242 - Support of CS subscriber moving Access Persist Level ............................................................................ 199

Table 243 - Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving ...... 200

Table 244 - Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving.. 201

Table 245 Table0-1 Support DTM..................................... 202

Table 246 - Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame................... 203

Table 247 - Support EGPRS packet channel request access program........................................................................ 203

Table 248 - Support uplink “LA+IR” quality control.............. 204

Table 249 - Take "Preemptivetrans bit" function ................. 204

Table 250 - Average filter period for uplink BEP .................. 205

Table 251 - Average filter period for downlink BEP .............. 206

Table 252 - EGPRS phone quality measure mode ................ 207

Table 253 - EGPRS phone init coding................................. 207

Table 254 - EGPRS phones init code can be changed ........... 208


Index

Abbreviations ................... 211 AMR Half Method Parameters 84 Basic Parameters 1................5 Basic Parameters 2..............19 Basic Parameters 3..............32 Cell Optional Parameters ......97 cell parameters..................... ii Cell Parameters ....................5 Cell Selection Parameters .....55 EDGE Property Parameters . 201 GPRS Basic Parameters...... 108 GPRS Cell Optional Parameters

.................................. 142 GPRS Cell Reselection

Parameters................... 164

GPRS Channel Parameters . 190 GPRS NC Survey Parameters

.................................. 151 GPRS Other Parameters 2 .. 123 GPRS Power Control Parameters

.................................. 159 GPRS Property 1 Parameters

.................................. 112 GPRS Property 3 Parameters

.................................. 136 Optional Parameters............ 48 Other Parameters ............. 102 Service Process Additional

Parameters .................... 66 System Parameters............. 76

Date post:	28-Apr-2015
Category:	Documents
Upload:	ishraq-khurshid
View:	457 times
Download:	14 times

Radio Parameter Manual

Documents